Sie sind auf Seite 1von 399

TB 746-93-2

DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY TECHNICAL BULLETIN

I PAINTING AND MARKING


OF
ARMY AIRCRAFT

This copy is a reprint which includes current


pages from Changes 1 through 3.

J ".\'

This technical bulletin supersedes TB 746-93-2, 28 June 1967, including all changes

OFTHEARMY
DEPARTMENT
HEADQUARTERS,

JANUARY
1911

\)#< ~ ~
.,
.

...~-~
-

-_.-._-----'_.~~- .......
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:

W. C. WESTMORELAND,
General, United States Army,
.
Chief of Staff.
Official:

KENNETH G. WICKHAM,
Major General, United States Army,
The Adjutant General.

Distribution:
To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-31 (qty
rqr block no. 94)
requirements for All Fixed Wing and All Rotary Wing Aircraft.

tit u.s. GOVERNMOO PRINTINGOffiCE,


Im-496-525/694
TI 7ai6-93.2

. HEADQUARTERS,
TECHNICAL BULLETIN

TB 746-93-2'
} WASHINGTON, D. C.,
DEPARTMENT OF THE. ARMY
21 October 1971

8
.

PAINTING AND MARKING OF ARMY AIRCRAFT

Parapaph Page
CHAPTER 1. GENERAL

.
Section I. Purpose and Scope
". 1~1 1-1
Purpose.
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . .

1-2 1-1
Scope.
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .

Restrictions. 1-3 1-1


..
. . . . . . . . . . . .

'.'
. . . . . .
~ .

Deviations. 1-4 1-1


..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .

II. Responsibilities
Organizational activities. 1-6 1-1
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Field activities. 1-6 1-2


..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .

: 1-7 1-2
Depot activities.
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .

Commercial activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 1-2


International Standardization. 1-9 1-2
..
. . . . . . . .
. . . . .

e III. Authorized Paint Schemes


General.
Camouflaged aircraft.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

..
1-10
1-11
1-2
1-2
.~

..
. .

~A
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Exceptions to camouflaged aircraft 1-12 1-3


..
. . . . . . . . . . .

CHAPTER 2. SURFACE PREPARATIONS: GENERAL

Section I. Cleaning and Stripping


Stripping to bare surface. 2-1 2-1
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.

Bare metal surfaces. 2-2 2-1


..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .

Painted metal surfaces. 2-3 2-2.


..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.

II. Metal Conditioning


Metal treatment. 2-4 2-2
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .

..
Chemical coatings (conversion coatings) 2-6 2-2
..
. . . . . . . . .

~
CHAPTER 3. PAINTING: GENERAL

Section I. Primer Coating


Wash primer. 3-1 3-1
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .

3-2 3-2
Primers.
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . .

8 II. Finish Painting: General


Exterior painting.
Interior painting.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

..
3-3
3-4
3-4
3-6
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .

Touchup painting. 3-6 3-6


. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.'. .

.. 3-6 3-6
Overpainting
. ..
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Wood finishes. 3-7 3-6


..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .

3-8 3-6
Plastics.
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .

Change 2
",,;r~ -- -----

TB 746.93.2
Paragraph Page

III. Special Areas


Batte~ compartments. . . . . . . . .
3-9 3-7
.
..
. . . . . . . .

High temperature
areas. . . . . . .
3-10 3-7
..
. . . . . .

Walkways. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-11 3-8
..
. . . . . .

Fabric parts.
Rubber.
Antennas and radomes
. .
.

.
.

.
.'.
. .
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
..
..
3-12
3-13
3-14
3-8
3-8
3-8
8
..
. . . . . .

Reinforced plastic components. 3-15


. . . . .
3-9
..
. . . . . . .

CHAPTER 4. STANDARD. CAMOUFLAGE PAINT SCHEME

Section I. Coating System


General. . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1 4-1
..
. . . . . . .

Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 4-1 ,


..
. . . . . .

Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-3 4-1
..
. . . . .

II. Markings
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-4 4-1
..
. . . . . . . .

CHAPTER 5. NON-STANDARD PAINT SCHEMES

Section I. Special Color Schemes


Color schemes. 5.1
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1
..
. . . . . . .

II. High Visibility Painting


High visibility color
schemes. . . . . . .
5-2 5-1
..
. . . . . . .

Arctic, desert, and jungle pattern. 5.3 5-2


e
. . . . .

..
. . . . . .

CHAPTER 6. FINISHES FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS: GENERAL

Section I. General
Surface preparation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 6-1 6-1
Materials-Topcoats. . . . . . . . . . . .
6-2 6-1
..
. . . . . . .

Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " 6-3 6-1


Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-4 6-1
..
. . . . . .

Decals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-5 6-1
..
. . . . . . .

II. Propeller Finishes and Markings


Finishes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6 6-1
Blade markings, wood and
metal. . . .
6-7 6-2
..
. . . . . . . .

.I

III. Rotor Blade Finishes and Markings


Finishes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8 6-2A
Markings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-9 6-3
..
. . . . . .

IV. Landing Gear and Wheels


Landing
gear. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.10 6-4
..
. . . . . . .

Wheels. . . .. . . . . . . . .
6-11 6-4
I
. . . .

..
. . . . . . . .

e
Wheel wells, U-21, RU-21, and OV-1 . . . . . . "
6-llA 6-4

V. Antiglare Coatings
Exterior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 6-12 6-4
Interior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 6-4
.
. . . .

VI. Fluorescent Coatings


General. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-14 6-5
.,
. . . . . .

Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-15 6-5
..
. . . . . . . . . .

ii Change 2
T8 741-93-2

. P 'l.

Preparation of surfaces for painting. 6-16 6-5


..
. . . . . . . . . .

Application of fluorescent paint 6-17 6-5

8 Application instructions general.


Application of protective coat.
-

................ . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
6-19
6-5
6-6
..
. . . . . . . . . . . .

Application instructions special.


-

6-20 6-6
..
. . , . . . . . . .

Maintenance. 6-21 6.7


..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Repair procedures. 6.22 6-7


..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

VII. Protective Coatings


Corogard 6-23 6-7 I

;
CHAPTER 7. LETTERING AND MARKING
.........................
Section I. Markings: General
Camouflage markings 7.1 7-1
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

II. Insignia: General


Coating materials. 7-2 7-1
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

III. National Star Insignia (For Non-Camouflaged


Aircraft)
General 7-3 7-2
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.'
Colors. 7-4 7-2
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Applications. 7-6 7-2


..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8 Fixed wing aircraft.


Helicopter and convertiplane
. . . .

. .
. .

. .
. .

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
..
..
7-6
7-7
7-2
7-3

IV. Medical Insignia


Aircraft. 7-8 7-4
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Aircraft first aid kits and litters 7 -9 7-4

V. Command and Organizational Insignia


..............
General. 7-10 7-4
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Specific. 7-11 7-6


..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

VI. Identification Lettering


General. 7-12 7-6
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1 Fixed wing aircraft (non-camouflaged) 7-13 7-6


Helicopters (non-camouflaged)
...........
...............
7-14 7-6

VII. Warning Stripes and Signs


Propeller and rotor blade warning (nol.-
camouflaged aircraft) 7-16 7~
I
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

VIII. Radio Call Numbers and PreflXes


Radio call numbers. 7-16 7-7
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

tit IX. Serial Number and Fuel Specification


Fuselage. 7-17 7-8
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Size of markings. 7-18 7-8


..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.
Change 2
Hi
TB 746-93-2 Paragraþh Page

X. Markings for Emergency Entry or Exit


.
(N on-Camouflaged Aircraft)
7-19 7-8
General.
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .

7 -20 7-8
Secondary openings.
.. 8
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .

Relocation. 7-21 7-8


..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .

Escape panels-internal 7 -22 7-9


markings.
..
. . . . . . . . . . . .

Escape panels-extemal 7 -23 7-9


markings.
..
. . . . . . . . . . .

XI. Miscellaneous Markings


7-24 7-10
General.
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .

Bilingual markings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25 7-10


Markings for tank areas and internal
station markings. 7 -26 7-10
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
. . . .
;
7 -27 7-10
Tire slippage marks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lift 7 -28 7-10


points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.. 7 -29 7-10
Strut numbers.
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.

7 -30 7-10
Electrical connections.
..
. . . . . . . . . . . .

Walkways. 7-31 7-10


..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . .

NATO symbol markings of aircraft


7 -32 7-10
servicing points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.. 7 -33
Data cards. 7-11
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . .

Aircraft plates for Generals. 7-34 7-11


..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Jettisonable components. 7-35 7-11


..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.

Fluid line identification. 7-36 7-12


..
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .

Storage batteries. 7 -37 7-12


..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . .

8
7 -38 7-12
American Flag Decals.
..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CHAPTER 8. MISCELLANEOUS TABLES AND ILLUSTRATIONS

Section I. Tables
Table 8-1. Technical manuals, technical
bulletins, and AR's . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
Table 8-2. 8-1
.

Standards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 8-3. List of applicable specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1


Table 8-4. Dimensions for national insignia. 8-7
.'.
. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Table 8-5. Redesignation of aircraft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

I
Table 8-6. State Abbreviations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Table 8-7. Designation of Army Aircraft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8A
:

II. Illustrations
List of illustrations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8B

8
.
iv Change 2
TB 74&93-2

. c. Limited production (LP) aircraft, as defined


in AR 700-20.
facilities will be painted the standard camouflage
paint scheme, with the elimination of normal
conspicuity markings which will be replaced by
d. Standard A (STD-A) aircraft, as defined in bands of fluorescent red orange paint, as detailed
AR 700-20. in chapter S, to provide h,igh visibility in congested

8 e. Standard B (STD-B) aircraft, as defined in


AR 700-20.
training areas.

c. Army aircraft operating in or being prepared


,. New production aircraft, as defined in AR ' for service in the area of the Greenland icecap may
700-20. be painted gloss international orange, at the dis-
cretion of the local Major Army Field Commander.
g. National Guard and Army Reserve aircraft.
d. In general, the camouflage paint scheme will
::-
not apply to U-S, U-9 and U-21 aircraft. Con-
h. Military Assistance Program aircraft.
ventional gloss white and gloss olive drab paints
will be used. Any U-8 or U-21 aircraft being pre-
Ii. All off-the-shelf aircraft procured or to be
procured, except as outJined in paragraph 1-1~.
pared f~r a combat area will not be converted to
the camouflage paint scheme, unless requested by
the Major Army Field Commander of that area.
Application of camouflage paint to U-8 or u-2f
1-12. EXCEPTIONS TO CAMOUFLAGED AIR-
CRAFT. aircraft in combat areas is optional with the Major
Army Field Commanders .of those areas. Exception
The following categories of Army aircraft may be to this will be U-8 or U-21 configured' for tactical
exempted from painting with the standard camou- support, such as airborne radio and direction
finding. These will be painted with the camouflage
flage paint scheme.
paint scheme.
8 a. Aircraft in or being prepared for the fonow-
ing assignment codes, as defined in AR 710-12, e. Medical, research, and geodetic aircrl.tt may,"
may be excluded from the camouflage requirement during peacetime and at the Major Army' Fièld'
at the discretion of the l\jJjor Army Field Commander's discretion, be painted gloss réd and
white as appropriate and in accordance with
Commander or Chief of the' National Guard
.

Chapter S, Red designated areas will be painted


Bureau, as applicable.
with fluorescent red-orange paint. White designated
(1) Code C, support aircraft areas will be painted with gloss white lacquer.

(2) Code D, training and training support air- ,. Aircraft destined for arctic, jungle, or desert
craft. regions which have not been designated combat
areas, may at the discretion of the Major Army : .

co
(8) Code E, test aircraft. Field Commander be painted with red and white
design patterns illustrated in Chapter S. Combat,
(4) Code G, test support aircraft. 01' war emergency, paint scheme for arctic, jungle
or desert regions will be all dull white with black
(5) Code H, bailment aircraft. identification letters, or standard camouflage olive
drab. Select40n of either of these colors will be at
(6) Code J, loaned aircraft. the discretion of the Major Armf Field
Commander.
(7) Research and development aircraft in I
8 engineering tests Phase A through D.

(S) Contingency Category (C and T), Limited


g. Aircraft utilized by White Sands Missile
Range (WSMR) and other desert test or develop-
ment activities in Code C, Test Support Aircraft
Standard, or Obsolete aircraft. category, may be painted in the red and white
desert paint scheme. Since this paint scheme is an
. lb. Tactical Army aircraft used for training
purposes' at Army aviation schools, and other
asset both for performance of the primary mission
of the aircraft and in improving post crash survival,

~ 11-3
Change
T8 746-93.2

it is not necessary to wait until the aircraft requires


complete repainting before conversion to the
visibility. markings are required on these aircraft,
specific permission must be obtained from
.
desert colors. Conversion may be accomplished at A VSCOM.
the discretion of the local commander. An excep.
tion to the foregoing is made for those newly
assigned aircraft that are known to have a limited
length assignment at WSMR or other desert test or
h. When specific permission is obtained from
A VSCOM, VIP aircraft may be painted with gloss
8
development activities. If it is felt that high olive drab color scheme.

":

.,

8-
.
1-4 Change 2
TB 746.93-2

CHAPTER 1
. GENERAL

8 Section I. PURPOSE AND SCOPE

1-1. PURPOSE. Field Commands as defined in AR 10-5,


Section III.
a. This bulletin provides instructions
and procedures for the painting and mark-
ing of all Army aircraft, including the 1- 3. RESTRICTIONS.
~
application and maintenance of coatings,
finishing materials, special purpose coat- a. Satisfactory protective coatings ap"
ings and markings, insignia, and identi- plied prior to the issuance of this bulletin
fication markings. will not be altered solely for the purpose
of conformity.

b. Report of errors. omissions. and recommen- b. Complete painting will be accom-


dations for improving this publication by the plished only when the existing finish has
individual user is encouraged. Reports should be deteriorated to the extent that it fails to
submitted on DA Form 2028 (Recommended protect the underlying, surfaces or the
Changes to Publications) and forwarded direct to finish must be changed for policy reasons
Commanding General. U.S. Army Aviation Sys- as authorized by higher authority.
tems Command. ATI'N: AM SA V-M. P.O. Box.

8 209. St. Louis. Mo. 63166.

Note: Paragraph 7-32 should be consulted prior to


1-4. DEVIATIONS.
painting or marking of all aircraft, in order to comply Deviations from the provisions of this bulletin
with NATO Standardization Agreement (ST ANAG) No.
3109. must be approved by Department of the Army.
(Refer to para 1-8.) Request for deviation or

1-2. SCOPE.

The paint schemes and materials pre-


scribed by this bulletin are mandatory for
chanp will be supported by justification. (such as
safety. mission requirement. cost reduction. etc)
and forwarded to U.S. Army Aviation Systems
Command. ATTN: AMSAV-EEG. Box. 209 St.
Louis. Mo. 63166. Wherever the instructions in
this bulletin conflict with the instructions in the'
I .

all Army aircraft whether assigned for


active service, storage, under procure- publicatiolUl referenced herein, the instructions in
s
ment, or under research and development. this bulletin will be followed. Referenced publica-
This bulletin is applicable to all Army tions will be changed to reflect current informa-
Reserve, National Guard, and Major Army tion.

Section II. RESPONSIBILITIES

8 ",."~'
1-5., ORGANIZATIONAL ACTIVITIES.
a. Structures.' Using organizations are
responsible for minor touch-up, mainten~
penents received in primed condition will
be touched up with primer as necessary
to repair damaged coating, prior to ap-
ance of painted aircraft surfaces, replacing plication of top coat, and will be finish-
illegible insignia and markings, and adding coated to match adjacent structural sur-
. omitted markings. faces. Internally installed components will
be touched up or refinished during manu-
.

b. Components. Assemblies and com- facture or overhaul.

Change 2 1-1
'
I

.
,
t
',I
..
TB 746.93.2 "
/'
.
I
.'
1-6. FIELD ACTIVITIES. 1-8. COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES.
.
,

Direct and general support maintenance Painting of Army aircraft by commer-


activities are responsible for painting and cial concerns will be accomplished in
marking of, aircraft when the existing fin- accordance with instructions contained in
ish has deteriorated to the extent that
complete repainting ,or refinishing is neces-
sary. Direct and general support main-
this technical bulletin. When a painting
contract is administered by a general
support shop, the request for deviation
8
tenance activities will also perform work from. this bulletin will be forwarded through
assigned to organizational maintenance. the general support shop to the Command-
ing General, U.S. Army Aviation Systems
1-7. DEPOT ACTIVITIES. Command, ATTN: AMSA V-EEG, St. Louis, Mo..
63166.
a. Structures. Depot level maintenance
activities are responsible for painting and f

marking of aircraft when the existing fin- 1-9. INTERNATIONAL ST ANDARDIZA-


ish has deteriorated to the extent that TION.
complete repainting or refinishing is neces-
sary while aircraft are undergoing depot The aircraft marking provisions of this
maintenance. Depot level maintenance ,ac- Technical Bulletin are the subject of inter-
tivities will also perform work assigned national standardization agreemept (ABC
to lower echelons of maintenance. AIR SRD. 51/2, STANAG 3230). When
amendment, revisions, or cancellation of,
b. Comþonents. Finish paint will be ap- this Technical Bulletin is proposed, the'
plied to newly installed external com- departmental custodians will inform their
ponents to match adjacent surfaces when respective Departmental Standardization
the aircraft is not otherwise being painted. Offices so that appropriate action. may
Storage activities will not apply finish
paint to components prior to shipment.
be taken respecting the international agree-
ment concerned. e
Section III. AUTHORIZED PAINT SCHEMES

1-10. GENERAL. ( 5) Aircraft used by the Army. on loan :il


from another agency.
a. All army aircraft, except those specifically
exempted in paragraph 1-12, will be painted the 1-11. CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT.
standard camouflage paint scheme as specified in
r
Chapter 4. The following types of Army aircraft will be
painted to the standard camouflage paint scheme I
b. The following aircraft will not be com-
which consists of black markings with inter-
pletely repainted but will be maintained in their
national orange and lusterless white conspicuity
existing paint scheme by spot-painting to prevent
panels painted over a lusterless olive drab back.
corrosion and deterioration.
ground.
.

(1) Standard C (STD C) aircraft.

(2)

(3)
I

Limited standard (LS) aircraft.

Obsolete (OBS) aircraft.


a. Ailcraft in or being prepared for assignment
code A, combat aircraft, and code B, combat
support aircraft, as defined in AR 710-12.
8
( 4)
gory (C and T).
Aircraft designated Contingency Cate- b. Development type (DT) aircraft, as defined
in AR 700-20. .
1-2 Change 2
TB 746.93.2

. CHAPTER 2

SURFACE PREPARATIONS: GENERAL

8 Section I. CLEANING AND STRIPPING

2-1. STRIPPING TO BARE SURFACE. b. Areas Not To Be Stripped.

a. Paint Remover. (1) The following areas are not to be exposed

I (1) PlÚnt remover, Federal Specification


TT-R-248, will be used to strip coatings
to plÚnt remover.

(a) Deicer boots, wing and tail.


from aircraft surfaces unless otherwise
t"
specified herein.
(2) Removal procedures will conform to
(b) Deicer element, leading edge of engine
TM 55-1500-204-25/1.
cowl air intake.
-

(3) Where difficulty is encountered .on


magnesium surfaces, paint may be (c) Wheel wells.
removed by following instructions in
Military Specification MIL-M-3171, (d) Propellers.
Magnesium Alloy, Processes for
Corrosion Protection of. This is a (e) Propeller spinner or propeller control.
chromic acid pickle treatment alte'r-
nating with alkaline cleaner. (f) Cockpit enclosures.

8 (4) Care will be exercised to avoid paint


removers and stripping compounds
used on the. metal parts of aircraft
(g) Engine air intakes, tail pipe area.
Battery and fuel vents and heater ex.
haust must be covered to keep out
for removing finishes from contacting
the fiber laminate-constructed. an- paint remover.
tenna housings (radomes),. fiberglass (h) Do not strip sealant presently applied
wingtips, and other fiberglass com-
under access covers. Any sealant re-
ponents. Some of those materials
moved will be replaced using sealant
have been found to penetrate the
MIL-S-7502C molded in the form of a
plastic facings of these parts and rubber gasket.
may have an adverse effect on their
electrical properties or strength. (2) Spe~ial Stripping Instructions. The OV-1
Mild. soap and water will be used fuselage is sealed at the fuselage skin
~
for general cleani~g of antenna hous- joints; therefore, rapid paint stripping and
ings (radomes). When a solvent-type
thorough flushing is necessary.
cleaner is. required for removing
oils and greases on radome sur-
faces, use a clean cloth dampened
with methyl-ethyl-ketone, Federal c. Corrosion Control. Corrosion control
Specification TT-M-261. Radomes procedures. will conform to instructions
installed on RU-21 aircraft will not be in TM 55-1500-204-25/1.
stripped.

8 (5) Control surfaces, louvered surfaces,


cowlings, and fairings should be re-
2-2. BARE METAL SURFACES.

a. General. All surfaces will be com-


moved prior to cleaning and strip- pletely clean and dry prior to applica-
ping. All OH-13 helicopters should tion of any type of coating.
. be. disassembled completely, includ-
ing removal of bubble, before paint b. Materials. Cleaning materials will be
stripping is started. as specified below.

Change 2 2-1
TB 746-93-2

(1) Steam cleaning compound, Federal (3) The surface should be rinsed im-,
Specification P-C-437. mediately after the use of cleaning
compound to prevent, the cleaning
.
(2) Cleaning compound, Military Spec- compound from drying hard on the
ification MIL-C-25769. surface.
(3) Dry cleaning solvent, Federal Spec-
ification P-D-680 or equal, will be
b. Cleaning. Clean as indicated in para-
graph 2-2.
8
used for removing oil or grease
.

film. c. Precautions.

2-3. PAINTED METAL SURFACES. (1) Aluminum and magnesium are read-
ily corroded by many chemical salts,
a. General. acids, and alkalies. When such cor- ~

rosion exists or is allowed to con-


(1) Lusterless finishes. should not be tinue, an ultimate weakening of the
cleaned more than necessary and structure will, resul t. Cleaning agents
will never be scrubbed with stiff and paint removers may contain such
brushes or coarse rags. A soft sponge corrosive agents and should be wash-
or cheesecloth, with a minimum of ed off promptly.
manual rubbing is advisable. Any
oil or exhaust stains on the surface (2) The anodized and alclad surfaces
should first be removed with a sol- on aircraft exteriors are very thin
vent, such as dry cleaning solvent and can be worn through in, a short
or equal. time if improper cleaning methods
and equipment are used. Metal
(2) Polishing materials, such as light
oils, polishes, and waxes, will not
be used on lusterless surfaces of
scrapers, wire brushes (except alum-
inum wire brushes), steel wool, and
such tools. should never be used
8
aircraft. for cleaning.

Section II. METAL CONDITIONING

2-4. METAL TREATMENT. that resists corrosion and provides


a necessary base for bonding the
Aluminum and magnesium surfaces to top coats of paint to aluminum.
be, painted will be cleaned prior to paint-
ing and prior to and after the application (2) Materials. Treatment materials will ~

of the chemical treatment specified in conform to Military Specification


I paragraph 16 with ,a bristle brush using MIL-C-5541.
any of the cleaning compounds listed in
paragraph 2-2b (1) and (2). (3) Aþþlication.

2-5. CHEMICAL COATINGS (CONVERSION (a) Prepare and apply in accordance


COA TINGS). with. manufacturer's instructions.
In general, mix 1-1/4 ounces of
a. Chemical .Treatmentof Aluminum Sur-
faces. Surfaces will be clean prior to
application of chemical coating. Chemical
compound with each gallon of water.

(b) Apply solution to perfectly cleaned


8
treatment of aluminum will be as follows: but wetted surfaces.'

(1) General. Chemical surface treatment


provides a passive surface layer
(c) Apply solution liberally and evenly
to only as much surface at a time
.
2-2 Change 2
TB748-Q3..2

. as can be coated and rinsed before


surface treatment solution dries.
b. Chemical Treatment of Magnesium
SUrfaces. Treat magnesium surfaces to
Before solution dries, wipe with a be painted in accordance with Military
clean, dampened cloth or rinse Specification MIL-M-3171. Apply strictly
in accordance with manufacturer's in-
8 with clean water thoroughly with
adequate quantity of fresh water
to remove all surface treatment
structions.

solution.

8
.
Change .2 2-3/(2-4 blank)
.

..

8
.
TB 746-93-2
CHAPTER 3
. PAINTING: GENERAL

8 Section I. PRIMER COATING

3-1. WASH PRIMER. (2) Application (General). Wash primer


a. General. The term "wash primer" is formulated for spray application
designates a specific material which combines (hot or cold method); however, it
the properties of inhibitive wash coat or may be applied by brush, roller
metal conditioner with the properties of coating, or swabbing. The wash
the conventional anticorrosive primer. The primer will be applied over metal
essential components of wash primers are surfaces which have been surface
phosphoric acid, chromate pigment, and treated and cleaned as specified in
polyvinyl butyral resin. Wash primers can be Chapter 2 to a dry film thickness of
formulated that are equally effective over 0.2 to 0.3 mil. The metal surface
iron, steel, aluminum, treated magnesium, should be visible through the applied
copper, zinc, and a wide variety of other film. The wash primer coating will
metals. The advantages of wash primers not be applied over other paint
used by the Army are: coatings, shop primer, or overaged
wash primer coatings; however, the
(1) Easily applied and dry rapidly. yellow stain remaining after removal
of previous primer coatings need not
(2) Usable over wide ranges of tempera- be removed, provided the surface

8 (3)
tures and humidity.

Can be applied to a variety of metals


conforms to the standard of clean-
liness.

with good results. (3) Application (Magnesium). The wash


primer will be applied over all ex-
(4) Prevent or retard under-film corro- terior and interior magnesium sur-
sion. faces which have an adequate pro-
tective film conforming to Military
(5) Exhibit high degree of adhesion to Specification MIL-M-3171, Method
metals. VI; otherwise, bubbling will be en.
countered when the wash primer
(6) Upgrade performance of subsequent coating and subsequent coatings are
to
protective coatings. applied to these surfaces. If bubbling
occurs, the coating must be stripped
b. MIL-C-8514. This is the coating com- and the metal given an additional
pound generally used as a wash primer by chemical treatment before reapplica-
the Army. It is a smooth finish, spray-type tion of the wash primer coating.
pre-treatment coating furnished in two parts, Thinning of the wash primer coating
resin component and acid component. The over magnesium surfaces will reduce
materials must be mixed prior to use. the tendency to bubble. If thinning
is required, thin with alcohol as

8 (1) Uses. The wash primer is used as a


pretreatment on clean metal surfaces
of all types prior to applying subse-
specified in Military Specification
MIL-C-8507. Bubbling is an indica-
tion of an undesirable chemical reac-
quent coatings. Its purpose is to tion which is detrimental to the
increase the adhesion of the coating
. system, and act as a tie coat between
the base metal and primer in the (4)
magnesium surface.

Drying time. The wash primer dries


acrylic-nitrocellulose system used on to touch within a few minutes; how-
aircraft. ever, allow at least 1 hour, but not
Change 3 3-'
TB 748-93-2

more than 4 hours, before applying


top coat.
forming to Military Specification
MIL-C-8514. .
(5) Thinner. Under normal conditions, (b) Thin 1 volume of package material
with not more than 21h volumes
ethyl alcohol, Military Specification
MIL-A-6091, will be used for thinning
the wash primer. Variation in thinner
of toluol conforming to Federal
Specification TT-T-548.
8
and thinning techniques are required
at high and low humidity conditions. (c) When necessary to 0 btain slow
Thinning of wash primer for applica- drying, 1,4 of the toluol may be
tion over magnesium surfaces is replaced with xylens conforming
covered in b(3) above. to Federal Specification TT-X-916.

(d) Spray to deposita semitransparent


3-2. PRIMERS.
a. Use, General. Primers are used on greenish-yellow smooth coat.
metals to provide a coating to which subse-
quent coatings will firmly adhere and to (e) Apply primer to dry film thickness
.

provide protection for the metal against of 0.3 to 0.4 mil.


corrosion. The pigment portion of primers
for ferrous base metals usually consists of (f) Drying time -
Safe to handle
iron oxide, lead chromate, red lead, zinc after 5 minutes. Air-dry 1 to 2
chromate, zinc oxide, zinc dust, or a mix- hours before applying top coat.
ture of these. Zinc chromate is the principal
pigment in primers used on aluminum, (g) Dry scuff by hand with No. 320
magnesium, and their alloys. or 400 sandpaper to remove rough-

b. Use, Aircraft. Primers are used as a


corrosion-inhibiting coating on aircraft metal (h)
ness when present.

Components and parts which are


8
surfaces topcoated with a lacquer or enamel. received from depots with primer
They are intended for spray application of coat applied will be scuffed lightly
surfaces coated with pretreatment coating
with No. 320 or No. 400 sand-
in accordance with Military Specification paper in order to assure adhesion
MIL-C-8514. Primers will conform to Mili- of top coats.
tary Specification MIL-P-7962' or
MIL-P-23377 for exterior coatings and Mili- (3) Application, Mating Surfaces. Make
sure that edges and other uneven surfaces
tary Specification MIL-P-8585 for interior
coatings. are coated with primer. Mating surfaces
(faying) of similar or dissimilar metals will
be insulated from each other by primer coat ..
c. MIL-P-8585 Primer. This is a low
as specified in paragraph 3-3.
moisture-sensitivity corrosion-inhibiting zinc
chromate primer intended for spray applica-
tion under cellulose nitrate lacquer and d. MIL-P-7962 Primer. This is a corrosion-
enamel. inhibiting, fast drying, spray type, zinc
chromate lacquer primer for use over pre-
(1) Use. This primer is intended for treatment (wash primer). It is used as an
spray application over bare metal or pre- undercoat for acrylic-nitrocellulose lacquer
treatment coating. It is sometimes used
without a top coat. Do not use this primer
under acrylic-nitrocellulose lacquer.
system. It is also used as a primer under
air-drying enamel or nitrocellulose lacquer. 8
(1) Use. This primer is formulated for
(2)
lows:
Application, General. Apply as fol- use as a tie coat between a pre-
treatment coating and a top coat
conforming to Military Specification
.
(a) Apply over pretreatment coat con- MIL-L-19537 or, MIL-L-19538.

3-2 Change 3
TB 748-93-2

. Primer will not be used without a


prior coat of wash primer or in any
.
,compound, Military Specification:
MIL-S-8802, Class B2, prior to ap"'
application in which a top coat will
plication of paint top coats tó pre-
not be applied. vent underfilm corrosion in these:

8 (2) Application. Apply primer in ac-


cordance with instructions in Military (i)
areas.

If primer requires thinning, use


Specification MIL-F-18264 and as
lacquer thinner, Federal Specifica-':
follows: tion TT-T-266.
NOTE MIL-P-23377 Primer. Thisis an époxy:
e.
polyamide primer furnished as a two-
Do not use primer over 2 years old
component kit wherein the two com-
without first checking to insure it meets ponents are mixed prior to use. One
specification requirements.
component contains the pigment,~
(a) ground in an epoxy vehicle, while the ~
Spray to deposit a semitransparent, other component consists of a clear
greenish-yellow, smooth coat. Ap- polyamide solution which functions
proximately one double or cross as.
a hardener
for the epoxy resin. These
path of the spray gun.
components are packaged separately'
and have excellent storage stability..
(b) Apply primer to dry film thickness However, when mixed, storage life is
of 0.3 to 0.4 mil. limited and only that amount which'
can be used in one day should be
(c) Air-dry 1 to 2 hours before applying mixed. .

8 top coat.

NOTE
(1) Use. This primer is used by the
under
Army
polyurethane, aliphatic,
weather-resistant coating, MIL-C-
Parts sprayed with primer may be 81773, or under the modified
handled after 5 minutes.
acrylic lacquer used as a non-standard
(d) camouflage low reflective coating.
Dry scuff by hand with No. 320 or
400 sandpaper to remove roughness (2) Application. Material shall be mixed
when present. just prior to use, applied in
accor-
dance with MIL-F-18264 and as fol-
(e) For components and parts received lows:
from depots with primer coat ap-
f'
plied, scuff lightly with No. 320 (a) Only material from the same. kit
or No. 400 sandpaper in order to shall be mixed, except that two
assure adhesion of top coats.
or more kits may be mixed in the'
.

same vessel, provided the kitS .are


(f) Insure that edges and other uneven all manufactured by the
surfaces are coated with primer. same'
vendor. Do not mix Component
I or Component
(g) Prior to assembly, insulate mating II from different
manufacturers. Established mixing

8 surfaces (faying) of similar and dis-


similar metals from each other by
primer coat as specified in paragraph
ratios must be followed closely,
otherwise the primer will exhibit
unsatisfactory film properties, such
3-3. Primer may be applied by brush, as poor adhesion, poor chemical
.

but only to very small areas


as the
. material dries rapidly.
(b)
resistance, or inadequate drying.

Each component shall be


(h) Coat fasteners and seams with sealing well
agitated and shall be poured

Change 3. 3-3
TB 746.93-2
Application, Dissimilar Metals. Each
separately into the proper capacity
container. The material tempera-
b.
surface to be joined will receive a minimum

of two coats of zinc chromate primer, and,


.
ture should be at least 70oF.
Component I shall first be poured in addition, the following precautions will be
into the empty container, then taken.
Component II shall be slowly
poured into Component
I with (1) Where magnesium is one of the
metals of dissimilar metal faying
8
constant stirring. Component II
surfaces, the metals will be separated
shall always be added to Compo-
by use of an approved barrier tape.
nent I.
The tape will extend not less than
The
1/1
inch beyond the joint edges to
(c) Thinning (for spraying)
-

mixed epoxy polyamide shall be prevent moisture from bridging be-


reduced to spray viscosity with tween the dissimilar metals. Sealing
compounds conforming to Military
thinner. Maximum thinning shall
be 11/2 parts thinner to 2 parts Specification MIL-S-7502 may be
used as moisture barriers in lieu of
primer. The thinned primer shall
be stirred thoroughly, strained and tape and when used, the sealing
allowed to stand one hour prior compound will be applied between
the surfaces and squeezed out of all
to use. The thirfning ratio may be
boundaries and the excess removed
varied slightly to obtain the proper
in a manner that will fillet all edges.
spraying viscosity. The one hour
standing period is necessary to
The fillet width will be not less than
lit inch. Joint areas which would
permit the chemical components
retain water will be filled with a
to partly react, to shorten the
sealing compound conforming to
drying time, to reduce cratering,
to preclude Component II from
"sweating out" or migrating, and
Military Specification MIL-S-7502 or
MIL-S-7124. When the use of a 8
barrier tape or sealing compound is
to allow any bubbles (formed
while stirring) to es<:ape. 'impracticable because of mechanical
or other factors, a primed 5356 1,4
(d) Apply a wet coat of epoxy polya- aluminum alloy shim extending
mide primer and allow to dry from inch will be used in lieu of the tape
2 to 3 hours. Dry film thickness or sealing compound.
of .9 to 1.1 mils. One hour may
be sufficient when temperature is (2) Butt joints consisting of riveted mag-
above 75oF. For application to nesium sheet and a riveted dissimilar
mating surfaces see paragraph 3-3 metal sheet will be protected by
below. grooving the seam to a width of not 'i
less than 1/8 inch and filling with
sealing compound to Military Specifi-
3-3. MATING SURFACES. cation MIL-S-7502. The depth of
a. Application, Similar Metals. All seams
in which the mating (faying) surfaces are the groove will be sufficient to retain
the hardening-type sealing compound
similar metals will be protected by applying
two coats of primer to each surface being conforming to Military Specification
joined. Welded faying surfaces need not be MIL-S-7502, which will be subse-
quently applied and smoothed flush
primed prior to assembly. Faying surfaces
that are to be adhesively bonded will be
surface treated and processed as specified in
with the surfaces of adjacent dis-
similar metals.
8
the approved bonding procedures prescribed
for the assemblies concerned. In addition to
(3) Butt joints consisting of magnesium
the required primer coatings, faying surfaces
of magnesium alloys will be filled with an
sheet and a dissimilar metal sheet,
either of which is secured by .
mechanical means other than riveting,
approved sealing compound.

3-4 Change 3
TB 74&93-2

will be protected by use of an ap- volved in the materials being joined. Such
. proved adhesive barrier tape or a
primed 5052 aluminum alloy foil
parts will receive a coat of zinc chromate
primer, wet ot dry, at illstallation, or a
which covers the cut ends of either coating of material conforming to Military
or both dissimilar metal sheets and Specification MIL-C-11 796,class 3, or
8 extends not less than 14 inch beyond
the joint edge.
MIL-C-17173, grade I. Rivets (5056) in
magnesium alloy need not be installed with
zinc chromate primer. For magnesium
(4) Organic adhesive barrier tapes of dissimilar combinations, follow the general
metal foils will not be used on requirements of paragraph 15c(9)(b). Close
exterior surfaces. tolerance bolts passing through dissimilar
metals will be coated before installation
c.
A ttaching Parts. Parts, such as nuts, with a compound conforming to Military
bushings, spacers, washers, rivets, high-shear Specification MIL-C-11796, class 3, MIL-C-
rivets, screws, self-tapping screws, sleeves 16173, grade I, or wet zinc chromate primer.
for "shakeproof" fastener studs, self-locking Aluminum alloy washers (5356) of suitable
nuts, "speed nuts", clamps, and the like, do design will be used under machine screws,
not need to be painted in detail except when countersunk fasteners, boltheads, and nuts
dissimilar metals or wood contacts are in- that would otherwise contact magnesium.

Section II. FINISH PAINTING: GENERAL

8 3-3. EXTERIOR PAINTING.


The coating systems speci-
tary Specification MIL-C-8514 (wash
primer), one coat of lacquer primer,
a. General.
fied herein, when properly applied, offer Military Specification MIL-P-7962,
greater protection against corrosion on air- and two coats of acrylic-nitrocellu-
craft metal surfaces than an inorganic finish lose lacquer, Military Specification
(such as metallic plating) alone and is more MIL-L-19538. Each coat will consist
easily maintained. of one double or cross pass of the
spray gun. Total paint should be ap-
(1) Materials. The materials used will proximately 2.0 mils in thickness.
be those specified herein.
(3) Magnesium surfaces. Finish is the
Co
(2) Application. For clad and non clad same as (2) above except that two
aluminum surfaces, coatings will be coats of lacquer primer, Military
applied in accordance with instruc- Specification MIL-P-7962, and three
tions in Military Specification MIL- coats of acrylic-nitrocellulose lacquer,
F-18264. This system consists of Military Specification MIL-L-19538
one coat of coating compound, Mili- or MIL-L-19537, will be applied.

8
.
Change 3 3.4A
.

\ .

.;

8
.
TB 746-93-2

. (4) Color. Colors will conform to those


specified in Federal Standard FED-
STD-595.
b. Application.
(1) Lacquer.

(5) Camouflage. The standard camou- (a) Apply two full wet coats of lacquer.

8 flage paint system will be applied


in accordance with instructions in
Chapter 4.
(b) Each coat Will consist of one, double
or cross pass of the spray gun.

(6) Toþcoats. c. Drying Time. .

(1) Allow first lacquer coat to dry at


(a) Gloss acrylic-nitrocellulose lac- least 45 minutes before application
quers will conform to Military of second coat.
Specification MIL-L-19537 and the (2) Allow topcoat to dry at least 48 hours
camouflage (lusterless) acrylic- prior to operation of engine.
nitrocellulose to Military Specifi-
cation MIL-L-19538. d. Film Thickness.
.
,

(b) Camouflage (lusterless) acrylic- (1) One sprayed lacquer coat varies from
nitrocellulose thinners will con- 0.4 to 0.7 mil in thickness.
form to Military Specification MIL-
(2) One sprayed enamel coat varies from
.

T-19544.
0.8 to 1.0 mil in thickness.
(7) Weight. Ordinary aircraft finish will
weigh approximately 15 to 20 pounds (3) Painted insignia and markings add
for 1000 square feet of painted sur- about 1.0 mil in thickness.
face. The fluorescent coating sys-

8 tem, white undercoat, fluorescent


coat, and clear. overcoat (3 mils to-
tal) will average 2.5 pounds per 100
(4) Total paint system should approxi-
ma te 2.0 mils in thickness.

square feet. (5) Spreading rate of one coat of enamel


is about 500 square feet per gallon.

(8) Thinning. e. Waxing. Waxing will not be permitted


on painted surfaces, since it is ex-
(a) Military Specification MIL - L -

tremely difficult to remove, and pre-


19537 and MIL-L-19538 lacquers. vents adhesion of topcoats.

1. Thin by mixing approximately one


part lacquer with one part thin- '3-4. INTERIOR PAINTING.
.. ner, Mil ita r y Specification
MIL-T-19544. a. Aþþlication.
(1) Surface preþaration. Prepare inter-
2. Too much thinning is undesirable ior surfaces in accordance with Para-
as it would tend to produce runs graphs 12, 15, and 16, except unin-
in the paint. Too little thinning habited areas; clean uninhabited areas
is equally undesirable since and touch up with primer.
roughness of the finish is like-
ly to result. (2) Primer.

8 (b) Due to the flammability and toxicity


characteristics of the solvents
(a) Apply two coats of primer directly
to chemically treated metal sur-
used, suitable safety precautions faces. Eliminate Use of washprim-
will be taken when applying or re- er to interior surfaces.
. moving paint from aircraft sur-
faces. (b) Apply zinc chromate primer con-

3-5
TB 746-93-2
forming to Military Specification be topcoated with lacquer, Military Speci-
mil-P-8585 and color "T" of this
specification to the non-reflecting
fication MIL-L-19538, as follows, in order
to provide good intercoat adhesion. .
surfaces. Do not apply finish coat-
ing unless specified below. (1) Roughen epoxy surface with sand-
paper to facilitate adhesion of top-
(c) Apply two coats of primer to a
thickness of approximately 2.0 mil.
coat.

(2) Apply a flash coat of primer,


8
Mili-
b. Color. Colors for interior compon-
,

tary Specification MIL-P-8585, fol-


ents, inhabited and uninhabited spaces, will lowed by a light coat of primer, Mll~-
be applied in conformance with Mili tary tary Specification MIL-P-7962.
Specification MIL-C-8779. Reflecting cock-
pit parts, and surfaces will be painted lus- (3) Top off with two coats of lacquer,
terless gray" shade No. 36231, as refer- Military Specification, MIL-L-19538.
enced in paragraph 6-13.
c. Since good adhesion of a ,new paint
3-5. TOUCHUP PAINTING. coat over one of indeterminate age is ques-
tionable, such overpainting will be accom-
a. On limited areas, when necessary, to plished in accordance with instructions in
touch up or refinish a bare spot, the edges
of the finish adjacent to the bare spot will Military Specification MIL-F-18264.
be sanded to insure that they fair in smooth-
ly with adjacent surfaces. Care should be
3-7. WOOD FINISHES.
exercised in sanding around rivets so as
not to weaken them. The wash primer will
a. Interior Surfaces (Except Cabin In-
then be spotted in over the bare areas and terior). Apply two coats of clear varnish,
feathered slightly over the old finish to as Federal Specification TT-V-119.
small a distance as possible. The wash
primer will adhere to an acceptable degree
to the adjacent finish, but the adhesion will
Cabin Interior and General Interior.
b.
Apply two coats of lacquer or enamel of
8
not be as outstanding at these edges as it color required to match surrounding area.
is to bare metal.
Note: Insulate metal-to-wood contacts by applying
b.Extensive top,coat areas may be re- varnish, Federal Specification TT-V-119, in order to
paired by renewing the topcoat over exist- prevent corrosion of the metal.
ing primer if primer is in good condition.
Note: Special instructions for removing deteriorated
3-8. PLASTICS.
epoxy coatingswill be issued at a later date. Plexiglass and other plastic materials'
3-6. OVERPAINTING. will be treated and maintained in conform-
ance with instructions in TM 55-1500-204- ..
a. When authorized by the Major Army 25/1. Paint will not be applied to transpar-
.
Field Commander, gloss painted lacquer ent plastic, including edges of plexiglass
surfaces in good condition may be top- windows. When cleaning in preparation for
painted (overpainted). with lusterless olive painting, care will be exercised that no
drab camouflage 1 a c que r, shade No. solvent except water or aliphatic naphtha
X34087, M 11 ita r y ,Specification MIL-L- (type II), Federal Specification TT-N-95,
19538. The existing gloss' coat will be comes in contact with transparent plastics.
cleaned thoroughly and then thinned with Plastic laminate parts and assemblies will
thinner, Military Specification MIL T-
19544, to tacky condition to improve the ad-
hesion of the subsequently applied luster-
-
not be painted, except those areas which
form primary exterior surfaces or are
exposed to view inside the cabin. Under
8
less paint coating. no circumstances will plastic or ceramic
insulators for radio antennas, etc, be paint-
b. Aircraft already primer coated and
with epoxy primer in good condition may
ed, except edges will be sealed with seal-
ing compound, Military Specification MIL-
,

.
3-6
18 748-93-2

. S-8802, after installation in exterior locations. At


the juncture of the attachment of plastic compo-
sealing compound, Military Specification
MIL-S-8802, unless otherwise specified. Proper
nents to an aircraft metal surface, every effort sealing will stop the formation of pockets which

will be made to avoid gaps of significant width. entrap moisture, dirt, etc. which corrode nearby

8 The line of juncture will be suitably sealed and


faired into the adjacent surfaces by means of
surfaces.

Section III. SPECIAL AREAS

3-9. BATTERY COMPARTMENTS. b. OV-l Aircraft.

Protect area within 12 inches of battery with

I a. General.
one coat of wash primer per specification
(1) Neutralization. MIL-C-8614 (AER)-2 plus one coat of zinc
chrome primer per specification MIL-C-7439B
(a). Acid Electrolyte. Wash areas af- Type 1, and two mils of top coat system per
fected by battery acid with 20 per- specification MIL-C-7439B Type 1.
cent solution of sodium bicarbonate,
Federal Specification 0-S-676, in 3-10. HIGH TEMPERATURE AREAS.
water. Neutralization is completed
when bubbling ceases. After neutrali- a. Below 4000F (204OC).
zation, remove all traces of sodium
(1) Surfaces exposed to exhaust gases, corro-
bicarbonate solution with generous
sive fluids, environmental elements, and
quantities of water to prevent corro-
sion from this source. Exercise care areas known to be subject to corrosive

8 to prevent acid from spreading to


adjacent areas.
attacks for which ambient temperatures
do not exceed 3600F (177OC), finish in
accordance with (2) through (6) below.
(b). Alkaline Electrolyte. Wash areas af-
fected by electrolyte with 3 percent (2) Apply two coats of aluminized lacquer
solution of boric acid in water. or enamel over one coat of zinc chro-
Neutralization is completed when mate primer, Military Specification
bubbling ceases. After neutralization, MIL-P-7962 or MIL-P-8686.
remove all traces of boric acid solu-
tion with generous quantities of (3) To make aluminized lacquer, mix 12
water. Exercise caution to prevent ounces of aluminum paste, Federal
acid from spreading to adjacent 1 gallon of
Specification TT-P-320, to
areas. clear lacquer, Military Specification
MIL-L-19637.

(2) Treatment. Treat affected area by swab- (4) To make aluminized enamel, mix 20
bing with 6 percent solution of chromic ounces of aluminum paste, Federal
acid, Federal Specification 0-C-303, or
6 Specification TT-P-320, to 1 gallon of
percent of potassium dichromate, Fed- varnish, Federal Specification TT-V-119.
eral Specification 0-P-669, followed, by
flushing with water, thorough drying, (6) Areas and components fabricated of
magnesium and noncorrosive resistant

8 and painting.

(3) Painting. Apply one coat of primer, Mili-


steel that are exposed to temperatures
exceeding 300~F
(149OC) but not above
4000F (204OC), either on the ground or
tary Specification MIL-P-7962, to
cleaned surface and follow with one in flight (other than instantaneous
effects), finish with enamel, Federal
. heavy coat of acid-proof varnish, Federal
Specification TT-V-61, at least 18 inches Specification TT-E-489 or TT-E-627, in
appropriate color and gloss.
I
in all directions from battery.

Change 2 3-7
18 746-93-2
Note conforming to Military Specification MIL-
'Wash primer is not used on metal that becomes heated to D-17951, type III, may be used a~ an op-
3000F (149OC) nor where exposed to hot diester oil
2500F (121OC) except where its presence is
over
essential to
tion.
'

.
primer, Military Specification MIL-P-7962. a. Aþþlication Procedures for Walkway
b. Above 40cfF (20~C). Coating, Military Sþecification MIL W
8
- -

5044.
(1) Coat aluminum alloy surfaces with
heat-resistant paint, Military Speci- (1) Apply walkway coating in accordance
fication MIL-P-14105, color shade with application instructions in Mili-
No. X34087 for olive drab and MIL- tary Specification MIL W 5050.
- -

P-14276, color shade 17178, for alu-


minum. (2)" After. each coat, allow a minimum
Note: These are modified silicone paints which drying time of 1/2 hour.
require heating to about 4500 F (232OC) for an hour
after application. However, when applied to turbine (3) After final coat, allow walkway coat-
.

engine surfaces, the heat generated in normal ing to air-dry until set to touch be-
operation is considered adequate for curing. Cured fore handling.
sDicone paints will resist the attack of diester oils. Note: Full hardness is attained within maximum
dry-
ing time of 24 hours.
(2) On areas and components fabricated
of magnesium and noncorrosive re- (4) After walkway coating is completely
sistant steel that are exposedoto tem- dry, sand all edges to fair in with
0' 0
peratures from 400F. to 500 F (204 adjacent finished areas. Walkways
C to 2600C), use will not be polished or waxed.
silicone finish s.ys-
terns applied directly on the chern':'
icaUy surface-treated metal, omit- b. Appliootion Procedures for Walkway Coat-
ing, Military Specification MIL-D-23003,
ting the wash primer and primer. Un- Type II.
Apply to A VSCOM-EEGA for this
less authorized by the procuring ac-
tivity, the color will conform to the
color scheme for the aircraft. Above 3-12. FABRIC PARTS.
procedure. I
8
50doF (260OC),
use heat-resistant fin-
ishes as appro:ved in each instance a. Apply dope to exterior fabric parts
by the procuring activity. in accordance with procedures outlined in
TM 55-1500-204-25/1.
3-11. WALKWAYS.
b. On exterior wood surfaces (fabric
Walkway coatings conforming to Mili- covered), apply. a minimum of one brush
tary Specification MIL-W-5044 will be ap- coat of varnish, thinned with an equal
plied on wing roots and heavy duty.exterior por-
tion of naphtha, and two. brush or spray
traffic areas of reciprocating engine air- coats of clean tautening dope, Military
craft. Walkway coating conforming to Mili- Specification MIL-D-5553, prior to attach-
"

tary Specification MIL-W-5044, type II may ment of fabric.


be applied directly overMIL-L-19537
or
MIL-L-19538 acrylic nitrocellulose lacquer 3-13. RUBBER.
surfaces of the aircraft exterior. Turbine Do not paint natural and synthetic rubber.
engine aircraft will have walkway coatings
conforming to Military Specification MIL- 3-14. ANTENNAS AND RADOMES.
D-23003, type II, which are resistant to When antennas and radomes are remov-
diester oils. The wing root walkways will ed during repainting of aircraft, thorough-
be applied on both wing roots to a width
of 18 inches, measured from the fuselage,
and will extend from just aft of the leading
ly clean contact surface. to bare metal to
provide proper bonding.. If aircraft are'
8
painted without removing. antennas,
edge to just forward of the trailing edge. ra-
domes, or covers, thoroughly mask them.
The exact width may vary from the 18-
inch requirement for specific aircraft.
Safety walk, pressure .sensitive material
Unless otherwise specified herein, finish
antennas
and exterior surfaces of radomes on all aircraft
in accordance with the following instructions:
.
3-8 Change 2
18 746-13-2

fiber with approved coatings for protection


C

a. Finish leading edges


of antennas and
against erosion. On leading edges of glass
. radomes exposed' to the air stream with
rain-erosion-resistant system conforming
a
fiber-reinforced plastic radomes, antennas,
to MllitarySpecification MIL-C-'7439. and magnetic airborne detector housings,
etc, exposed to the air stream, finish with
b. Topcoat Collins radio antennas with
rain erosion-resistant system conforming
8 lusterless olive drab lacquer, shade No.
X3408'7, MWtary Specification MIL
L - -
to Military Specification MIL-C-'7439 in
accordance with the approved Instruction
sheet accompanying the material and as
19538, applied directly over the factory
white color. No s1gn1ficant electrical per- specified by Military Specification MIL~R-
'7'705. Seal edges in exterior locations with
formance degradation will result from this
sealing compound,' Military Specification
.

change in color and paint.


'MIL-S-8802. Do not paint any portion of
transparent components, whether glass or
3-15. REINFORCED PLASTIC COMPON- plastic. Plastic parts and surfaces other
than those described above may be
painted
ENTS. '

Finish plastic parts reinforced with glass ,for color-matching purposes.

8
. 3-19
. .

I.
.

8
.
T8 746.93.2

CHAPTER 4
. STANDARD CAMOUFLAGE PAINT SCHEME

8 Section I. COATING SYSTEM

4-1. ßENERAL. 4-3. PROCEDURE.


surfaces
The camouflage paint system is a three- a. Clean and prepare aircraft
coat system consisting of
a wash primer for painting in accordance with Chapter 2.
by
coat applied to bare metal, followed
an' intermediate primer coat, and then b. Apply wash primer in accordance
with paragraph 3-1 for coating compound,
finish-painted with a lusterless topcoat, and
and then marked with international orange
and Military Specification MIL-C-8514,
with Chapter coating, Military Specification MIL-C-8507.
lusterless white in accordance 8.

c. Apply intermediate primer in accor-


4-2. MATERIALS. dance with paragraph 3-2 for application
of primer coating, Military Specification
a. Wash primer will conform
to Military MIL-P-7962.
Specification MIL-C-8514.
d. Apply lusterless finish coats in ac-
b.Intermediate primer will conform to cordance with Military Specification MIL-
Military Specification MIL-P-7962. relating to ap-
8 c. Lusterless paint will conform to Mili-
F-18264 and instructions
plication of lusterless camouflage acrylic-
type lacquers in accordance with para-
tary Specification MIL-L-19538. graph 3-3 (6).
d. International orange lacquer will con-
MIL-L- e. Apply international orange lacquer
form to Military Specification
19537.
.

in accordance with paragraph 3-3 (6).

Section II. MARK INGS


~

letters
MIL-L-19538 will be used for all exterior
4-4. GENERAL.
and numerals. MARKINGS will be applied in com-I
7 and 8.
pliance with instructions in chapter
All markings, lettering, and numerals, including
STATES
the identification lettering UNITED
ARMY, ARMY, and radio call numbers, will be
applied with lusterless lacquers. Black lusterless

lacquers conforming to Military Specification

8
.
Change 2 4.1/(4.2 blank)
.
8

;;

8
.
TB
7"'.2

. CHAPTER 5
NON-STANDARD PAINT SCHEMES

~8 Section I. SPECIAL COLOR SCHEM,ES

identification lettering U.S. ARMY or ARMY on


5-1. COLOR SCHEMES.
all sides when exterior views of the item are photo-
graphed or when the item is on public display.
a. MAP Aircraft. All aircraft assigned to the
Military Assistance Program (MAP) will be com- c. Arctic. Jungle. and Defert Pøint Pattern.
pletely stripped and repainted with olive drab (1) Combat, or war emergency, paint scheme
lacquer, Army shade chip No. X34087, Military for aircraft will be all dull white with
Specification. MIL.L-19538, and will possess no black identification letters. or standard
insignia, U.S. Army markings, or aircraft serial
camouflage olive drab. Selection of either
numbers. MAP aircraft will be identified by three of these colors will be at the discretion 0
metal tags, citing serial numbers, aff"lXed. in three the Major Army Field CommandeJ.".
conspicuous locations throughout the aircraft.
.
.

(2) Peace time paint scheme for aircraft wiJl


The pro- be in accordance with paraøraph 6-3.
b. Research and Development Aircraft.
visions of this bulletin, as excepted, will be used as
11. VIP Airart1ft. U8..1 aircnft may be painted
a guide in determining the markings to be applied with basic color of ful81. ølOl8 olive drab øbade
to research ~d development air vehicles.
The No. X14087 per FED STD 595. Paint cabin roof
following markings are considered mandatory for with acrylic nitrocelluloøe lacquer, MIL-L-19537,
all researcþ and development air vehicles: Identifi- color whitelhade No. 17875 per FED STD 596.
Use grey shade No. 36231 walkway coating in
cation lettering U.S. ARMY or ARMY, the
8 national insignia, and the vehicle serial and model
numbers. Additional authorized markings will be
lieu of black shade No. 37038 per MIL-C-5044,
Type II, per FED STD 595. An interior and
exterior markings will be ol'11I1ie-yellow shade No.
applied as required. All research and development
13538 per FED STD 595.
air vehicles will be conspicuously marked with the

Section II. HIGH VISIBILITY PAINTING

5-2. HIGH VISIBILITY COLOR SCHEMES. c. Aircraft operating in the area of the
Greenland ice cap may be painted with gloss inter-
Army aircraft assigned to certain geographical national oranp lacquer, shade No. 12197, Military
locations or for special missions may be painted Specification MIL-L-19637 in order to insure
better inflight visibility and post crub IlUl'Viv-
and marked in the following paint schemes at the
discretion of the Major Army Field Commanders. ability.

Training aircraft assigned to aviation schools d. Aircraft assigned in CONUS that are painted
a.
for Army aviator training will be banded with with the standard camouflage paint scheme, may at
fluorescent paint to insure better inflight visibility. the discretion of the Major Army Field
Refer to Chapter 8. Commander, have high visibility markings added in
order to enhance visibility in congested areaa. The
markings are to be identical to those prescribed for
b. Exceptions. Aircraft presently painted with
training aircraft.

8 international orange. in good condition, will not be


painted with fluorescent paint. They will be main-
tained with international orange until complete
e. Army aircraft of the Army Medical Service
and used as ambulance aircraft will bear I8d cross
repainting is required.
insignia positioned on the most sUitable surfaces to
be visible from either side, from the ground, and
. Note: Do not paint antenna masts, loops, antenna
houslnp, main. and tail rotors, exposed portions of operat-
ing mechanismø, tranapar8nt panels, or antiglare areaa.
from the air. The cross will be in øloss red lacquer,
shade No. 11136. Military Specification

Change
2 5-1
TB 746.93.2

MIL-L-19537, and the field in gloss white lacquer, paint in the normal line of vision from the
shade No. 17875, Military Specification
MIL-L-19537.
cockpit.
.
(2) All red designated areas not visible
U-B and U-21 Aircraft. On non-tactical and
f. from
the cockpit will be coated with red
CONUS assigned U-8 and U-21 airplanes, the
I
and horizontal and vertical stabilizers
painted with gloss white lacquer, shade
upper
portion of the fuselage and portions of the wings
will be
enamel or lacquer, shade No. 11136, or
fluorescent red-orange paint conforming
to Military Specification MIL-P-21600.
8
No. 17875, (3) Remaining portions of red designated
Military Specification MIL-L-19537. A 1-1/2 inch
black stripe in gloss black lacquer, shade areas which are visible from the cockpit
No.
17038, and 1/2 inch stripe in gloss white lacquer, and hence not coated with fluorescent

I
shade No. 17875, Military Specification paint, will be painted with red enamel or
MIL-L-19537, will separate the white painted areas lacquer, Shade No. 11136, except for
from areas painted olive drab. (See fig. 8-23.) Note areas which are covered by
paragraph
that ARMY does not app'ear on the fuselage 6-12.
along
with the national insignia.
c. Red Designated Areas (Specific).
g. U.9 Airplane. On the U-9 airplanes, the upper
portion of the fuselage and the upper and lower (1) Airplanes.
portions of the wings and horizontal stabilizer will
be painted with gloss white (a) Cowl. Coat entire lower cowl
lacquer, shade No. assem-
17875, Military Specification MIL-L-19537. A bly, including access doors and nose
1/2-inch olive drab stripe and a 1/2-inch white cap.
stripe will separate the white painted areas
from (b) Fuselage. Apply a red band
areas painted olive drab color. (See fig. 8-27.) For around
aft portion of fuselage, starting
nacelles, see figure 8-28. from
a point 3 feet
forward of leading edge
of the stabilizer and extending back

18
5
3. ARCTIC,
-

DESERT, AND JUNGLE to aft end, including the fin and sta-
PATTERN.
bilizer. Allow a 3-inch boundary
The following color schemes will facilitate dis- around insignia and other markings
on surfaces. Do not paint antenna
covery of grounded aircraft in the event of a forced
masts, loops, or antenna housings
or crash landing on ice, snow, heavily wooded ter- un.
less authorized.
rain, or in desert areas.
(c) Wings. Apply red band around
a

a. Army aircraft operating in, or being prepared wings, about 3feet wide, starting
for service in, arctic, desert, or jungle regions from wing tips and excluding
will
be painted red and white in the pattern designated ailerons. Allow a 3-inch boundary
below, and as shown in the illustrations, when around insignia lettering and other
authorized by the Army Field Commander. The markings. See illustrations in Chapter
color red favors visibility in the arctic and desert. 8 for specific
airplanes.
White color favors visibility in wooded and
jungle
areas, and accentuates the red markings. The illus- (2) Helicopters.
trations show the red and white designated
areas.
(a) With two main rotors.
Note: Do not paint antenna masts,
loops, antenna
housings, main and tail rotors, exposed 1. Apply a red band around fuse-
portions of operat-
ing mechanisms, transparent panels or antiglare lage from aft end to a circum-
8
areas.
ferential line 3 feet forward of
b. Red Designated Areas (General). aft rotor shaft.

(1) Fluorescent red-orange paint, 2. Apply a red band


around fuse-
applied to lage from forwA{d end
red designated areas, will provide
maxi-
mum visibility. Apply no fluorescent
to a
circumferential Jill<' 3 fppt aft
of forward rotor shaft.
.
5-2 Change 2
TB 746-93-2

. 3. Allow a 3-inch boundary around


insignia and other markings in these
fuselage. A typical example is
shown in figure 8-80.
I
areas unless otherwise specified in
this technical bulletin. 2. Allow a 3-inch boundary around
insignia and other markings in

81 4. Shaded areas on figure 8-93 illus-


trate an example of desired locations
for red colored areas.
these areas unless otherwise speci-
fied in this technical bulletin.

The white
d. White Designated Areas.
designated areas will be painted with gloss
(b) With one main rotor.
white enamel or lacquer, shade No. 17875,
Military Specification MIL-L-19537. This
1. Apply red bands around forward color provides a distinctive background for
and aft portions of helicopter and accentuates the red markings.

Section III. LOW REFLECTIVE CAMOUFLAGE PAINT SCHEME

and tail rotor blades and propellors.


5-4. PAINT SCHEME DESCRIPTION. Prior to painting rotors and propel-
a. General. When directed by the Depart-
ment of the Army, aircraft will be painted lors, the amount of paint must be
with a non-standard low reflective camouflage weighed so that exactly the same
paint scheme using CCL-740-1611 paint. amount of paint is applied to each
This paint is a modification of MIL-L-81352 blade of each rotor or propellor.
T~is weighing facilitates balancing.
8 acrylic lacquer to give it extremely low re-
flective characteristics. It is resistant to
discoloration by diester oil lubricants and
High conspicuity and/or safety mark-
ings on rotor and propellor blade tips
heat up to 3500F. may be masked over or repainted in
accordance with directives in chapter
b. Area to be Covered. Maximum effec- 8. Test balance of blades.
tiveness of the low reflective paint is ob- (3) Prime and paint the rotor mast of
tained when as much exterior area as possible helicopters, except where swash-plate
is covered with this special paint. slides.

(1) As a minimum, all exterior surfaces (4) Prime and paint control tubes and
requiring paint must be painted with rods.
this special paint, with the exception
of the high conspicuity and/or safety (5) Prime and paint swash-plates and
scissors in areas that are now painted.
markings on rotor blades and propel-
lor tips.
(6) Prime and paint rotor hubs (and
sand deflectors) in areas that are
CAUTION now painted.

Painting of main rotor, tail rotor, and (7) Prime and paint stabilizer bar. Re-

8 propellor blades may create out-of-


balance and unacceptable vibration
conditions. Strict adherence to these c.
balance.

Area Not to be Covered (General). Do


instructions are required to reduce the not prime or paint any of the following ex-
probability of creating these out-of- terior surfaces:
. balance conditions.
(1) Light lenses, windows, and wind-
(2) Prime and paint both sides of main shields.

Change 3 5-3
TB746.93-2

(2) Wires and cables (electrical).


d. Area Not to be Covered (Specific). Do
(3) Areas containing slippage marks
un-
not prime or paint any of the following
surfaces:
.
less slippage marks can be
retained.
(1) OH-6 helicopter:
.
(4) Rubber and cloth boots and dust
covers. (a) Bolt, externally relieved, FSN 8
(5) 5306.948.3244. (4 each per air-
Deicing boots such as on wings, tail
craft. )
section, propellors, engine intake,
and raw air duct of U.21. (b) Pin, main rotor, FSN 1615-943-
(6) 0809. (4 each per aircraft.)
Reinforced impregnated flexible
ducting. (c) Pin, main rotor blade, FSN 1615- .

(7) Plastic or ceramic insulators for radio


925.7992. (8 each per aircraft.)
antennas. (2) AH.l helicopter:
(8) Rods that move in and out of
hy- (a) The swash-plates and scissors. They
draulic cylinders.
are behil)d a cowling and need
(9) not be given the IR paint.
Pistonof landing gear struts and
shimmy damper. (b) The tail rotor pitch change, the
shaft on which it is mounted, and
(10) Interior and opening of pitot
tube. the chain which drives it.
(11) Pitot static opening.

(12) Static ground receptacle.


(3)

(a)
U.21 aircraft:

This aircraft will be painted


8
for
the inflight mode. Take off and
(13) Any and all bearings, races, and
rod landing modes (gear extended, dive
ends. Apply masking over and % breakouts, flags down, etc.) are
inch beyond bearings, races, apd rod
not a consideration.
ends. Masking must be snug and
complete to prevent any spray from (b) Radome.
entering bearings, races, and rod
ends. This includes hinge bearings NOTE
on control surfaces of fixed wing
aircraft. Balance control surfaces per chapter 9
of TM 55-1510-209-34 after painting.
(14) All hydraulic fittings. Apply mask~
ing to cover fittings and
about 1 inch 5-5. PROCEDURE.
of tube. a. Preparation. The following steps prior
to application should be followed for
(15) Ambient air thermometer over-
probe. painting standard Army acrylic-nitrocellulose
lacquer or polyurethane with subject acrylic
(16) Tail rotor drive shafts.
lacquer (not necessary to strip aircraft):

NOTE (1) Remove or mask decals. (Decals


8
Make sure spray <;Ioes not enter air may curl up if not removed or
masked prior to paint).
intake, engine exhaust, or gaps. around
access panels and doors. (2) Sand aircraft.
If the aircraft is now .
5-4 Change 3
18748-93-2

81 painted with lacquer i~ is not neces-


t

sary to sand entire aircraft, but only


rough, high, or corroded areas. If
the aircraft is now painted with
starting point is obtained by mixing
one volume of lacquer with apprQxi-
mately one and one-half volumes of
thinner composed of MIL-T-19544.
The exact thinning ratio must be
8 polyurethane, scuff sand entire sur-
face lightly. determined .by the user and adjusted
to the prevailing temperature, rela-
(3) Wash entire aircraft with toluene, tive humidity, and type of spraying
TT-T-548 (Technical) preferred; equipment being used.
xylene, TT-X-916 (grade A); or if
necessary, lacquer thinner, MIL-T- (2) Stir or agitate this lacquer often be-
19544. cause it tends to separate.

( 4) Fill any areas taken to bare metal (3) Apply one wet coat so that the dry
with epoxy primer MIL-P-23277. film thickness will be about 1.5 mils.

(5) All areas that are presently not (4) Drying time -
1 hour before touch,
painted, such as rotor masts, are to 4 hours before flying.
be cleaned of corrosion and primed
with wash primer MIL-C-8514 before
final primer and top coat. See d. Marking. Replace all markings accord-
paragraph 3-1 for instructions for ing to TB 746-93-2 with decals or stencils
wash primer. using MIL-L-19538 lusterless black lacquer.

b. Primer. The epoxy polyamide primer e. Anti-Glare. It is


not necessary to paint
anti-glare areas black because the special
8 used with this paint scheme shall be applied
in accordance with chapter 3. paint is sufficiently dark as to act as anti-
glare.
.

c. Acrylic Lacquer Top Coat. The lacquer,


a modification to Specification MIL-L-81352, Conspicuity
,. Conspicuity Markings.
is intended for use as a special low reflec- markings wül not be used on wings, fuselage,
tive exterior protective coating for metal or tail surfaces or aircraft using this paint
surfaces. The lacquer is intended to be used scheme.
over the epoxy polyamide primer. This
lacquer system can be used for touchup. g. Stripping. When required, the
reflective paint and epoxy primer may be
low.
(1) The acrylic lacquer should be thinned stripped using MIL-R-81294 Remover, Paint.
to spraying viscosity. A suggested Epoxy System.

8
8
Change &-6
3,
.

8
.
T8 746.93.2

CHAPTER 6
. FINISHES FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS: GENERAL

8 Section I. GENERAL

Acrylic-nitrocellulose lacquers may


be used
6-1. SURF ACE PREPARATION. e.
(diester) lube
on aircraft serviced with synthetic
This chapter shall present requirements oils such as Military Specification MIL-L-7808
I
for finishes for specific applications and and MIL-L-23699 oils which are destructive to
applications not heretofore explicitly in- ordinary lacquers. Application of acrylic-nitro-
" cluded. Surfaces will be prepared and cellulose lacquers, if used, will conform. to proce-
primed as specified in Chapter 2, prior dures in Military Specification MIL-F-18264.
to application of any topcoat.

6-2. MATERIALS
-
TOPCOATS. 6-4. COLORS.
Colors will conform to Federal Color
Gloss nitrocellulose lacquers will conform
a.
Gloss acrylic- Standard No. 595. Military Standard 795
to Federal Specification TT-L-32. is supplementary document to tbe stand-
a
nitrocellulose lacquers will conform to Military
MIL-L-19537. Gloss enamels will ard. Colors are designated by three digit
Specification
Specification TT-E-489. numbers in the ANA bulletins and by five
I conform to Federal
digit numbers in the Federal standard.
.

b. (camouflage) nitrocellulose lac-


Lusterless

8 quers will to Federal Specification


conform
TT-L-20. Lusterless acrylic-nitrocellulose lacquers
conform to Specification
Military
6-5. DECALS.
Decals conforming to the requirements
will
MIL-L-19538. Lusterless enamels will conform to of Military Specifications MIL-P-38477,
I Federal Specification TT -E-527. Plastic Film for Marking Aircraft, may
be used in lieu of. paint for all external
and internal markings within the size limits
6-3. APPLICATION. speci~ied herein or. as otherwise stated in
be used as speci- paragraph 7-2. Large, one piece decals are
a. Gloss finishes will
fied herein. unsatisfactory because of application. dif-
ficulties. Decals may be pressure sensi-
but
b. Lusterless (camouflage) finishes may tive, adhesive backed, and scored,
be used at the option of the Theater Com- otherwise conforming to Military Speci-
mander. fication MIL-P-38477. Pressure-sensitive
decals should be applied in accordance
~
Nitrocellulose lacquers will be used with TM 55-1500-204-25/1. Pressure-sen-
c.
~ unless otherwise specified herein. si ti ve decals may be used on camouflaged
aircraft for markings if the lettersa and nu-
merals are lusterless black on luster-
may be used at the option
d. Enamels
less background. Lusterless decals will
of the Theater Commander. Enamels are
conform to Military Specification MIL-P-
more resistant to abrasion than lacquers
8 and are useful in desert areas. 38477.
i>'

PROPELLER FINISHES AND MARKINGS


Section II.
against corrosion, blades from which any
6-6. FINISHES.
. Only lusterless black finish will be ap-
plied to propellers for antiglare purposes
of the protective plating has been removed
will be painted as outlined in the following
or. for corrosion resistance. To protect
instructions.
Change 2 6-1
TB 746-93-2

.
a. Stripping. Ensure all blade data is obtained
prior to stripping paint from blades so the same
data may be restenciled on applicable blades sub.
6-7. BLADE MARKINGS, WOOD AND METAL.
.
A 4-inch
a. yellow tip will be maintained as a
sequent to repainting of propeller. Propeller blades
safety measure on all aircraft propellers which
of the U.21 and RU-21 will not be stripped during are
aircraft repainting.
less than 15 feet in diameter.

b. A 6-inch
yellow tip will be maintained on all
8
b. Painting. The exterior surfaces of metal
pro- aircraft propellers which are 15 feet or more in
pellers and hubs, fore and aft,
will be painted diameter.
lusterless black lacquer, shade
No. 37038, Military
Specification MIL-L-19538. The forward side of c. The yellow marking will be limited to the
the propeller tips will be painted yellow as speci- forward side of the propeller blade on manned air-

,
I tied in paragraph 6.7. The exception will be the
OV-1, which will have both sides of the tips
painted yellow, as a safety measure and the
the exterior surfaces left unpainted.
rest of
craft.

d. Gloss yellow, shade No. 13538, will be used


for this application.
.s

c. Application. Each propeller blade will be .e. OV-1 blade data markings and propeller
sprayed with wash primer, Military Specification barrel and dome assembly markings shall be. as
MIL-P-8514, while in a horizontal position and follows:
retained in this position until the wash primer has
set. One light coat of zinc-chromate primer, (1.) In addition to the 4 inch wide
Military Specification MIL-P-7962, will be applied, yellow stripes across the front
followed by one light coat of lusterless black and rear tip of the blades, paint a
lacquer, shade No. 37038, Military Specification yellow blade angle checking
MIL-L~19538, and will extend to within 4 inches station marking .0375 inches
of the tip of the blade. The propeller will then be
checked for balance. Exercise care to mask off
regular graduation markings on the propeller hub
any
wide and 2.5 inches long, at 42
inch station on the face side
(opposite of direction of night)
8
or blades. The space between the blade shank and of blades.
I barrel will be masked off to prevent the paint
from (2.) The blade drawing number, serial
. contacting the seals.
number, low, feather, reverse and
correction angles and the blade
d. To uch up. When necessary, propellers may be
alignment reference (B.A.R.)
lightly touched up between overhaul periods while value shall be stenciled on the
installed on the aircraft. Care will be exercised to
camber side (direction of night
apply proportionate amounts of paint to each side) of the blade at mid-chord
blade to maintain proper blade balance.
Where position. The letters used shall be
antiglare paint can be applied to all blades of a 1/2 inch high and placed so as to
propeller assembly in proportionate amounts, read from the trailing edge. The
-;;

pro-
peller balance need not be accomplished. This is
lettering shall start between the
not to be interpreted as authorization for deletion 18 and 24 inch stations. These "
of propeller balance at overhaul or at
any other markings shall be lusterless black
time when balancing is normally required. I

I Shade No. 37038.

8
.
6-2 Change 2
TB 748.83.2

. Section III. ROTOR BLADE FINISHES AND


MARKINGS

intercoat adhesion, scuff sand the existing


6-8. FINISHES.
paint coating lightly with fine grit wet-or-

8 a. General.

(1) The finish used on helicopter rotor blades b.


dry sandpaper, and remove the powder.

Main Rotor Blades.


is applied to prevent deterioration of the
underlying surfaces and to resist erosion
(1) Lower surfaces of all main rotor blades
from sand particles, dust, etc. will be finished with lusterless black
lacquer, shade No. 37038, Military Speci-
(2) In painting of rotor blades, paint shall be fication MIL-L-19638.
applied uniformly over the original finish
.
(2) All metal blades will have upper surfaces
to minimize introduction of unbalance.
However, blades will be rebalanced after finished in accordance with the illustra-
complete repainting. When rotor blades tions in Chapter 8.
are of bonded construction, the original
finish should not be stripped because of
the possible harmful effect of paint
strippers on bonding agents and adhesives.
Prior to painting, in order to promote
Note: Consult applicable helicopter maintenance
manual for inøtructions on extent of repaint require-
ments at direct and pneral support maintenance activi-
ties.
I

.-

8
.
Change 2 6.2A/(6.28 blank)
.
8

.J

..

;It

8
.
18 746.93.2

(4) The color bands installed by the con-


Tail Rotor Blades. Tail rotor blades
. c.
for non-camouflaged aircraft will be finish- tractor on the tip of main rotor blades
will be maintained along. with match-
ed in accordance with instructions in para-
ing colors on the housing when speci-
graph 6-9b. Camouflage is the standard
painted fied in (5) below. Different colors
paint; tail rotor blades may be
8 lusterless olive drab, shade No. X34087,
at the discretion of the Major Army
Field .
are required on the blades for track-
ing as well as matching purposes.
Commander. (5) The identifying dots installed by the
contractor will be maintained on the
6-9. MARKINGS. hub and .butt ends of the blades for
a. Main Rotor Blades. blade matching purposes on those
(1) Main rotor blades, matched sets, will helicopters which require installa-
have the top of, each blade tip painted tion of matched sets of blades. For
a yellow-orange color inboard for
a
those helicopters which do not re-
$

of 6 inches, shade
minimum distance .
quire matched sets of blades, hub
No. 33538. and butt ends of the blades will
not
be painted with identifying dots. Color
(2) Classification numbers, when re- coding will not be required on in-
quired, will be placed on the main dividually interchangeable blades,
rotor blades of all helicopters by fa- since the hubs will be coded.
cilities authorized to balance, repair,
or overhaul blades. Classification
numbers will be applied only to metal b. Tail Rotor Blades.
blades which are, balanced and are
matched sets. In general, classifica-
tion numbers will not be applied to (1) Camouflage is the standard paint, but to

8 metal blades.

(3) Three numbers, including the blade


promote 8found safety, bright danger
markinp for helicopter tail rotor blades
are optional for
CONUS operations and are I
set and/or blade serial number, will marked as follows (fig. 8.4 and 8.5); ex.
be utilized; the first will be the weight cept that in combat areas,. and when
in pounds of the blade expressed in Field Com.
authorized by the Major Army
decimal form; the second will be the mander, these markings may
be painted .

distance in inches from the ,center of out with lusterless black or lusterless olive
rotation to the center of gravity of drab lacquers.
the blade; the third number will be
the distance in percent MAC (Mean
Aerodynamic Chord) from the leading (a) Prime blade surfaces with one light
edge of the blade to the center of coat of zinc-chromate primer, Mil-
gravity of the blade chord-wise. itary Specification MIL-P-7962.

Examþle: 57 .2~75.15-24.0:When the blade


(b) Apply a 6-inch band of gloss red
has a weight of 57.2 pounds with the
center of gravity 75.15 inches from lacquer, shade No. 11136, Military
the center of rotation, and the chord- Specification MIL-L-19537, at out-
wise center of gravity is 24.0 per- board end of blade followed by an-
cent MAC from the leading edge of other 6-inch band of gloss white,
the blade. Stencilling, approximately shade No. 17875, then another 6-

8 3/4 inch in height, will be accom-


plished with a paint or dope which
contrasts well with the color of the
inch band of red lacquer, shade No.
11136.
,
'

blade. The preceding information is (c) Following the second band of bright
to be stencilled on the flat surface red lacquer, apply a band of black
. on the groundside of each blade at
inboard or butt end of main rotor
lacquer, shade No. 17038, Military
Speclfication MIL-L-19537, up to
blade. within 6 inches of the hub.
Change 2 . '6-3
TB 746-93.2

Note. The OH-13 helicopter, old aDd aeW


of the blades. For UH-1 andAH-lG
blade sets require the removal of
all red
enamel on the inboard end of blades aDd
hub. Add one light coat of zinc
chromate
aircraft, the painting configuration
of the blades will be the same as
.
primer then clear lacquer to unpainted the OH-23 aircraft, but without the
area.
stencil markings.
(d) Paint remainder of

11136.
tail rotor blade
with gloss red lacquer, shade No. (2) To avoid the possibility of
unbalanced
conditions, application of the color
8
scheme outlined above will be limited
(e) Blades and attachment fittings of to new blades or to overhauled
OH-23 aircraft destined for com- blades.
bat. areas will be painted camou- (3) Identifying color bands painted on the
flage lusterless olive drab lacquer, tail rotor blade guard by the con-
MIL-L-19538,color shade number tractor will be maintained and an
X34087 with a 6-inch lusterless .1
identifying dot, approximately 1/2
yellow tip, shade number 33538, inch in diameter, of the same color
A 1 inch
stencil' 'No HAND TURN- as appears on the housing will be
1NG" will be applied near the tip
painted on the butt end of the blade
in lusterless black on both sides
for mat~hing purposes.

Section IV. LANDING GEAR AND WHEELS


6-10. LANDING GEAR.
quer, Federal Specification TT-L-32, Shade
No. 17178.
'

Landing gears will be painted olive drab


in .the same manner as the fuselage.
Land-' 6-11. WHEELS.
ing gears will be cleaned and primed with
ptimer, Military SpeCification MIL-P-7962,
and then painted with two coats of
lacquer,
Wheels will be cleaned, primed with
Mili-
tary Specification MIL-P-7962, and paint-
8
shade No. X34087, Military Specification ed "with two coats of
lacquer, shade No.
MIL-L.-19538. An exception to this is the X34087, M i Ii ta r y Specification
landing gear wheel wells of OV -1 airplane 19538.
MIL-L-
will be painted gloss white lacquer, shade
No. 17875, Military Specification MIL-L::- 6-llA. WHEEL WELLS, U-21, RU-21 and OV-!. I
19537. Landing gears of U-8 -command
During aircraft repainting, wheel wells will not
aircraft will be painted an aluminized lac- be' stripped,
but will be thoroughly cleaned.

Section V. ANTIGLARE COATINGS


6-12. EXTERIOR. ..
a. Reflecting Surfaces. All cockpit parts
To reduce glare, the top of the fuselage in front and surfaces. reflecting in the windshield,
,of the pilot's compartment on aircraft as illus-
instrument glass, ,and the like, will be
trated in Chapter 8, and the inboard upper painted lusterless gray enamel, shade No.
lone-fourthof the engine nacelles forward of the 36231, Military Specification MIL-E-7729.
leading edges of the wings on the U-8, the All instrument panels will be painted lus-
'forward portion of the skids on the OB-13 and terless gray, shade No. 36231. Decals with
'the inboard and outboard nacelles of the OV-1 white lettering will require a black back-
!will be painted lusterless black
enamel, shade
137038, Military Specification MIL-E-5556, No.
lacquer, Military Specification MIL-L-19538.
or
ground.

b. Nonrejlecting Surfaces. All interior


8
I UB-1 aircraft with standard camouflaged paint
scheme will not require anti-glare paint forward
cockpit surfaces which are not reflecting
as above, will be painted with primer,
Mili-
of windshield.
I

i6-13. INTERIOR.
I tary Specification MIL-P-8585 shade T or
other suitable color to match the upholstery,
which will not be painted.
.
6-4 Change 2
T8 746-93-2

FLUORESCENT COATINGS
. Section VI.

6-14. GENERAL. spirits 'conforming to Federal Specification


TT-T-291.
a. In order to increase safety of opera-
8 tion and aid in preventing midair collisions,
all CONUS training aircraft.will be marked
6-16. PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR
PAINTING.
with fluorescent red-orange anticollision
and mark-
color, e~cept those already painted inter- a. All standard Army insignia
be con-
.

national orange. (Refer to para 1-12 for ings, located within the area to
marked, will be retained by
exceptions. ) spicuously
block masking, prior to etching, cleaning,
b. All other T A CONUS assigned air- and painting operations. All masking will
.. craft may be marked with fluorescent color be removed prior to application of the clear
at Ute option of the Major Army Field Com- acrylic topcoat to attain a maximum degree
mander. of surface smoothness to the finished sur-
". face.
c. TOE operational aircraft may be
marked with fluorescent color when author- 3-inch border will be maintained
b. A
ized by the Major Army Field Commander.
around .all standard Army insignias and
markings to provide ease of replacement.
6-14A. MATERIALS, TAPE.

'!be use of high visibility tape on flat or s1i8btly c. Propeller warning stripe and signs
a better conapicuity a 3-inch wide in-
curved aJrcraft IUl'faces offers .will be maintained with
for a longer period of time due to its signia white border installed adjacent to

8 markinl
durability and resistance to fading. Tests indicate
that the tape does not fade' in one year of use,
and on each side thereof.

whereas day-glo paint tends' to fade in about four


it d. Fluorescent paint system markings
months. Tape has limited application because
will not be applièd to antiglare, fabric,
hides cracks and corrosion. Tape can be applied
radome, or plastic areas.
only as mown ~ the illustrations.

6-15. MATERIALS, PAINT. 6-17 APPLICATION OF FLUORESCENT


.

PAINT.
a. Fluorescent red-orange paint, shade a. Reduce fluorescent paint,
shade No.
No. 633, Military Specification MIL-P- 633, Military Specification MIL-P-21600,
21600, will be applied in conformance with to spray consistency by adding three parts

Military Specification MIL~P-21698. of fluorescent paint to two parts xylene,
Federal Specification TT-X-916, by volume.
b.This is a three-part system consist-
-
measure.
ing of a reflecting white undercoat, Mili-
tary Specification MIL-:-P-6884, an inter-
mediate fluorescent pigment coat, and an b.Apply two full wet cross coats of
acrylic clear topcoat to control the trans- fluorescent paint, allowing 1 hour drying
mission of ultraviolet energy. time between coats. The total dry film
thickness of the fluorescent coatings will
8
.

c. When the brightness of the fluorescent


be 2.5 to 3.5 mils.
system drops to an unacceptable level, or
when the system must be removed for rea- c. Insure that all spray equipment and
sons of camouflage, rub lightly with a sol- affected surfaces. to be painted stay clean,
as dust and foreign material will affect the
. vent conforming to Military Specification
MIL-R-21~72, diluted 1:1 with mineral brilliance of the fluorescent system.

Change 2 6-5
TB 746-93-2

6-18. APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS -


in an extended service life of the
GENERAL.
a. General. The fluorescent paint system will be
cent paint system.
fluores-

Note: The clear acrylic topcoat will not be applied


.
applied in conformance with Military Specification
over the fluorescent' paint prior ,to complete drying
MIL-P-21698 and in the patterns for each aircraft of the fluorescent paint, as the
acrylic will be ab-
in Chapter 8.
b. Sþecific.
sorbed by wet fluorescent coatings and
vide the desired protection.

6-20. APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS--


will not pro-
8
(1) Mark areas to be painted and place SPECIAL
masking tape where needed.
a. Special Protection for Fluorescent Paint.
(2) Apply fluorescent paint system over
existing paint coatings. (1) General. Fluorescent paints are adversely
affected by aviation gasoline and diester
(3) Remove masking tape before apply- .

oil lubricant, Military Specification


ing clea.r sealer overlay to fluores-
cent paint color.
MIL-L-7808 and MIL-L-23699 used in I
turbine engine aircraft. Spillage over skin ,.

(4) Extend clear sealer overlay 6 inches of this and other strong solvents such as
xylene, toluol, and mineral spirits also
beyond fluorescent paint color, onto
degrades fluorescent paint, Military
the olive drab.
Specification MIL-P-21600. In areas
Note: A 3-inch border will. separate fluorescent adversely affected by these agents, use
paint from all insignia and other markings, unless the following procedure.
otherwise specified.
(2) Application of protective coating.
16-19. APPLICATION OF PROTECTIVE COAT.

a. Two hours after the second coat of


fluorescent paint has been. applied (pro-
vided the fluorescent coating is completely
(a) Lightly sand undercoat of area which
gives trouble to improve adhesion of
clear lacquer.
8
dry), remove block masking and apply one
full wet cross coat of clear acrylic top- (b) Spray a
very thin coat of acrylic-
coat, Military Specification MIL-P-21600. nitrocellulose lacquer, Military Speci-
fication MIL-L-19537. Allow to dry
b. Reduce topcoat to spray consistency' before applying topcoat. This is done
by adding one part clear acrylic coating to prevent lifting the undercoat. Use
to one part of toluol, Federal Specification thinner, Military Specification
TT-T-548, or xylene, Federal Specifica- MIL-T-19544.
tion TT-X-916, by volume measure (xylene
is preferred). (c) Apply. a second coat of acrylic-
nitrocellulose lacquer, Military Speci- =

c. The total dry film thickness of the fication MIL-L-19537.


topcoat will be 1.5 to 2.0 mils. Dry film
thickness can be determined by preparing b. Exceptions.
test panels and measuring the coatings with
a
micrometer. The test panels should be (1) Fluorescent paints will not be applied to
prepared concurrently with application of rudders, ailerons, or other control surfaces
coatings to the aircraft surface. where balance considerations are impor-
tant, unless otherwise specified herein.
.
d. The purpose of the topcoat is. twofold.
It provides a protective covering for the
fluorescent paint to increase soil and sol-
(2) Deicer boots, tires, rubber, antiglare sur-
faces, radomes, fabric, and transparent
8
vent resistance, provides a topcoat which plastic surfaces will not be painted.
filters out the harmful ultraviolet rays of
the sun that cause premature fading of the
fluorescent paint. Application of the coating
(3) Fluorescent paints will not be applied to
training aircraft painted international
.
to the proper film thickness will orange. (Refer to paragraph 5-3.)
result
6-6 Change 2
T8 746-93-2

(3) Apply fluorescent paint and clear acrylic


(4) Fluorescent paint will not be applied to
topcoat in accordance with paragraph
. surfaces expected to reach
temperature of
2000 F (such
a maximum

as exhaust 6-17.
manifolds), areas subject to abrasion, or
highly stressed areas.

8 16-21. MAINTENANCE.
c. Repair faded areas as follows:

(1) Clean area by removing all grease, oil, and


with foreign materials, using cleaning com-
Fluorescent coating system will be cleaned
Military Specification pound, Military Specification
cleaning compound,
MIL-C-25769. Grease and hard to remove
MIL-C-25769.
stains may be removed by lightly rubbing
affected surface with aluminum wool
6-22. REPAIR PROCEDURES.
saturated with quantity of cleaning com-
"

a. Repair chipped or flaked paint coatings pound, Military Specification


base coat) as MIL-C-25769. Rinse area with ample
(incl uding intermediate white
quantities of clean water to remove all
follows:
traces of cleaning compound.
(1) Taper paint edges surrounding area to be
200 or (2) Thoroughly dry area to be repainted by
repaired to a feather edge using
finer grit abrasive paper. The sanding removing all water deposits. (Drying will
be aided by wiping the area with a clean
operation will be improved, and provide
a

smoother finish, by using a solution of 2 lint-free cloth.) Drying time may be


reduced by using dry compressed air.
percent soap and 98 percent water.
(3) Apply fluorescent. paint and clear acrylic
(2) Remove loose paint and foreign material
topcoat as prescribed in paragraph 6-17.
from area to be refinished.
8 (3) Surface treat and paint area to be
10 square
refinished in accordance with procedures d. Touch up small areas (less than
outlined in Military Specification inches) with a 1-inch camel hair paint brush. Spray-
MIL-P-21698. type equipment should be used to paint larger
areas.
b. Repair chipped or flaked paint coatings (not
being
including intermediate white base coat) as follows: Note: Use care to prevent paint coatings from
heavily in the overlap area around the repair.
applied too
When this occurs, small rivulets may form and
further re-
(1) Clean area by removing loose paint and
pair will be required.
foreign material, using a lint-free cloth
saturated in toluol, Federal Specification
TT-T-548, or lacquer thinner, Federal Approximately 6 months after initial applica-
e.
Specification TT-T-266. (Toluol is pre- tion of the fluorescent paint system, it
is permis-

ferred. ) sible to apply one wet cross coat of clear acrylic


Clean the area as wescribed and apply
topcoat. existing
accordance with
(2) Taper edges of paint surrounding area to overlay coating in
instructions.
be repaired.
COATINGS
Section VII. PROTECTIVE
Top and bottom trailing edge of wing slats.
b.
6-23. COROGARD.
8 Requirement for OV -1 aircraft
(see figure 8-34,
Only required on slats which are still activated.
c. Lower leading
edge of outboard vertical fins
below
detail F and Figure 8-34A) around leading edge to first row of rivets,
stabilizer intersection.

. a.Leading edge of inboard wing from nacelle


to fuselage.
d. Leading edge of air scoop top
of fuselage.
and left side

Change 2 6-7/(6-8 blank)


.
8

P'

"

..

8
.
T8 741-83-2

CHAPTER 7
. LETTERING AND MARKING

8 Section I. MARKINGS: GENERAL

7-1. CAMOUFLAGE MARKINGS. g. Camouflage is the standard paint scheme..


Bright danaer markings on tail rotor blades, main
a. The camouflage markings will
consist of rotor blades, and propeller blades are optional for
lusterless black lettering and markings on
a luster- CONUS. However, aircraft in combat ueu may
less olive drab background. Markings may be have the danger marlMgs painted out with luster-
reduced in size to suit combat operations. less olive drab, or lusterless black lacquer when
authorized by the Mejor Army Field Commander.
I

Standard markings will be in lusterless black


b.
lacquer, shade No. 37038, Military Specification
MIL-L-l9538, on a background of lusterless olive h. Unle88 otherwise specified, uøe l/2-inch high
Arabic numerals and capitalletten for marldngs.
.

drab lacquer, shade No. X34087.


,

c. Center identification lettering UNITED Maintain various detail markinp for the
i.
STATES ARMY as nearly as possible on each side
cabin, fuøel8ge, plumbing systems, fabric control
of fuselage. Use 6-inch vertical block letters. Letter surfaces; and the like. In the case of recovering or
dimensions, positions, and locations for each air-
repainting, the activity performing the work will
craft will be in accordance with instructions in
. .

replace all markings. Use gloss yellow markings on

8
Chapter 8. olive drab surfaces, and gloss black mukinga on
aluminized, international oranae, or white painted
I d. Place identification lettering U.S. ARMY or surfaces. Ule lacquer for markings on. lacquer-
ARMY o~ each side of fuselage when identification
finished surfaces, and enamel for markingB on
lettering UNITED STATES ARMY does not fit on
enamel-finished surfaces.
allotted space.

. e. Reduce caution, emergency outer markings, .


j. OutJine comers of emergency exits II1CI rescue
safety, and other miicellaneous markings in 1
exit area with. right.angle comer banda inch wide
number and size to the essential minimum accept.
and 3 inches long at each 181- Paint cOnw' marks
able for combat operations. Paint out yellow back-
"

with lusterless yellow lacquer, shade No. 33538,


ground behind red arrows on tins and tail booms
with lusterless olive drab paint. Tail rotor warning Military Specification MIL-L-l9538.
markings for the blades are spelled out for camou- Caution: Cutting of fuel, oil, hydraulic, or OSJIeD
flage and noncamouf1a8e aircraft. Refer
to Chapter
Unes, or electrical wiring under cruh conditione may Nlult
6, Section nl, paragraphs 6-8c and 6-9b. in a fire or _plO8ion, or increase the ...erity of an ed8tiDl
.. fire. Such poIIibUitiea will be taken into conaidentiOD
. ,. Replace glolsy decals with lusterless black when emUf8ncy eacape are.. are being chosen for identifI-
stencil markings ~here possible. cation markinp.

INSIGNIA: GENERAL
8 Section II.

Ule decals conforming to paragraph 6-5 in .


b.
7-2. COATING MATERIALS. A
lieu of paint, if approved by VSCOM.

a. Apply insignia with approved lac-


.
.

Enamels will conform to Federal Specifica-.


quers or enamels as are. applicable and c.
II
compatible with the existing finishes. tion TT-E-489.

Change 2 7-'
TB 746-93-2

Section III. NATIONAL STAR INSIGNIA (FOR


NON-CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT)
.
7-3. GENERAL. b. Remove masking tape as soon as
a. The National Star .Insignia will not practicable, but, in any case, not later
be applied to camouflaged
aircraft. The
National Star Insignia, of the design shoWh
in figure 8-1, will be placed
than 2 hours after taping, in
avoid staining the painted surface.
order to 8
on other
Army aircraft where required as part of 7-6. FIXED WING AIRCRAFT.
an authorized paint scheme illustrated in
a. Fuselage Insignia Installation.
Chapter 8.
(1) Location.
The insignia will portray an insignia-
b.
white, five-pointed star located within an (a) When specified, the National Star
insignia-blue circumscribed circle. This Insignia will be applied on each
is referred to as the basic blue side ,of the fuselage, midway be-
An insignia-white rectangle
circle.
will be located tween the. wing trailing edge and
on each side of the star. The top edge of
the leading edge of the stabilizer.
the rectangles will form a straight The insignia may be moved for-
line
with the upper edges of the horizontally ward or aft the minim urn distance
opposed star points. An insignia-red
hori- required to avoid covering trans-
zontal stripe will be centered in each end parent material or areas exposed
of the rectangle. The basic blue to extreme heat which would scorch
circle
will outline the entire insignia. or otherwise damage the insignia.
The insignia may extend over doors
c. Thedimensions of the insigniaiwill and emergency exits, but will not
be determined by the diameter of the
basic blue circle, which is standardized
in multiples of 5 inches.
extend over window areas or other
such openings which will change
the design of the insignia.
Sym-
8
metry will be maintained when
applying the .insignia on each side
7-4. COLORS. of the fuselage.

a. Gloss colors for insignia will con- (b) The insignia


form to applicable shade numbers of Fed- will be so applied
that in the normal flight attitude
eral Standard 595. Insignia red will con- of the aircraft, the top point of
form to shade No. 11136. Insignia blue the star paints upward on fuse-
will conform to shade No. 15044. Insignia lage surfaces.
white will conform to shade No. 17875.
(c) Approval of an alternate location
b.
Corresponding lusterless colors will for the fuselage insignia will be
also conform to applicable shade numbers
coordinated with A VSCOM.
in Federal Standard 595.
(2) Dimensions (table 8-4 and
fig. 8-2).
The insignia will be nearest to, but
7-5. APPLICATIONS. will not exc.eed 75 percent of the
fuselage height at the paint of ap-
a. Mask off area and apply National plication. The diameter of the basic
Star Insignia over finish topcoat. Avoid
any method that. causes ridges in the
application of insignia and markings.
blue circle will not exceed 50 inches
nor be less than 20 inches (excluding
border).
8
.
7-2 Change 2
T8 746-93-2

b. Wing Insignia Installation. which is nearest to, but does not

. (1) Location.
exceed, 75 percent of the distance
between the wing leading edge and
the aileron cutout at the point of
(a) The National Star Insignia will be application.
applied on the upper surface. of
8 the left wing and on. the lower
surface of the right wing.
(3) Hot areas. The National Star Insignia
and the identification marking U.S.
ARMY will not be applied to heat
(b) Each insignia will be positioned resistant finishes.
at a point inboard from each wing
tip equal to 1/3 the distance fròm
7-7. HELICOPTER AND CONVERTI-
the wing tip to the wing fuselage
mating point. The border of the PLANE.
insignia will be tangent to the
aileron cutout. In the case of swept a. Location.
wing or delta wing aircraft, the
blue border will touch a lin.e drawn (1) Four National Star Insignia will be
parallel to the trailing edge of the applied on the aircraft fuselage. The
winK. 6 inches forward of the most insignia will be located so that it
forward point of the elevon.
.

will be visible' from each side, from


above, and from below. Due to various
(c) The National Star Insignia may design configurations, the insignia
be moved inboard the minimum will be located as near the center
distance necessary when space is of the aircraft as is practical so as
not available for the minimum size to provide maximum discernment.
specified or to avoid obstructions, Such locations will be standardized
such as wing floats, struts, and on like model and series helicopters.

8 other externally installed equip-


ment that interfere with discern-
The insignia may be moved the mini-
mum distance required to avoid high
heat areas. The insignia may extend
ment of the insignia. However,
symmetry will be maintained with over doors and emergency exits but
.

the U.S. ARMY identification mark- will not be applied over windows or
ings. other. such openings which would
change the design of the insignia.
(d) The wing insignia will. be so ap-
plied that in normal flight attitude, (2) The National Star Insignia will be
the top point of the star points applied on vertical surfaces so that
forward, and a. line from. the cen- in normal flight attitude, the top
ter of the insignia through the top point of the star points upward. On
star point is parallel to the di- horizontal surfaces, the top point of
rection of flight. the star will point forward in the
(2) Dimensions (table 8-4 and fig. 8-2.) direction of flight.

(a) The National Star Insignia selected. (3) If the main, fuselage section is not
for the wing will not exceed a large enough to accommodate the
maximum diameter of 60 inches, minimum size specified, the star
nor minimum of 20 inches (ex- insignia may be placed on such other
cluding border.). parts of, the fuselage as will permit
its being readily seen.
8 (b) Standard sizes for basic blue cir-
.cle diameters will be in multiples (4) If space limitations and configura-
of 5 inches between these limits. tions permit, additional insignia will
be applied to the nose of helicopters

. (c) The diameter of the basic blue


circle will be the standard size
to provide more positive air-to-air.
identification.

7-3
T8 746..93..2

b. Dimensions of Fuselage Insignia. cent of the fuselage height at the


(1) The dimensions of the insignia
be determined by the diameter. of
will
pOint of application. Symmetr.y should
be. maintained when applying the in-
.
signia on each side of the fuselage.
the basic blue circle. The insignia
will not exceed 50 inches in dia-
meter, nor be less than 10 inches.
The selected insignia size will be
nearest to, but not .exceed, 75 per-
(2) If the above size is impractical
for
application, the most practical stand-
8
ard diameter will be selected.

Section IV. MEDICAL INSIGNIA

7 8.
-

AIRCRAFT. .
Stock Number will be 5/16 inch high
with 1/4-inch space between lines.
a. Those Army aircraft assigned to the (See fig. 8-:-8.) Markings
will be ap-
Army Medical Service for use as ambulance plied using red lacquer, shade No.
aircraft will be marked with a red cross 11136, Federal Specification TT-L-
centered on a white field. 32, for the red. cross, and black,
shade No. 17038, for the lettering.
b. The red cross will be painted insignia
red; shade No. 11136, Military (2) If the kit is enclosed in
Specifica- a. cover or
tion MIL-L-19537, with..a white background installed in a bracket or holder which
conforming to shade No. 17875. hinders the visib1l1 ty of the marking
on the kit, an additional red cross
c. This insignia will be placed .and main- will be placed on such cover, bracket,
tained in four positions so that it .can be or holder. If this is not practicable,
seen from either side, from the ground,
and from the air. The location of these
markings will depend upon the fuselage
the red cross will be placed on the
structural part of the aircraft near
the cover, bracket, or holder.
8
surface available, and will be ofa size
consistent with the space available on the (3) If background areas on which the red
fuselage and the size of the aircraft. cross is to be painted will impair
visibility of the cross, a solid white
7-9. AmCRAFT FIRST AID KITS AND square equal to or slightly larger
LITTERS. than the overall dimensions of the
red cross may first be painted in
a. First Aid Kits. that area to provide a contrasting
.
.
background. Use white lacquer, shade
(1) When painting identification markings
No. 17875, Federal Specification TT-
on aircraft first aid kits, the red L-32.
cross will be composed of five 1/2-
inch squares arranged in a sym- b. Litters. Paint red cross markings on
metrical cross. The lettering will litters using appropriate colors of lacquer,
be 1/2 inch high and the Federal Federal Specification TT-L-32.

Section V. COMMAND AND ORGANIZATIONAL INSIGNIA

7-10. GENERAL. be applied to Army aircraft. Applications


Organizational insignia may be applied
to Army aircraft with approval of .the
.

organizational commander. Only insignia


of organizational insignia ,will be the
res-
ponsibility of the using organization. Depot
maintenance fac1l1ties will not replace or-
8
which h:a.s been approved by Headquarters, ganizational insignia or markings when the
Department of the Army for the organiza- aircraft is refinished during IROAN opera-
tion to which the aircraft is assigned will tions. .
7..4
T8 746-93-2

. 17.11. SPECIFIC. b. Dimensions. The insignia will not ex-


ceed 75 percent of the height of the al..,
.
ø. Location. The organizational insignia will be located portion of the vertical stabilizer,
nor will it exceed 50 percent of height of
8 located in accordance with Chapter 8, or will be
confined to that portion of the vertical 'stabilizer
above the radio call identification marking, exclud.
helicopter fuselage at point of application.
Similar aircraft in the sam.e organization
inø the rudder, and will be applied on both sidel, will have the same size insignia.
or each outboard side as applicable, on fixed wing
aircraft. On helicopters, the insignia will be applied
to each side of the fuselage, aft of the radio call
numbers. However, on some aircraft, adequate c. Letters. Command or organizational
space may not be available in the exact location. In identification lettering will not exceed two-
Iluch cases,.
the ilÌsignia or marking should be posi- thirds the size of the identification letter-
tioned as near as possible to the specified location. ing U. S. ARMY.

Section VI. IDENTIFICATION LETTERING

7,;,
12. GENERAL. dimensions will be taken when the
allotted space does not allow for the
a. Style. Unless otherwise specified, dimensions prescribed herein. (See
identification lettering will be presented ,in fig. 8-3.)
vertical block letters. All letters should
be of the same block design. c. Uniformity. Aircraft identification
lettering will be standardized and uniform-

8 b. Dimensions.
ly maintained on similar type aircr~t in
each organization.
(1) For. non-camouflaged aircraft, the
height and location of lettering may d. Restriction. The Army identification
lettering and the National Star Insignia
vary on aircraft of different size and
model in accordance with the size of will not be altered in location, dimension,
the basic blue circle and space avail-
or configuration from the specifications
reflected herein to .accommodate any major
able, but the size and location of
command and organizational insignia or
this marking will be the same on all
marking.
aircraft of the same model.
(2) For non-camouflaged aircraft, letters e. Color. For non-camouflaged aircraft,
lettering will be gloss white, shade No.
will be' of uniform size, with the 17875, on olive drab surfaces on fuselage,
letters separated from. the numerals
with a dash. Depending on the fuse-
yellow on vertical fin, rudder and wings,
and gloss black, shade No. 17038" on
lage surface available, letters will
be the largest size practicable; how- white, aluminized, international orange, or
fluorescent painted surfaces.
ever, in no case will they be smal-
ler than 8 by 12 inches, or larger
than 32 by 48 inches. The width, of f. Materials.
the ,letters will be two- thirds the (1) The material (lacquer or enamel)

8 height of the letters and the width


of the stroke will be one-sixth the
height of the letters. Width of the
used for the markings will be the
same as that used to finish the
surface to be marked. If the' sur-
letters M and W will be three-fourths face is bare, enamel is recommended.
the height of the letter. The height
. of identification. lettering near the
star will be the diameter of the
basic blue circle. Exception to these
(2) Gloll enamel,
TT-E-489 or
Federal Specification
glO88 lacquer,
Military Specifi-
I
Ch8nge 2 7-5
T8 746-93-2

cation MIL-L-19537, over primer coating, (3) Dimensions. The height of this mark-
Military Specification MIL-P-7962, will be
used.
ing will be the same height as the
basic blue circle in the National
.
Star Insignia on the opposite wing
7-13. FIXED WING AIRCRAFT (NON- of the aircraft. Width .of letters will
CAMOUFLAG ED).

a. Fuselage. The identification fuselage


be two-thirds the height of the let-
ters; width of strokes and spaces
will be one-sixth the height of the
8
marking for all Department of the Army letters. The top of the letters will
and Army National Guard aircraft will be toward the leading edge of the
consist .of ARMY in vertical block type wing.
lettering, placed on each side of the fuse-
lage. An exception may be made in the (4) NG. Markings NG will not be applied
case of U-8 and U-9 airplanes painted in on aircraft wings.
the gloss OD and white paint scheme.
ARMY may be omitted at the option of
the local Major Army Field Commander. 7'"14. HELICOPTER (NON-CAMOU-
FLAGED.)
b. Wing.
a. General. The identification lettering
(1) Identification. .The identification let- on the fuselage of all Department of the
tering on wings of all Department of Army, Army National Guard, and United
the Army, Army National Guard, and States Army Reserve helicopters will con-
United States Reserve aircraft will sist of the letters .ARMY placed on each
consist of U.S. ARMY in vertical, side of the fuselage, except for OH-23,
block-type lettering of uniform size. which will have U. S. Army.

(2) Location. This marking will be cen-


trally placed. on the lower surface of b. Specific Application. The ARMY
8
the left wing and upper surface of markings will be placed on each side of
right wing as shown in the appro- the fuselage of helicopters as shown in
pria te illustrations. appropriate illustrations.

Section VII. WARNING STRIPES AND SIGNS

7 -15.
PROPELLER AND ROTOR BLADE word DANGER will be applied perpen-
WARNING (NON-CAMOUFLAGED AIR- dicular to the word PROPELLER on each
CRAFT) . side of. the warning stripe, with an arrow
pointing from the word DANGER toward
a. Exterior. That area of the fuselage the stripe. Letters. in the word DANGER
which is behind the plane of the propeller will be 2 inches. high and the arrows will
path will be marked with a glossy insignia- be 4 inches long. The word DANGER will
red stripe 3 inches wide, extending com- be 2 inches high and the arrows will be
pletely around the fuselage, except through 4 inches long. The word DANGER and the
antiglare areas and when it does not inter- arrows will be in glossy insignia-red,
fere. with standard ARMY markings or shade No. 11136. This marking applies to
insignia. A 3-inch space will be main- all multi engine aircraft.
tained between the ends of the propeller
warning stripe and any standard Army
marking or insignia. The word PRO-
b. Interior. Openings used as exits with-
in 6. feet of the propeller disc will have an
8
PELLER, reading vertically from top to insignia-red warning stripe 3 inches wide
bottom, will be superimposed in this stripe painted on their inside surface. Stripes
in glossy insignia-white letters 2 inches
.

high, placed at sufficiently frequent inter-


will extend from the center of the fuse-
lage or the top of the opening, whichever
.
vals to indicate the dangerous areas. The is higher, to the lowest extremity of the

7-6
TB 748-93.2

opening. The word PROPELLER, reading


. vertically from top to bottom, will be
superimposed on the stripes in glossy
long.

Tail rotor markings (camouflage and


c.
insignia-white letters 2 inches high, placed non-camouflage.)
at sufficiently frequent intervals to in-
8 dicate the dangerous areas. The word
DANGER in glossy insignia-red will be
applied perpendicular to and centered with
(1) Tail rotor blades.
6-8c and 6-9b.
See paragraph

respect to the word PROPELLER ,on each


side of the stripe, with an insignia-red (2) Tail rotor warning sign (camouflage).
arrow pointing toward the stripe. Letters Refer to Chapter 7, Section I, para-
will be 2 inches high and arrows 4 inches graph 7-1d.

Section VIII. RADIO CALL NUMBERS AND PREFIXES

7-16. RADIO CALL NUMBERS. (4) All radio call panels installed with
aircraft, including helicopters, will
a. General. be revised to reflect the five radio
(1) Radio call numbers for Army air- call numerals applied on the aircraft,
craft will consist of five numerals. and the six numerals if aircraft
Radio call numbers will be derived are over 10 years old.
from the aircraft serial number.
Vertical block-type Arabic numerals (5) Radio call numbers will be applied
will be used when applying radio on both sides or on each outboard
call numbers. side, as applicable, of vertical sta-
8 (2) First numeral of the contract year
and the hyphen in the aircraft ser-
bilizer and rudder assembly, except
that on helicopters they will be ap-
plied to sides of fuselage or vertical
ial number will not be used in radio fin.
call numbers. If five numerals are
not available in the aircraft serial (6) Radio call numbers on camouflaged
number, zeros will be used to pro- aircraft will be 6 inches high. If
duce the required five numerals. space is not available for this stand-
Should more than five numerals be ard size, the size will be of largest
available, the last five numerals of size which can be applied and com-
the aircraft serial number will be patible with existing space. For non-
used. camouflaged aircraft only, the sug-
gested minimum size for space oc-
Example; For serial number 59-5434, cupied by one call number or de-
use 95434; for serial number 59- signator is 8 inches high by 12
653472, use 53472; for serial num- inches wide. If space is not avail-
ber 59-7, use 90007; for serial num- able for this standard size, the size
ber 60-7, use 00007. will be of largest size which can be
applied and compatible with existing
(3) Since numbers once assigned may space. Alternate numerical size will
reach an age of 10 years or more, be established by the width equaling

8 there is a possibility that two sets


of radio call numbers could be iden-
tical. To prevent this, the symbol
two-thirds the height, and the stroke
and, space will equal one-sixth the
height. Vertical block-type numerals
"0-" will precede derived numbers will be used for radio call numbers.
of more than 10 years of age. b. Decals. Decalcomanias conforming to
. Example; For serial number 50-7, use
paragraph 6- 5 may be used in lieu of paint
when applying and maintaining radio call
0-00007. numbers on the aircraft.

7-7
TB 746.93.2

C. Prefix-National. Guard.
tional Guard will have
Army Na-
compound pre-,
a
vertical fin of fixed wing aircraft and above or .
adjacent to call numbers on helicopters
fix in black lusterless letters consisting depending on space available. Letters will be 6
of the state abbreviation (table 8-6) followed inches high in black lusterless color shade 37038.
by a dash and letter "NG" in the space normally
occupied "US Army" above the radio call
Where space is not available, the "NG" and state
abbreviation will be reduced to 2/3 its size to
8
numbers. Identification will be applied on accommodate space available.

Section IX. SERIAL NUMBER AND FUEL SPECIFICATION

7-17. FUSELAGE. 7-18. SIZE OF MARKINGS.


The individual aircraft serial number, The letters and numerals for: U.S. ARMY
model, and type data, will be applied to (Model Designation) and U. S. A. SERIAL
all Army aircraft in accordance with air- NUMBER will be 7/8 plus or
craft detail markings. minus 1/8 inch.

Section X. MARKINGS FOR EMERGENCY ENTRY OR EXIT

(NON-CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT)

7-19. GENERAL. the' broken. band will be 1/2 inch wide,


1 inch long, and approximately 12 inches
Markings for emergency entry or exit from
aircraft will be orange-yellow, shade No. 13538,
apart. Where, the band. will be covered by.
soundproofing (or lining), the soundproofing 8
on olive drab surfaces. Gloss black color will be (or lining) will also be marked. CUT HERE
used on light backgrounds. If lacquer is used, it FOR EMERGENCY RESCUE will be marked
will conform to Military Specification or stenciled inside of, parallel with, and
MIL-L-19537, and if enamel is used it will con- adjacent to, the broken band identifying
I form to Federal Specification TT-E.489. For th'e area on the outside of the aircraft
camouflaged aircraft see paragraph 7-1. Markings where forced entry can be made for rescue
for emergency entry or exit currently marked in purposes. CUT HERE FOR EMERGENCY
red will be retained until repainting is necessary. EXIT will be marked on a similar loca-
tion inside the aircraft. Letters will be
1 inch high.
If the letters (on the skin)
are covered by soundproofing (or lining),
7-20. SECONDARY OPENINGS. the' letters will also be, marked on that
part of the soundproofing (or lining) that
Secondary openings, such as auxiliary covers that area.
exits, windows, and navigator's domes are
usually. smaller than primary openings, 7-21. RELOCATION.
making entrance or exit more difficult.
If the structure immediately surrounding Each aircraft will be visually inspected
secondary openings is free from heavy for areas which may be cut through for
structural members (such as bulkheads
and main longitudinal members), oxygen,
fuel, and oil lines, and battery leads, it
rescue when entrance or exit cannot be
made in any other manner. Visual in-
spection must be used, as relocation and
8
will be marked with a broken band in the reinstallation of equipment and furnishings
colors specified in paragraph 7-19. The may have been made which would not be
band will be placed at the extreme boundary
of the above described area, both inside
indicated on the installation drawing of
the aircraft. These areas should be as .
and outside of the fuselage. Segments of close to normal stations of personnel as

7-8 Change 2
TB 746-83.2 ,

possible, except that they wUI not be d. Small handles or leven used to actuate

. placed at spots where personal injury to


occupants probably would result from forced
doors or hatches shall be identified by alternate
orange-yellow and black stripes, 1/8 inch in
entry. Corner markings will be painted or width, painted on the background of the panel.
stenciled on the inside and outside of the Altemate orange-yellow and black stripes, 1/8 to
fuselage, marking the limits of these areas. 1/4 inch in width, shall be applied directly onto
8 The horizontal ,and vertical bars of the
corner markings will be 3 inches long
large levers or exit controls. Background striping
shall be applied at a. 45-degree angle from the
and 1 inch wide. CUT HERE FOR EMER- vertical, rotated clockwise. Handles and small
GENCY RESCUE will be painted or sten- levers shall be striped with alternate colored
ciled in the center of the four corner rinp. The striping shall not interfere with other
markings on the outside of the aircraft types of markings or codings. Suitable
and CUT HERE FOR EMERGENCY EXIT descriptive wolding, readily visible, will be
will be placed in a similar location in- marked or stenciled on the door or structure of
side the aircraft. ,Letters will be 1 inch the aircraft, whichever is nearer to the
high. Soundproofing also will be painted emergency release, to identify and explain its
1 inch
if it covers markings or words. These operation. This wolding preferably will be
high, and will be not less than
1/2 inch high.
markings need not be placed on aircraft
so constructed that openings could not b~ Standard English terminology will be used, such
cut with safety. as PULL, PUSH, TURN, or SLIDE.

which are adequate for air,


e. Exits
Caution: Do not use a knife or metal ,

blade on aircraft during application pro- ground, and ditching escape shall have the
cedure. words EMERGENCY EXIT centered in the
most visible location on the inside of the
door or hatch.
7-22. ESCAPE PANELS -
INTERNAL
MARKINGS. f. Exits which are not adequate for all
8 a. Markings for identification of escape
three phases of escape shall ,be marked
EMERGENCY EXIT, followed by words
hatches, doors, and exits on the, inside of AIR, GROUND, or DITCHING USE ONLY,
aircraft will be marked orange-yellow, as applicable.
shade No. 13538.
Examþle: GROUND USE ONLY, GROUND
þ. An orange-yellow band will mark the AND DITCHING USE ONLY, etc.
complete periphery of the, escape exit on
olive drab background. A gloss black band 7-23. ESCAPE PANELS EXTERNAL-

will be used on light background. The MARKINGS (NON -CAMOUFLAGE).


band will have a minimum width of 1 inch
and a maximum width of 2 inches, divided a. Markings identifying escape hatches,
equally, if possible and practicable, be- doors, and exits ,on the outside of aircraft
tween the mounting of the door and the will be marked gloss yellow on dark sur-
escape door itself. When the soundproofing faces, and gloss black on light surfaces.
(or lining) will cover the identification If enamel is used, it will conform to
marking band on the inside of the air- Federal Specification'TT-E-489; if lacquer is used,.
craft, it will also be appropriately mark- it will conform to Military Specification
ed. MIL-L-19587.
C.The words EMERGENCY EXIT in b. All ,external releases for operation
orange-yellow, will be marked or stenciled of emergency exit panels will be marked,

8 on the escape hatch, door, or exit, in the


most readily visible location. Letters pre-
ferably will be 2 inches high, and will
EXIT RELEASE on the outside of the
aircraft to facilitate quick identification.
The wording that describes the operation
be not less than 1 inch high. If the let- of the exit,release will be standard English
ters (on the skin) ,are covered by sound- terminology, such as PULL, PUSH, TURN,
. proofing (or lining), the letters also will
be stenciled on that part of the sound-
or SLIDE,. Letters preferably will be 2
inches high and will be not less than 1 inch
proofing (or lining). high.

Change 2 7-9
TB 746-93-2

7-24. GENERAL.
Section XI. MISCEllANEOUS MARKINGS
tained. Aircraft -10 or the -20 manuals
.
Markings of interior and exterior sur- will be used to determine station loca-
faces, decals, placards, and stencils will tions. Station, markings will appear as
be applied in accordance with manufact-
urer's instructions. The material (lacquer
indicated in figure 8-7.

7-27. TIRE SLIPPAGE MARKS.


I
8
or enamel) used applying the background
a. Slippage marks will be applied to the air
will be the same as that used to finish' valve side of all tube type tire and wheel assem-
the surface. Installation in aircraft cock-
blies. Slippage marks will be lusterless red shade
pits of placards required by TM's or
No. 31136, 1/2 inch X 2 inch in size and evenly
MWO's, will be accomplished by coating divided between the tire and wheel.
the back of the placard with a clear lac-
quer, varnish, or similar substance. The b. Tubeless type tire and wheel assemblies do
placard will be further secured by an
not require slippage marks.
additional coat of clear lacquer, varnish,
or similar substance over the front of 7-28. LIFT POINTS.
the placard. If desired, such placards may All lift points will be indicated by an
be made of photosensitive anodized arrow pointing to the lift point. The word
alumi-
num, Military Specification MIL-P-15024, LIFT will be marked above the lift point
Type H, or other. metal, and attached to in letters 1/2 inch high. Notations, such
the surface of the aircraft cockpit by as NO LIFT or NO PUSH, should be.
bolts or screws. applied on areas of aircraft which would
be subject to damage by such action.

7-25. BILINGUAL MARKINGS. 7-29. STRUT NUMBERS.


Bilingual markings will be applied to
aircraft assigned to remote areas when
All wing struts will be numbered with
the part number. The number
will be
located at the lower end, with the top of
8
authorized by the Major Army Field Com-
mander. the letters and numerals forward.

7-26. MARKINGS FOR TANK AREAS AND 7-30. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS.


INTERNAL STATION MARKINGS. A warning will be painted at the points
where it is necessary to break electrical
a. Data Markings. Additional data, such connections when removing wings, tail
as coolant mixture, water, alcohol booms, or other assemblies containing
mixture,
oil tank level restrictions, and fuel grade hidden wiring. The letters will be of
(specified) will be applied near the filler
suf-
ficient height ,to provide, a permanent,
caps in letters 1/2 inch high. distinct, and legible marking.
b. Fuel Nozzle Groundings. Use elect- Examþle: Caution. Disconnect elect-
rical symbol for ground or earth with rical wiring before removing wings.
notation GROUND HERE. For non-camou-
flaged aircraft marking, GROUND HERE 7-31. WALKWAYS.
will be gloss white lettering 1/2 inch on All walkways will be differentiated from
gloss black circle, 3 inches in other external surfaces of the aircraft by
diameter.
For camouflaged aircraft, the marking a black border 2 inches wide, when pos-
will ,be 1/2 inch black letters on OD
background. For U-21 and RU-21 aircraft
marking, GROUND HERE will be 1/2 inch OD
sible. The surrounding areas immediately
adjacent to the walkways will be marked
NO STEP.
8
letters on a black circle, 3 inches in diameter.
7-32. NATO SYMBOL MARKINGS OF AIR-
c.Internal Station and Comþartment
Markings. When' applicable, internal station
and compartment markings will be
CRAFT SERVICING POINTS.
.
re- a. The U.S. Army has ratified a NATO
7-10 Change 2
T8 7"'93.2

Standardization Agreement (STANAG) No. For NATO symbols or codes on fuels


. 3109, which promulgates standard aircraft
markings. The standard markings will fac-
h.
and lubricants, refer to TB34-9-25.

i. The symbols and colors are .in ac-


ilitate cross-servicing of NATO aircraft,
thereby insuring more effective cross- cordance with international agreements.

8 service operations. NATO symbols will


be retained only on aircraft assigned to
NATO areas.
(See fig. 8-6.) Any changes or recommen-
dations will be processed through depart-
mental standardization offices so that ap~
propriate action may be taken respecting
b. The servicing and precautionary the international agreement concerned.
markings of Army aircraft will be in
accordance with the symbols shown and 7-33. DATA CARDS.
described herein.
Data cards will be pasted in the cock-
c. Symbols will be approximately 4 inches pit in a readily accessible position. If
in the longest dimension, except where
desired, data cards may be suitably mount-
otherwise specified. However, smaller siz- ed on plywood. A transparent material or
ed symbols may be used if required by the
clear shellac will be applied over the
item or area to be marked. (See fig. 8-6). face of the mounted data card.

d. Lettering which supplements the sym- PLATES FOR GEN-


7-34. AIRCRAFT
bols will be in the scale of 1 to 4 in rela-
ERALS.
tion to the symbol. (See fig. 8-6).

doors or panels to the ser- a. General. If desired, star plates may


e. Access be displayed on Army aircraft. Star plates
vicing points will be marked with appro-
priate servicing symbol or symbols.
will be. mounted on both sides of the air-
craft; however, a specific location for

8 f. Marking normally will be in black or


white, according to the background, except
mounting the plates is not ,prescribed here-
in due to the various design characteristics
involved.
ground handling and safety points which will
be marked in yellow, orange, and red,
b. Material and Size. Plates will be,con-
respectively. However, other colors maybe structed of sheet metal 6 inches high by
used in order to give maximum contrast. 9 inches wide.
Aircraft which, by virtue of their opera-
tional role, may be subject to atomic flash,
c. Method of Marking. Grade will be
will have servicing and safety markings designated by five-pointed white stars
painted in suitable pale colors having a 2 inches in diameter, with one point up~
reflectivity of at least 50 percent.
ward, equally spaced on the horizontal
center of the line of the. plate. The plates
g. Colors will be in accordance with
Federal Standard FED-STD-595. The' fol- will be painted with gloss red, shade
No. 11136,. and the 5-pointed stars will
lowing basic colors, which are specified be painted gloss white, shade No. 17875.
with symbol or function, will be used
unless otherwise indicated:
7-35. JETTISONABLE COMPONENTS.
Non- Camouflaged Camouflage
a. Canoþies. Jettisonable aircraft
Black. No. 17038 37038 have the aircraft serial num-
. . . . . .

.. canopies will
ber stenciled on the outside of the canopy
White. No. 17875 37875
.. frame, on the left-hand side, 6, inches
. . . . . .

8 Red.

Orange.
. . . . . . .

.. No. 11136

No. 12246
31136

32246
from forward end, using I-inch high num-
bers and letters, provided sufficient space
is available. If sufficient space, is not
..
. . . . .

33538 available to accommodate l-inch-highnum-


Yellow. No. 13655
.. bers and letters, they will be as large as
. . . . .

. Green. . . . . . .

.. No. 14110 34110 space permits. Also, aircraft utilizing cart-

7-11
T& 7#.93.2

ridge-actuated devices will be marked in


,

.
.

c. The lettering of battery location will


accordance with figure 8-34. be ,7/8 inch plus or minus 1/8 inch in
b. Ejection
'height. The marking will be black shade
Seats. A red equilateral
triangle with 9-inch sides and with apex No. 37038, on lusterless olive-drab sur-
faces; and gloss. black, on aluminized,
pointing downward, with the word DANGER
on each side of the triangle,
will .be ap-
plied on each side of the fuselage. The
international orange and white-:painted sur-
faces.
8
words EJECTION SEAT in. white letters
will be painted in the triangle. Additional' 7 -3S. AMERICAN FLAG DECALS.
notations will be optional.

a. The American flag will be applied to Army


7-36. FLUID LINE IDENTIFICATION. aircraft which support relief operations so
foreign nationals will recognize that it is the
Fluid. lines will be identified as spec- United States which is providing support.
.
ified in Military Standard MIL-STD-1247.

7-37~ STORAGE BATTERIES. b. Decals of American flag will be placed


on'
all Army aircraft when used in relief operations
The notation outside continental limits of United States for
"BATTERY, LOCATION
.
"with location given will be more accurate identification, unless specifically
placed on the left side of the fuselage' prohibited by competent authority.
or tail boom as viewed from the rear
of the aircraft.
c. Decals should be placed in a horizontal
position on each aircraft. Minimum decal size for
a. The fore and aft location of the mark- CH-47 and larger aircraft should be 34 inches x
ing will be, approximately in line w1ththe
trailing edge of the wing.
17 -1/2 inches, and for UH-1 's and
aircraft, 17-3/4 inches x 9-3/4 inches.
smaller 8
b. The vertical location of the marking
will be at a point 2 to 3 feet off the ground d. The American flag decal is to be positioned
with the airplane in the wheels-up position on vertical stabilizer of fixed wing aircraft; on
~n_d resting on the ground, or in the
.case aft pylon of CH-47; on cargo door of utility
of airplanes ha ving fixed landing gear, helicopters and on major vertical sheet metal
with the landing gear collapsed. When structure on other helicopters.
battery is accessible via a panel or door,
the notation "BATTERY ACCESS" will be
"marked.in block letters not less than 1/2 e. The American flag, when located on
inch high on battery access door. In the aircraft, should be positioned horizontally in
event of interference with, windows, en- such a manner that union (blue field) should be
closures, etc., the marking will be placed uppermost with the stripes of the flag trailing at
as near the above mentioned location as all times.
practicable. Either ,stencils, or a decal-
.

I comania, conforming to paragraph 6-12 may be ,. Flags printed on pressure-sensitive tapes are
used to apply the marking. to be procured locally.

8
.
7-12 Change 1
TB 748-93-2

. CHAPTER 8
MISCEllANEOUS TABLES AND IllUSTRATIONS

8 Section I. TABLES

Table 8-1. Technical Manuals, Technical Bulletins, and AR's

TN 5-618 Painting, Repairs and Utilities TM 61).1600-20<1-25/1 General Aircraft Maintenance


TM 9-213 Painting Instructions for Field Use Manual

TB 55-9150-200-25 Engine and Transmission oils,


fuels, and Additives for Army air-
craft

Table 8-Z. Standants

Federal Standard 595 -


Colors
Military Standard 795 -
Colors

8 Military Standard 171 -


Finishing of Metal and Wood I Surfaces
Military Standard 808 -
Finishes. Protective and Codes for finishing Schemes for Ground and,
Ground Support Equipment
Military Standard 1247 -
Identification- of Pipe, Hose, and Tube Lines for Aircraft, Missiles, and Space Systems
Military Standard 33739 -
Aircraft Markings, Servicing and Precautioning
Military Handbook 132
'

-
Protective Finishes

Tøb'e 8-3. Lilt 'of Applicable SpeCi(icøtiOM (BlaHt 10(6)


Federal Stock Quanity of
Specification Nomenclature Number lsaue
'
' gál can--'-
CCL-74o-1611 Low Refl~ctive lR paint 801o-Q~-6588
L-T-90 Tape, Preøøure Sensitive, Type 2 7610-651-9823

2
L.T-99 Tape, Preø8ure Sensitive, Type
1" W, 72 yd It 3 in.1D Core 7610-634-3060

MIL-A-4864 Aluminum Wool, Type 2 5860-286-6851 lib pq- I


8080-618-8131 4 oz bti
MIL-C-5641 Chemical Films for Aluminum
2 Ib can

8 MIL-Q-7489
Alloy Alodine

Coating System, Rain Erosion


8080-811-8723
8080-668-9847
8080-527 -2510
175 Ib dtum
Kit (1 pt)
Resistant, Class I

. MIL-C-8607 Coating, Wash Primer, Pretreat-


ment for Metals, Application of

8080-597-0892 5 gal kit


MIL-C-8614 Coating Compound, Metal Pre-
treatment
2 B-1
Change
TB 746-93-2

Table 8-3. List of Applicable Specifications (Sheet 2 of 6)


Federal Stock Quanityof
.
Specification Nomenclature Number Issue

8
MIL-C-8779 Colors, Interior, Aircraft 8010-616-2208 1 gal can

MIL-C-1l796 Corrosive Preventive Petrolatum;


1st Application Class 1 8030-231-2364 6 lb
Class 3 8030-231.2363 5 lb
8030.285-1570 35 lb

MIL-C-16173 Corrosion Preventive Compound,


Solvent Cut Back, Cold Applica-
tion

Grade 1 8030-231-2345 1 gal can

Grade 2 8030-244-1297 1 gal can

Grade 3 8030.244.1293 5 gal can

Grade 4 8030.526.1605 5 gal can

MIL.C.18767 Cleaning and Polishing Compound,


Transparent.Plastic Type I 7930.634-5340 1 pt botl

MIL.C.25769 Cleaning Compound, Aircraft Sur-


face Alkaline Waterbase Type I
6850.826.0818 5 gal can
8
I MIL.D-8243 Anti.icing and De.icing Defrosting
Fluid
6850-901-0591 Pkg AlA

MIL-D.23003 Deck Covering Compound, Non-


slip, Lightweight

MIL.E-5556 Enamel, Camouflage, Quick Dry. 8010-687.3636 1 qt can


lng, Shade No. 37038 8010.597.7857 1 gal can

MIL.E.5557 Enamel, Heat Resisting, 8010.664-8263 1 qt can


Shade No. 17038

MIL.E.15090 (Ground Equip) Gray, Shade No. 8010.598-6934 1 pt can


36231

MIL.E.46096 Enamel, Lusterless, Solar Heat 8010.914.3081 1 gal can


Reflecting O.D.

MIL-F.7179 Finishes, Coatings, General Specie


10___-
fication for Protection of Air-
craft and Aircraft Parts 8
MIL.F.18264 Finishes, Organic, Aircraft,
Application and Control of

MIL.G.21380 Grain Abrasive #220 5350.174-6460 25 lb drum


.
8-2 Change 2
. ~

TB 748-93.2

. Table 8-3. List


3
of ,Appliaøble.Speci(icationa (SUet of
6)

Federal Stock Quantity of


Number Issue
Specification Nomenclature

Ground Support, Phosphoric Acid

8 MIL-L-10678
Metal Conditioner

MIL-L-19637 Lacquer, Acrylic-Nitrocellulose


8010-661-7932 1 gal
Red, Shade No. 11136
8010-527 -2493 1 gal
White, Shade No. 17876
8010-527-1508 1 gal
Clear 1 qt
Olive Drab, Shade No. X14087
8010-847-4968
8010-527-2518 1 gal
Orange-Yellow, Shade No. 13538,

MIL-L-196S8 Lacquer, Acrylic-Nitrocellulose,


Camouflage f
8010-082-24 79 1 qt can
Qlive Drab. Shade No. X34087
Olive Drab, Shade No. X34087 8010-527 -2888 1 gal can I
8010-527 -2884 1 gal
Black, ~hade No. 37038
8010-543-2085 1 gal can
Insignia, White

MIL-M-3171 Magnesium alloys "Processes for


Pretreatment and Prevention of
corrosion on"

MIL-P-6808 Primer Coating, Zinc Chromate, For I


8 MIL-P-7962
Aircraft

Primer, Lacquer Type


8010-526-2523 5 gal can
8010-584-2426 12 oz aerosol can
8010-297 -0593 1 pt can
MIL-P-8585 Primer Coating, Zinc Chromate

8010-616-4009 1 gal can


MIL-P.14105 Paint, Heat Resisting X34087

8010-815-2692 19 gal can


MIL-P-14276 Paint, Heat Resisting, Aluminum,
Shade 17178

MIL-P-15024 Type H -
plates and identification

MIL-P-21600 Fluorescent Paint System, Remov- 8010-687-4386 Kit 2-1 gal can
able, for Aircraft Application
Red Orange No. 633

MIL-P-21698 Fluorescent Paint for Aircraft Pro-


cess, Application of
8010:.082-2450 1 gal Kit
MIL-P-23377 Primer Coating, Epoxy Polyamid
8135-923-0591
MIL-P-38477 Plastic Film for Marking Aircraft

8 MIL-R-n05 Radomes, General Specification For

MIL-R-25134 Remover, Paint, Lacquer, Solvent Type 8010-943-7126 5 gal can I


8010-943-7127 '55 gal

. MIL-S-7124 Sealing Compound, Pressure Cabin


8030-275-8117 Kit

Change 2 8-3
........~

TB 746-93-2

Specification
Table 8-3. List of Applicable Specltkations (Sheet 4 of 6)

Federal Stock Quantity of


.
Nomenclature Number Issue
MIL.S.8802 Sealing Compound,
Integral Fuel

8
8030-753-4596 1/2 pt Kit
Tank and
Fuel Cell Cavities,
8030.723.2746 1 pt Kit
Temperatures, Resistant, High
Adhesion

MIL.S-13518 (Ground Support Equip) Wood Seal.


er, Type I 8030.282.8237 1 gal can
Type II 8030-222-0503 1 gal can

MIL.T.6095 Thinner: Cellulose. Nitrate Dope


8010.162.5289 1 gal can
Blush Retarding

MIL.T.19544 Lacquer, Thinner 8010.527.2897 5 gal


MIL-T-19588 Thinner, epoxy polyamÍde 6810-286,:0458 5 gal can
MIL-W.5050 Walkway, Coating and Matting Non.
slip, Aircraft, application of

OOC.303 Chromium Trioxide, Type 2


Technical Grade (chromic acid)
6810-174.1818 1 lb btl

I 0.E.760 Ethyl Alcohol (Ethanol), Denatured


6810-201.0907

8
5 gal can
Alcohol, and Proprietary Solvent
0.P.559 Potassium Dichromate, Technical 6810.264.6525 5 Ib btl
Grade

0.S.576 Sodium Bicarbonate, Technical


6810.264.6618
,
Grade lib

0.S.595 Sodium Dichromate, Dihydrate


6810.148.2000 2 lb botl
6810.262.8566 5 lb botl

0.S.801 Sulfuric Acid, Electrolyte 6810.893.8138 15 gal drum

O. T -620 Solvent, Safety (1,1,1,


Trichloroe- 6810-664.0387 1 gal can
thane, Technical Inhibited (me-
thyl chloroform)

P.C.437 Steam Cleaning Compound


6850.256.0157 125 lb drum
P.C.451 Paper, Cloth, Abrasive Aluminum
Oxide, Type I, Grit 320, Class
1, 5350.246.0330
9" x 11"

P.D.680 Dry Cleaning Solvent, Type I


(standard solvent) 6850.264.9038 5 gal
e
6850-264.9037 55 gal
P.P-101
P.P-105
Paper Abrasive No. 400
Abrasive Paper Flint
5350.224.7201
5350.246.3489
50 sh
20 sh
.
8-4 Change 2 :
187--.2

. Table 8-8. LiBt of ApJJliøøble SpeCilicfltiOIl8(SlJHt 6 of 6)


Federal Stock Quantity of
Nomenclature Number Issue
Specification

8 6810-222-2742 5
Tl'-B-838 Butyl Acetate pi can

Tl'-B-846 Alcohol Butyl (normal butanol) 6810-222-2784 1.al can


6810-281-2685 5 .al can
8010-527-8199 1 qt can
Tl'-FÅ89 Enamel, Alkyd, Gloss, Red,
.,.,.",. Sbade No. 11186
8010-527-8202 1 gal can
(International 9ranae) Oranp,
Sbade No. 12197
8010-297-2092 1 qt can
Gray, Shade No. 16081
Blue, Sbade No. 16044 8010-298-2802 1 .al can
8010-286-7758 1 qt can
Yellow, Shade No. 18588
8010-527-2058 1 gal can
Black, Shade No. 17088
1 .al can
White, Shade No. 17876 8010-297 -2096
8010-995-8054 1 gal can
Olive Dub. Shade No. Xl4087

8010-297-0569 5 gal can


Tl'-E-527 Lacquer, Camouðap, White 87875

6810-281-2001 1 gal can


Tl'-E-776 Ethylene Glycol, Monobutyl Ether

Tl'-L-2O Lacquer, Camouðage,


1 qt
Yenow, Shade No. 83588 8010.166-3158

8 Gray, Shade No. 36281


Black, Shade No. 87088
Gray, Shade No. 86440
8010-515-1568
8010-166-8147
8010-M8-9767
1 gal
1 qt
1 gal
1 qt can
OUve Drab. Shade No. X84087 8010-664-6155

Tl'-L-32 Lacquer, 01088,


8010-516.1598 1/2 pt
Gray, Shade No. 16081
8010-257-6879 1 qt
8010-598-6158 1 qt
Gray, Shade No. 16478
8010-257-6318 1 qt
Black, Shade No. 17038
8010-242-6818 1 qt
Blue, Shade No. 16044
8010.251-6608 1 qt
Red, Shade No. 11136 (509)
8010-257-6877 1 qt
White, Shade No. 17875
8010-261-6606 6 gal
1 qt
Yellow Oranae, Shade No. 18638 8010-248-2838
8010-248-2839 19aÌ
8010-161-7370 1/2 pt
Orange International, Shade No.
12197 8010-261-6601 1 gal

Olive Drab. Shade Nn Y140A'l


-
8010-698-5169 1~
1 gal
Aluminum, Shade No. 17178 8010-Ml-8406

8 TT-L-60 Lacquer, Red Shade


11186
8010-141-2962 1 pt can
I
TT-L-64 Lacquer, Spraying, Acid Resistant

. for Aluminum Surfaces Around


Storage Batteries
8010-290-6168 1.al

6810.281-2786 1 gal
TT.M-261 Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK)

Change 2
M
18.746-93-2
.

Table 8-8. List of Applicab" Speci(køtions (Sheet 6 of 6)


.
Federal Stock Quantity of
Specification Nomenclature Number Issue

TI'-M-268 Methyl-Isobutyl-Ketòne (MIK) 6810.286.3785 1 gal


8
TI'.N.95 Naphtha, Aliphatic 6810.238.8119 1 gal

TI'-N.97 Naphtha, Petroleum Aromatic 6810.223.9067 1 gal

TI'-P.54 Coating, Compound, Phosphores- 8010.597 -9770 1 qt


cent

TI'.P.320 Pigment, Aluminum, Powder and 8010.687.4019 1 lb can


Paste, for paint, Type 2, Class A

I TI'.R.248

TI'.T-266
Remover, Paint and Lacquer, Solvent
Type

1 gal can
Thinner,Dope, Lacquer 8010.160-5787
Cellulose Nitrate 8010-160.5788 5 gal can

I TI'.T.291 Thinner, Paint Volatile Mineral Spirits


(Petroleum Spirits)
8010.242.2089
8010.558-7026
8010.246-6116
1 gal
5 gal
55 gal

TI'.T.548 Toluol 6810-281-2002 1 gal


8
TT.V.51 Varnish, Asphalt 8010-299.0214 1 gal can

TI'.V.119 Varnish, Spar, Phenolic Resin 8010.597.7856 1 gal


Aluminum Color

TI'-X.916 Xylene, Technical 6810-598-6600 1 gal


Grade A

UU.T.106 Tape, Masking; (Pressure Sensi- 7510.266.6712


tive) Type I

I Primer, Corogard 14 8010.693.2614 Kit

8
.
8-6 Change 2
TB 746-9312

1* Table 8-4. Dimenstons for NattOT1/ll Instgnta

. D R A B C L

9.5 4.75 2.375 0.80 0.59

8
5.6

10.0 5.00 2.500 0.83 0.63 5.9

15.0 7.50 3.750 1.25 0.94 8.8

20.0 10.00 5.000 1.66 1.25 11.8

25.0 12.50 6.250 2.08 1.56 14.77

30.0 15.00 7.500 2.50 1.88 17.6

35.0 17.50 8.750 2.92 2.19 20.6

40.0 20.00 10.000 3.33 2.50 23.5

45.0 22.50 11. 250 3.75 2.81 26.5

50.0 25.00 12.500 4.17 3.13 29.4

55.0 27.50 13.750 4.58 3.44 32.3

60.0 30.00 15.000 5.00 3.75 .35.3

*Note: 1. All Dimensions in Inches.

2. D = DIAMETER OF BASIC BLUE CIRCLE C 1/8RJ\D!US

8
=
R =
RADIUS OF BASIC BLUE CIRCLE 1/2D L = 1.176 RADIUS
A == 1/2 RADIUS
B = 1/6 RADIUS

3. SEE FIGURE 8-1 & 8-2 NATIONAL STAR INSIGNIA.


I.
Table 8-6. Redesilnation of Aircraft

HELICOPTER SERIES UTILITY SERIES


OLD NEW OLD NEW
DESIGNATION DESIGNATION DESIGNATION DESIGNATION
HU.1B UH.1B L.20A U-6A

HU.lD UH.lD L.2SD U.8D


H.13S OH.13S RL.23D RU.8D
H.34C CH.34C L.2SF U.8F
HC.1B CH.47A L.26C U.9C

H.23B OH.23B

H.2SC VTOL AND STOL SERIES

8
OH.23C

H.23D OH.2SD OLD NEW


DESIGNATION DESIGNATION
OBSERVATION SERIES
AO.1A OV.1A

. OLD
DESIGNATION
NEW
DESIGNATION AO.1B OV.1B

L.19A O.lA AO.1C OV.1C

Change 2 8.7
TB' 746.93.2

Table 8.6. State Abbreviations


.
Alaska AK Montana MT
Alabama AL Nebraska NB
Arizona
Arkansas
AZ
AR
Nevada
New Hampshire
NV
NH
NJ
8
California CA New Jersey
Colorado CO New Mexico NM
Connecticut CT New York NY
DE North Carolina NC
Delaware
District of Columbia DC North Dakota ND
Florida FL Ohio OH
Georgia GA Oklahoma OK
GU Oregon OR
Guam
HI Pennsylvania PA
Hawaii
Puerto Rico PR
Idaho, ID
Illinois IL Rhode Island RI
South Carolina SC
Indiana IN
South Dakota SD
Iowa IA
Kansas KS Tennessee TN
Kentucky KY Texas TX
Louisiana LA Utah UT
Maine ME Vermont VT
MD Virginia VA
Maryland
Massachusetts
Michigan
MA
MI
Virgin Islands
Washington
VI
WA
WV
8
Minnesota MN West Virginia
Mississippi MS Wisconsin WI
MO Wyoming WY
Missouri

8
.
8.8 Change 1
TB74H&2

.
Table 8-7. Designation of Army Aircrø(t
HELICOPTER BlRIES
OIIEIIVATION SEIIIES

-8
DESIGNATION ING/NE POPULAII NAIIE Þ&8IGNATION ENGINE
AH.IG POPULAII NAME
1D"',3IAlB COBRA
g.IA CJ.47CJ.I1B BIIID DOG
TH-IG 18-""alAiI
~ g.IG CJ.47CJ.l1B

To.'A CJ.47CJ.111
UH.IB
UH.IC
18-L-IA. IIIIICID
1DL.I1/M:ID
IIIOQUOIS To.II 047CJ.l1B ~
UII-ID 18-L-IA. IIIDJC/D
UII-IH
UH-IM
1DL,'3IAIII ~ YCJ.3A ,CJ.8.D
,..... '3IAIII
OH-IA
1DMII\ CAYUSE
~
~ VTOL AND STOL SIllies

OV.IA TDL.7.7A MOHAWK


Oil-I. BV&33IA SIOUX OV.IB 'J'I3.L.7. 7A
0K-138 004311-2&A
OV.IC TDL.7, 7A, 1Iò ~
TH-IST Oo43I1-2IA

d,
OV.ID Tl3-L.JOI

UTILITY SIlliES
~.
à--.. IJ.IA
IIIJ.IA.
fl.134CJ.81

1I.134CJ.81
omll

~
U-IA ""-AlWSfA
CJH..28
N3HO IIAVEN
IIU-IA fl.88l.ANalA
OH-23C
N3HO ~
8
OH-23D DGl-23C
OH-238 00II408A ~ u.BD CJ.48CJ.'A,11 SlMINOLI
IIIJ.ID CJ.48CJ.IA,11

IJ.8F 0483.3A
CH.aIC R-18884C CHOCTAW
045,A, II
jD
VH-34C R-'1I3N4D
IJ.8I 1fV'!
u.sc GICJ.48O.IIAI AERO COMMAl\lDllII

-~
Yu.B
-...cal
IJ.10A
~4~
CJt.47A T"'L-I. 7 CHINOOK ~1D8 COUIIIIR

CJt.471 Tlill-L.711/C
CJt.47C TIi6-L.7C, I1A
#~-:-.:~ "*.-4
CHoI4A T7H-, TAtlH~ .
IJ.21A/G f74.a1.1GII
CH-I48 m-p.7GI/
~ 1IIJ.2'A
1IIJ.21B
f74.a1.1GII
T74G'-702
UTE

TH-IIA H'G3IOII'A
OIAGI----:.r,
1IIJ.2'C
1IIJ.2'DIl
fM.aI.702 ~
,
\. f74.a1.700
IJ.21F P1'IA-28
AH-IIA ........81.718 CHEYENNE
TIlA/NEII SIRlES

0H-I8A 1DA-71ID
~-.= KIOWA
T-411

I~ ~
.
MUÇALaRQ

T-42A 1047CJ.L CIICltI.


~
8 ~

.
Chønge 2 8-8A'

". ,.,.'~
T8 746-93-2

I L LUSTRA TIONS
.
Section II.

Figure
LIST OF IllUSTRATIONS

Ti tie Page
8
8-10
8- 1 National Star Insignia. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .

8-10
8- 2 Star Template Ii. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .

8- 3 Wing and Fuselage Marking (Typical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


8-11
8-12
8- 4 Marking Helicopter Tailboom . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . .

8-13
8- 5 Marking Helicopter Boom for Trainer . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
.

NATO Marking Symbols 8-14


8- 6
. . . .
. . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.

8-18
8- 7 Typical Compartment Markings. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .

8-18
First Aid
8- 8 Kit.
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . .

8-19
8- 9 Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Markin~s, 0-1 . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .

~ 8-20
Marking, 0-1
.

8-10
. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .

......................
. . . . .

8-21
Exterior Markings, 0-1 . . . . . . . .

8-11 . . . . . .
. . .

8-12
8.13
Marking, 0-lD
Stations Diagram, 0-1
.........
........... . . . . . . . .
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
. . . . .

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
. 8-26
8-26A
8-27
Marking, U-6
. .

8-14
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .

....,......
.

8-28
Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Markings, U-6
. .

8-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . .

8-29
8-16 Exterior Marking, U-6 . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. .

8-36
Markings, Cabin and Flight Compartment Doors, U-6
. . .

8-17 . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .

..
. . .

8-37
Stations Diagram, U-6
. . . .

8-18
. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .

8-38
Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Markings, U-8D
. . . . .

8-19 . . . . . . . . . .
. . .

8.40
Painting and Markings, U-8D . . . . . . .

8-20
. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .

..
. . .

8-41
Interior and Exterior Markings, U-8D
. . . . . .

8-21
. . . . .

.............
. .

8.46
Stations Diagram, U:8D

8
. . . . . .

8-22 ...
. . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .

8-47
Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Markings, U-8F
.

..,...
. . . . .

8-23
.

8-48
Exterior Markings, U-8F '.
. . . . . . .

8-24 . . . . . . . . .

..............
. .

8-58
Stations Diagram, U-8F
. . . . . . . .

8-25 . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . .

8-59
Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Markings, U-9
. . . . . .

8-26 . . . . . . . .
.

8-60
Painting and Markings, U-9
. . . . . . .

8-27 . . . . . .
. .
""- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8~61
Exterior Markings, U-9
. . . . . . . . ,
. .

8-28
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .

....
. . . . . .

8-68
Stations Diagram, U-9
. . . . . . . .

8-29 . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . .

8-69
Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Markings, U-1A
. . . . , . . . . .

8-30 . . . . . . . .

8-70
Exterior Markings, U-1A
. . . . . . . . .
. .

8-31
. . . . .
- . . . . . . . . . . . .

'.
. . . . . . .
.

8-82
Stations Diagram, U-1A
. . . . . . . .
.

8-32 . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . .

High Visibility Paint Scheme, CONUS, U-21 and RU-21 . . . . . . . 8-82A


8-32A
. . . .
. . . . . . . . .

8-82E
Interior Markings, U-21 and RU-21
. . . . . . . .

.'.
.

8-32B
. . . . . .
. . . , . . .
. . . . . . .

8-82K
Exterior Markings, U-21 and RU-21
, . . .

.....................
.

8-32C 8-82U
Station Diagram, U-21 and RU.21
8-32D
8-33
8-33A
High Visibility Paint Scheme, Arctic, Desert and Jungle Pattern, OV-1 Aircraft
High Visibility Paint Scheme, OV-! Aircraft Used for Training.
.......................,...,... . . . . . . . , . . .
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
8-83
8-84
8-85
Standard Camouflage Paint Scheme, Conspicuity Markings, OV-1 Aircraft.
. . . . . . .
. . .

8-33B 8-86"
Exterior Markings, OV-1
8-34
8.34A Walkway Area, OV-1
Antenna Markings, OV-1
.....................................
.......................................
8-98
8-99
8-34B
8-34C Aèro 65 Bomb Rack Markings, OV-1
Station Diagram, OV-1
..,.................................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-100
.8-102
8-35
8-36 Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Markings, OH-6
Exterior Markings, OH.6
..................................,., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-105
.8-106
8-37
8-38 Stations Diagram, OH-6 ....................................
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.8-110
8-39
8-40
8-41
8-42
Deleted
Deleted
Deleted
Deleted
8
8-43 Deleted
-8-44 Deleted
8.45
8-46
Deleted
Deleted
High Visibility Markings, Arctic and Jungle Service, OH-13 . .8-129
.
.............
. . .

8.47
.

.8-130
Marking, OH-13
. . . . . .

8-48
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .

8-88 Change 2
T87*93-2

.
8 Figure
LIST OF IllUSTRATIONS (CONT)

Tit'. Page

8-49
8-50
Exterior Marking, OH-13
Stations Diagram, OH.13
.

.
. . . . .

.
.

.
10

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

-
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.8-182
.8-137
I
8-51 Exterior Markings, OH-58A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-138
8-52 Deleted
8-53 Deleted
8-54 Deleted
8-55 Deleted
8-56 Deleted
8-5'1 Deleted
8-58 Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility 'Markings, OH-2aB . . . . . . . . . . .
.8-160
8-59 Exterior Markings, olt-2aB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-161
8-60 Stations Diagram, OH-23B .8-186
8-61
8.62
Exterior Markings, OH~23C
Stations Diagram, OH-23C
"""""""""'.""""""""
.

..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

'.
.8-167
.8.172
8-63
8-64 Exterior Markings, OH-23D
..................................
Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Markings, OH-2aD
. .
...,........... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.8-173
.8-174
8-65 Stations Diagram, OH-23D .8-179
8-66
8.-67 Exterior Markings, CH-34 .
...................................
Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Marki.., CH.U
.
...........
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.

.
.8-180
.8-181
8-68 Interior Markings, CH-34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-189
8-69 StatioDl Diagram, CH-34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.8-190
8-70 Deleted

8 8-71
8-72
8-73
Deleted
Deleted
Hi8h Visibility Markings, Arctic and Jungle Semce, CH-47 .8.191
8-73A
8-74
Interior Markings, CH-47
Exterior Markings, CH-47 . .
..................
..................................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.8.192
.8-201
8-74A Station Diagram, CH-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-207
8-75 Exterior Markings, CH-54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8.208
8-75A Interior Markings, CH-54 Universal Pod .8-214A
......
. . . . .

8-75B Exterior Markings, CH-54 Universal Pod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-214D


8-76 Hi8h Visibility Markings, Arctic and Jungle Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.8-215
8-77 Interior Markings, UH-1B and UH-1C .8-216
8-78
8-79
Exterior Markings, UH-1B and UH-1C
Station Diagram, UH-1B
.............................
..........
. . . . . . . . . . . .8-217
.8-220
8-79A
8-80
Station Diagram, UH-1C ....................................
..............
High Visibility Markings, Arctic and Jungle Service, UH-1D and UH-1H
. . . . . . . .

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.8-220B
. .8-221
8-81 Interior Markings, UH-1D and UH-1H .8-222
........................
.

8-82 Exterior Markings, UH-1D and UH-1H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-227


8-82A Station Diagram, UH-1D and UH-1H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-240E
8-83 Exterior Markings, AH-1G .8-241
8-84
8-85 High Visibility Markings, TH-13T
...................................
Arctic and Jungle Service and High Visibility Markings, TO-1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.8.250A
. .8-251
8-86 High Visibility Markings, TH-55 .8-252
8-86A
8-86B
Exterior Markings, T~41B
Stations Diagram, T-41B
.
.................................
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-252A
.8-252H
.......................
. . . . . . . .

8-87 Exterior Markings, T-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-253


8-88 Stations Diagram, T-42 .8-255

8
. . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8-89 High Visibility Markings, TH-1G .8.256


8-90
8-91
................................
High Visibility Markings, OH-6 Used for Training.
High Visibility Markings, OH-58 Used for Training.
. .

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
. . . . .

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.8-257
.8-258
8-92 High Visibility Markings, CH-å4 Used for Training. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-259
8-93 High Visibility Markings, CH-47 Used for Training. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-260

. 8-94
8-95
8-96
High Visibility Markings, CH-54 Used for Training.
High Visibility Markings UH-1B Used for
Training.
Hi8h Visibility Markings, UH-1Dand UH-1H Used for Training.
. . .

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.8-261
.8-162
.8-263

Change 2 8-9
TB 746-93.2

INSIGNI,A BLUE TOP STAR POINT


.
8

r-----
__1B
1____- --T

THE RADIUS (R) ().F THE BASIC BLUE CIRCLE DETERMINES ALL
DIMENSIONS.
REFER TO T ABLE8~4

Figure 8-1. National ,tar in,i,nia 8

L L

"

---------------------
8
SUGGESTED CONSTRUCTION FOR TEMPLATES OR STENCILS

000890

8.10
Figure 8-2. Star tem.plcatf
.
. 8 8 8 .
.

_B~ _D-JI .

~:'o
~C~
:ilia
T 811.'
A

It
1 I

-+~ ,
,

j
.
;

HEIGHT OF LETTERS TO BE AS sPECIFIED IN CHAPTER 7, SECTIÒN VI


"..' WIDTH OF TO 8"2/3 THE LETTER HEIGHT
LITTE" HEIGHT
c>.o
.. STROKE AND sPACE 8ETWEEN LETTERS TO 8E 1/8 THE LETTER
HEIGHT
THE WIDTH OF THE LETTERS M AND W TO 8E 314 OF. THE
ø-
E= .WIDTH OF I AND NUMERAL TO BE 1/. OF HEIGHT
LETTeR,

,
r ....
N m
.

t 000891

(typical)
.
Figure 8-3. W"UI6Ø11d (w;ßWge mø1'kÚIIfB
I
'j.:,
..
..
I
. .
L ~
.' ~. ò..~",..
'- -.
TB 746.93.2

6-IN. BAND OF GLOSS RED,


SHADE NO. 11136 .
2 6-IN. BAND OF GLOSS WHITE,.
SHADE NO. 17875.

..

---
8
SOI.ID RED
(BOTH SIDES),
MII.-I.-19538,
SHADE NO. 11136

BLACK LETTERS
(BOTH SIDES)
MIL.L.19538,
SHADE NO. 37038
~,
OL.IVE DRAB BACKGROUND (AL.L. AROUND)
MIL..L..19538, GL.O 55 SHADE NO. X34087

AV010887

Figure 8-4. Marking he,licoptertailboom


8
8-12 Change 2

.
. .

~...~

1 6.IN. BAND OF GLOSS RED,

8 SHADE NO. 11136

2 6-IN. BAND OF GLOSS WHITE.


SHADE NO. 17875

4 BAND OF GLOSS BLACK


WITHiN 6-IN. OF BLADE
ROOT. SHADE NO. 17038

, 33 'I". --'
þ.PPRO~ ,
\
r-- \

8
\
\ \
\ \
\
----

SOLID RED
(BOTH SIDES),
LACQUER-GLOSS,
SHADE NO. 11136

BLACK LETTERS
(BOTH SIDES),
LACQUER-GLOSS,
SHADE NO. 17038
YELLOW BACKGROUND (ALL AROUND).
LACQUER-GLOSS,
'
SHADE NO. 13S3B

000893

8 FIgure 8-5. JlaTletng hBLfcoþtør boom for tnttnør

. 8-13
,

FILLING
COLOR-BLACK OR WHITE ACCORDING TO BACKGROUND
.
1

v
REFUELING 2 OXYGEN (BREATHING)i

8
I I
FILLED FOUR POINTED STAR TW 0 HORIZONTALLY FILLED REC-
WITH NOTATION OF NATO I I
TANGLES WITH NOTATION OF FILL.
CODE NUMBER FOR FUEL ING PRESSURE IN ENGLISH AND
AND MAXIMUM FILLING PRES. ME TRIC SYSTEMS. FOR LIQUID GAS
SURE IN ENGLISH AND SYSTEMS THE WORD "LIQUID" FILLING PRESSURE
METRIC SYSTEMS NATO CODE NO. SHA LL BE USED INSTEAD OF PSI
MAX FILLING PRESSURE "GAS" AND THE CAPACITY IN ---.:.... Kg/Cm2.
~

-
PSI Kg/Cm2
- LIT ERS SHALL BE ADDED

~
3 ROCKET FUELS

V
4 ANTIDE TONANT OR
FILLED FOUR POINTED STAR THRUST AUGMENTATION
IN CRESCENT WITH NOTA-
FIL LED.cJiEVRONWITH NOTA-
TION OF NATO CODE NUMBER TIO N OF IIIATO CODE NUMBER
FOR ROCKET FUEL AND
AND PERt;ENTAGES METHANOL 'I
MAXIMUM FILLING PRESSURE
; WATER ,,---.:.
,,-
IN ENGLISH AND METRIC SYS. NATO CODE NO.
TEMS MAX FILLING PRESSURE NATO
PSI CODE NO.
- Kg/Cm2
-

(METHANOL CODE NO. 5-747) ~

5 ROCKET OXIDIZERS

)
6 AIR CON DITIONING
FILLED CRESCENT WITH

.
NOTATION OF NATO CODE
NUMBER FOR ROCKET
OXIDIZER AND MAXIMUM
DOT PATTERN

000
FILLING PRESSURE IN
ENGLISH AND METRIC SYS-
0
..
NATO CODE NO.
TEMS
MAX FILLING PRESSURE
-

PSI- Kg/Cm2

0
7 ENGINE LUBRICATING OIL

0
8 INERTIN G SYSTEM
FILLED SQUARE WITH NOTA-
TION OF NATO CODE NUMBER
FOR ENGINE LUBRICATING
OIL AND MAXIMUM FILLING
PRESSURE IN ENGLISH AND
.
FIL LED SQUARE WITH A
QUA RTER ARC REMOVED FROM
EAC H CORNER, WITH TYPE OF
GAS USED AND PRESSURE IN
ENG LISH AND METRIC SYSTEMS
8
METRIC SYSTEMS NATO CODE NO. NITROGEN
MAX FILLING PRESSURE

-PSI -Kg/Cm2 -PSI


- Kg/Cm2

9 HYDRAULIC FI.UID

0
10 FIRE EX TINGUISHING SYSTEM
FILLED CIRCLE WITH NOT A-
TION OF NATO CODE; NUMBER.
FOR HYDRAULIC FLUID AND
MAXIMUM FILLING PRESSURE
IN ENGLISH AND METRIC SYS-
TEMS' NATO CODE NO.
AF ILL ED DIAMOND WITH
NOT AT ION SHOWING NATO
COD E NUMBER
<> NATO
CODE NO.
MAX FILLING PRESSURE
-
PSI Kg/Cm2
-

11 DEICING 12 EXTERN AL ELECTRICAL ~"SERVICING


:6
~

FILLED TRIANGLE WITH CONNEC TIONS


NOTATION OF NATO CODE STARTING ETC
AF ILLED VERTICAL BAR ..
NUMBER FOR DEICING FLUID WIT H THREE EQUALLY'
SPACED HORIZONTAL BARS
NATO ON RIGHT HAND SIDe WITH .

CODE NO. NOT ATIONS TO INDICATE 28V OR 115V DC


CHA RACTERISTICS AND 115/200V, 400 CYCLES
PUR POSE

13 COOLANT 14 GROUND INGOR


~ EARTH I NG RECEPTACLE
,

J1
TWO FILLED HORIZONTAL S's
WITH NOTATION OF NATO AF ILL ED INVERTED "T"
CODE NUMBER FOR COOLANT ~ WITH TWO PARALLEL BARS
AND PERCENT AGE COMPO-
SITION IF NeCESSARY NATO
CODE NO.
WATER
-"
UND ERNEATH WHICH
DIM INISH IN SIZE c::J
D 8
COOLANT
000895
-" GROUND (EARTH) HERE

8-14
Figure 8-6. NA TO mtJrlttng symbols (shee t 1 of 4)
.
.. FILLING (CONT)
COLOR-BLACK OR WHITE ACCORDING 1'0 IACKGROUND

~ ~
15 PNEUMATIC SYSTEM 16 PNEUMATIC STARTER CONNECTION

8
A FILLED "X" CIRCUMSCRIBED
FILLED X WITH NOTATION
OF MAXIMUM CHARGING BY A FILLED RING WITH NOTA-
.PRESSURE IN ENGLISH AND TION OF MAXIMUM OPERATING
METRIC SYSTEMS PRESSURE IN ENGLISH AND
METRIC SYSTEM
MAX CHARGING PRESSURE
-
PSI-
KglCm2
MAX OPERATING PRESSURE
17 FUEL TANK WATER DRAIN OFF -
PSI ~ Kg/Cm2

..
8J
GROUND HAN.DUNG
COLOR-YELLOW OR ORANGE
OUTLINE SYMBOLS IN BLACK OR WHITE ACCORDING TO lACK GROUND

R
18 JACKING POINT 19 TOWING

YELLOW FILLED SQUARE


WITH TWO SLANTING LEGS
ON BOTTOM SIDE
ORANGE FILLED RING
NOTE:
OPTIONAL WHERE TOWING
(Q)
POINT IS OBVIOUS AND SUIT-
ABLE LOCATION FOR SYMBOL
IS NOT AVAILABLE

~ 0
20 SLINGING OR HOISTING POINTS 21 TAIL SUPPORT
YELLOW FILLED HOOK ORANGE CIRCLE

8 ON A HORIZONTAL LINE AROUND THE POINT


OF SUPPORT

@
22 MOORING OR PICKETING 23 LOCKING OF DROP TANK

jt
YELLOW FILLED ANCHOR ORANGE FILLED STAR

HAZARD
COLOR-RED
OUTLINE SYMBOLS IN ILACK OR WHITE ACCORDING TOIACKGROUND

24 EXPLOIIVEACTUATED DEVICES
RED FILLED EQUILATERAL
iANGEr
~~~~
2S AIRBORNE POWER PLANT
INLET AND/OR EXHAUST
"
A

~~ COLOR-CODE

,,,~
TRIANGLE WITH 9.IN. SIDES
AND WiTH APEX POINTING RED BLACK
<>~
DOWNWARD WITH THE WORD
"DANGER" ON EACH SIDE OF
TRIANGLE
MARK BOTH SIDES OF FUSELAGE
1118 -
(~,t::)
, ,
y

8
26

000896
WALKWAYS

SURROUNDED BY AN
ORANGE BORDER WITH
RED FRINGE OUTSIDE d 27 REFRIGERANT REPLENISHMENT
TWO RED FILLED TRIANGLES
WITH APEXES JOINED ON
HORIZONTAL CENTER LINE
~

. FIgure 8-6. NATO mariMg S3IJftIJoIs (sheet, of 4)


8-15
HAZARD (CO NT)
COLOR-RED
.
FUNCTION PART TO BE .MARKED MARKING METHOD
28 LOCKING OF CONTROLS
AND UNDERCARRIAGE
UPRIGHTS AND CROSSBARS

POSITION ÐF UPRIGHTS AND


CROSSBARS
PAINTED RED AND WHITE AND
FITTED A RED PENNANT
PAINTED IN RED
8
29 PITOT TUBE COVERING COVER PAINTED IN RED

30 CAMERA GUN COVERING CAMERA GUN CAP PAINTED IN RED

31 JET ENGINE COVERING TAMPIONS PAINTED IN RED .;

32 ROCKET CONTROL ELECTRIC PLUG RED~


WHITE
RED AND WHITE PENNANT

33 ANTIFIRING CONTROL ~
SHUNT RED PENNANT WITH BLACK SKULL
AND CROSS BONES

34 PROHIBITION OF ACCESS WEAKER PARTS OF AIRCRAFT BORDER BAND AND CROSS OF


ST. ANDREWS IN RED

MAINTENANCE
COLOR-ORANGE.
35 INSPECTION OF
DEICING CIRCUIT
36 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM TEST
8
38 NITROGEN TANK
SYSTEM TEST
37 INSPECTION OF

~,
.
ELECTRONIC
INSTALLATION

.39

41
INSPECTION OF FUEL
FIL TER

INSPECTION OF STATIC
.~
w
40

42
CABIN PRESSURE TEST

INSPECTION OF
BATTERY
.

CONNECTION

8
~.
43 IGNITION PLUG FOR
STARTING JET
ENGINE
.'
.::h

;.-
000897 i

8-16
Figure 8-6. NA TO mar,klng symbols (sheet 3 of 4) .
. ARMAMENT AND AMMUNTION
COLOR-GREEN

FUNCTION PART TO BE MARKED SYMBOL

8 GUN
)
---
44

4S FIRING SHUNT FOR CUTTING OUT FIRING

/Lf\
SAFETY CONTROL

CARTRIDGE CONTAINER
e= ]
46 FEEDING OF GUNS CARTRIDGE CASE

c: ]
L INKS CONTAINER
2?
C
47 ROCKETS CONTROL SELECTION PLUG

8
BOMB RACKS ATTACHMENT POINT FOR HOIST
48

NOTE:
LETTERING WHICH SUPPLEMENTS


THE SYMBOLS SHALL BE IN THE
SCALE 1 TO 4 IN RELATION TO
DIMENSIONS
THE SYMBOL 'to.OS IN.
DIA DIA/4
~LETTERING 2 INCHES

4 INCHES
1/2 INCH
1 INCH

8 ~ DIA MAX~
~1-1/2IN.
q I
6

000898

. Figure 8-6. NATO mtJrIdng symbols (sheet 4 of 4)


8-17
.

..

STA 111
STA 127
"
000902
COMPARTMENT C

Figure 8-7. Tyþtcal comþartment markings

-+
5 EQUAL
1/2 IN. SQUARES

FIRST AID KIT


AIRPLANE
6545-919-66~O

~
8
000903 -

8-18
Figure 8-8. First aitllett
.
.

ST A 190.00

TOP VIEW

8 HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS


1. APP.LY HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT TO SHADED AREAS

2. NOSE. COAT THE ENTIRE LOWER COWL ASSEMBLY INCLUDING THE ACCESS DOORS AND
NOSE CAP

3. FUSELAGE. APPLY A BAND AROUND THE FUSELAGE BEGINNING AT A CIRCUMFERENTIAL


LINE PERPENDICULAR TO THE CENTER LINE AT STATION 1"'.00 AND EXTENDING TO THE
END OF THE FUSELAGE

4. FIN. APPLY A HORIZONTAL BAND AROUND THE FIN EXTENDING UPWARD TO THE TIP OF
,
THE VERTICAL FIN

5. WINGS. APPLY A BAND AROUND THE WINGS BEGINNING AT A LINE 0.50 IN. OUTBOARD Of
STATION 190.00 AND EXTENDING TO THE WING TIPS. AILERONS WILL NOT BE PAINTED

6. STABILIZER. APPLY A BAND AROUND THE STABILIZERS

ANTIGLARE

STA UW.OO

8
liGHT SIDE VIEW

. CIOO9IW Figure '-9. A7CUc ØIftl JuntrIø NnJIce tJIIdltf6llvlal",UIy


mø*"6B. 0-1.
8-19
.

FUSELAGE MARKINGS

TOP VIEW

lUJo~~t
~ ~~VJ~il~HT
SPACE
I-- 3/N.
31N. STROKE

12/N. WIDTH

LETTERING AND INSIGNIA SPECIFICATIONS


1. WING NATIONAL INSIGNIA. CENTRALL Y LOCATED ON WINGS, 64 IN. INBD FROM WING
TIP.
PLACED ON TOP OF LH WING; BOTTOM OFRH WIN9. DIAMETER OF BASIC BLUE CIRCLE IS
30 IN. SEE FIGURE 1.'1 FOR MAKEUP OF NATIONAL INSIGÑiÁ
,

2. WING IDENTIF,ICATION LETTERING. CENTRALLY LOCATED ON WINGS BETWEEN LEADING AND


,
,)"

8
TRAILING EDGES AND BETWEEN WING TIP AND FUSELAGE
3. FUSELAGE NATIONAL INSIGNIA. THE DIAMETER OF THE BASIC BLUE CIRCLE IS 20 IN. AND
ITS CENTER IS LOCATED AT A POINT 14 IN. FWD OF STA ,110.00 AND 8 IN. BELOW THE UPPER
LONGITUDINAL ROW OF FUSELAGE RIVETS. SEE FIGURE 8.1 F9R MAKEUP OF NATIONAL INSIGNIA

4. FUSELAGE IDENTIFICATION LETTERING. LH SIDE MOST FWD PART OF LETTER "U" IS'12
-

IN. AFT OF VERTICAL ROW OF RIVETS AT STA 110.00. RH SIDE MOST FWD PART OF LETTER
-

"Y" IS 121N. AFT OF THE VERTICAL ROW OF RIVETS AT STA 110.00. LETTER TOPS ARE EVEN
WITH THE UPPER LONGITUDINAL ROW OF RIVETS ON BOTH SIDES OF FUSELAGE.

5. VERTICAL FIN IDENTIFICATION'LETTERING IS 7.5 IN. HIGH, 5 IN. WIDE. VERTICAL FIN RADIO
CALL NUMBERS ARE 12 IN. HIGH, 8 IN. WIDE. CHAPTER 7, SECTION VIII FOR RADIO CALL
NUMBER AND PREFIX) ,

STA 110.00
121N.

RIGHT SIDE VIEW 8


000905

8-20
Figure 8-10. Marking, 0-1
.
.
TB 746.93.2

. ;:;

8 "'-+1'
III

III
C

lit
~
%
0
lie

.ii)
....
0
.....
....
=:
~ .c:
~
PI
-
~ @b .....

@g 6
~
~
. þ ~ f
:>
;;
8 z
0
lie. ,0I:
i
"-

u.
..21
~
.....

.....
cO
2!

c
...
ë
~
III
C

~
~
@>>

8
I
.
Change 1 8.21
'P
N .-4
l1:li
N
.....
~...
0 21 .

-0
W
.

n B h)
~.
G.
:I
.a
.
-

5.*=

BOTTOM VIEW

TOP VIEW OF WING

STA.190.00

I TOP VIEW OF ELEVATOR

000907 of 5)
Figure 8-11. Exterior markings, 0-1 (sheet 2

. 8 8 e .
.
CODE
NO. DIRECTI ONS WORDING

- I 1/2- J[ 2-in. lusterless red sli ppaae mark 00 each


wheel/fairing and tire. tdain Ian ding gear whee Is
and tail wheel
2 Tail wheel tire pressure (00 t ail wheel spring) TP
35

'3 Left and right side of fuse lag e and underside of STRUT .

each wing (four places) FITTING


FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AI RCRAFT ONLY
4 1. Fuselage. The dia of the basic blue circle is
20 in. (See figure 8-10)

2. Wings. .,The dia of the bas ic blue circle is (National Star Insignia)
.. 30 iÐ; (See fi,ure a-l~)
FOR MON~CÄMOUFLAGE AI RCRAFT ONLY

5 Fuselage. Letters to be 18 in. high


I. U.S. ARMY
12 in. wide s: 3 in. strok
s:
e. (See figure 8-10)
2. Wings. Letters to be 30 i n. high J[ 20 in.
.

wide J[ 5 in. stroke. (See fi,ure .8110)


FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGÈ AI RCRAFT ONLY
6 Letterin, 7-1/2 in. hip; 5 in widë. Numbers 12
.
U.S. ARMY
in. high: 8 in. wide. Refer to Chapter 7,
8
(Radio Call Numbers)
section vm, for radio call D umbers and prefix'
7 1/2-in. lusterless black lette rs FIRE EXTINGUISHER
LOCATED INSIDE
8 1/2-in. below receptacle cov er POWER
CAUTION 24V ONLY
9 11 in. below cowl hood, lowe r edge DRAIN
FUEL
DAILY
10 2
in. above bracket, left and right side of STEP
fuselage
1
II Lettering in. high, left side U.S. ARMY O-IA (O-IE, TO-lA, OR
TO-ID as 'reqd)
U.S.A. SERIAL NO. (insert serial No.)
12 Inner aft portioo of left hood. In such a OIL
position to be readable from ground with t.lIL-L-2285I
open hood TYPE II ABOVE ()e
TYPE m BELOW ()e
13 Left and right. 'side of fuseleg e, arrow STATIC ~
1/2 J[ 1-1/2 in. SOURCE

8 14

15
Left and ri,ht side of fuselage Arrow
(/8 x 1 ia.
Leading edge of wing struts
. , JACK

STEP
J POINT

. OOOtIll
FIgure '-II. B%terlOT marirtlWS, 0-1 (BIIeet 3 of 5)

8-23
CODE
DIRECTIONS WORDING
.
NO.
16 Two places, rotated 45 degrees under side of USE JACI\

17
main landing gear struts

On strut 12 in. inbd of step cleat. Strut part


number. Top of letters facing fwd
PAD HERE
0620100-6 (R.S.)
0620100-5 (L.S.)
8
Check,the P Manuals for correct
part number; record number
before paint removal.
18 6.25 in. fwd of fuel filler cap. Top of letters FUEL
facing aft. Top of wing MIL-G-5572
FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT

19 Gloss white letters on 3-in dia gloss black


circle. Top of wing
..
FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT

Delete black background, letters "GROUND


HERE" in lusterl.ss black
20 1/2-in. high, top leading edge of stabilizer, NO LIFT
two places
21 2in.outbd of wing fairing, two places. CAUTION: DISCONNECT
Bottom of wing. Top of letters facing outbd ELECTRICAL WIRING
BEFORE REMOVING WINGS

8
22 1/2-in. high, bottom inbd 'wing DRAIN FUEL DAILY
23 Bottom trailing edge of wing, left and right QUICK
wing with two arrows 1/8 x 1 in. DISCONNECT

J J
24 Antiglare area. Fwd of the windshield.
Fluorescent paint will not be over antiglare
-
25 Tire pressur'e (both main landing gear springs) T.P.
30
'. PSI
26 Both sides of r..\.Ider and fin NO
Top side of elevator PUSH
Top side of elevator trim tab
Top side Qf elevator tips
27 Wing loading, near bo~b electric outlet, 250 LB
,
both wings, bottom side MAX DROP LOAD
PER WING

28 Inside of cockpit, under left window, TO-1D MAX. CAPACITY THIS


aircraft, AR 95-16 (Not reqd for exterior COMPARTMENT
painting) 200 LB

29 Inside of fuselage, aft of rear passenger seat on


side of aircraft, left side
for exterior painting)
-
AR 95-16 (Not reqd
NO BAGGAGE OR CARGO
ALLOWED IN THIS COM-
PARTMENT
8
000909

8-24
Figure 8-11. Exterior ma rkings, 0-1 (sheet 4 of 5)
.
T8 746.93.2
-

CODE .

. NO.
30
DIRECTIONS
Outside 00 cabin do or. Below door handle with
WORDING

1/2-io. 9o-de.ree at row '-D


TURN

8 31 Propellers. During a iecraft painting, the


propeller will be giv en a light application
of black lusterless p aint, shade No. 37038.
The decal or informa don stencil on the blade
will not be marred. A 4-in yellow tip will be
placed on the fwd S1'de of the blade only
32 \JIheel dust covers, w hen installed, will be
painted the same co lor as the aircraft
33 Four places on top a f cabin at lifting eye.
Word to be inbd of th e eye LIFT
34 Left and right side 0 f fuselage 118 x 1
in. LIFT
I
FOR CAMOUFLAGE D AIRCRAFT.ONLY

35 The top surface of the wings from station 190.00


outboard, and the top surface of the horizontal
stabilizer from the lea ding edge first row of rivets
aft to the trailing edge will be painted interna-

8 tional orange

FOR CAMOUFLAGE D AIRCRAFT ONLY

36 The top surface of th e wing from wing root to out.


board edge of inboard wing panel and from the
leading edge top row of rivets aft to the leading
edge of flaps will be painted lusterless white
-

FOR CAMOUFLAGE D AIRCRAFT ONLY

37 (Not Shown) Authori zed placement of unit insig-


nia is on either or bo th sides of nose cowling

38 Left side under forwar d bar of National Insignia.


I-in. letters
BATTERY LOCATION
BETWEEN FRONT
RUDDER PEDALS
I
8
000910 Figure 8-11. Exterior,markings, 0-1 (.heet 5 of 5)

. Chan ge 1 8-26
TB 746-93.2

NO BAGGAGE OR CARGO MAX CAPACITY THIS


ALLOWED IN THIS COM. COMPARTMENT.
000911 PARTMENT. 200 LB

Figure 8-12. Marking,O-lD

..

8
8-26
.
T8 746-93.2

.
ST A 23.625

8 '.'111'"
ST A 32.5
ST A~.375
ST A4.750
ST A 57.125
STA 71.375
ST A 85.625
ST A 100.00
ST A 118.00

..

STATION LINE

~
.
RIB OR
BULKHEAD
OtANNEL

EXCEPT WHERE NOTED,


FUSELAGE STATION LINES ARE
LOCATED AS SHOWN ABOVE

STA 7.00
ST A 14.375

8 STA 30.00

STA
84..
AFT SeCTION

ST A 228.687
STA 205.812
STA 174.00
ST A 142.00

ST A 110.00
STA 98.50
ST A 79.00
STA61.31
STA 47.50

ST A 23.437 - (MEASURED TO Ci LANDING


GEAR MOUNT!NC"
80l T)

NOTE:
MINIMUM AREA REQUIRED TO HOUSE AIRCRAFT:
000912 36 FT-W X 26 FT-LG X 8 FT-HGT

8
. Fi,.,,. 8-18.
.

StøtiOI'lll diapun, 0-1

8-26A1(8-26B blank) Chan ge 1


-'
.

;.

..

48
.
,
T~746-93.2

--e lUJJ~.~~~W
FUSELAGE MARKINGS

W1GH
TOP VIEW

8 .
LEnERINO AND INSIGNIA SPECIFICATIONS
RiGHTSIDE LEFT SIDE

1. NATIONAL INSIGNIA. BASIC BLUE CIRCLE 1. NATIONAL INSIGNIA. SAME AS RIGHT IIDE
20 IN. IN DIAMETER CENTERED AT A POINT
22." IN. AFT OF STATION 49.00 AND 4-" IN. 2. THE UPPER RIGHT HAND CORN8R OF
BeLOW THE MIDDLE ROW OF LONGITUDINAL LEniln" 18 AT THE INTERSECTION
OF THE VERTICAL ROW OF RIVETS AT
FUSELAGE 'RIVETS
FUllLAGEITATION 173.20, I IN.
THE LOWER LEFT HAND CORNER OF LET. ABOVE LONGITUDINAL CENTERLINE
.~2.
....
TER 'A' IS AT STATION 173.20. TOPS OF
UTTERS ARE IIN. ABOVE MIDDLE ROW
OF ,LONGITUDINAL FUSEI.AGE RIVETS.

STA 49.00 STA 00.00

DATUM

STA 173.20

8 000913
RIGHT SIDE VIEW

Figure 8-14" Markin, U-6

. 'Change 1 8.27
T8746.93/2 I

U.S.AR e -f'"

STA 218.00

STA 176.20

TOP VIEW'

HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS

.r
1. NOSE. COAT THE ENTIRE BOTTOM RING COWLING. COAT THE FRONTAL SECTION OF THE
TOP RING COWLING EXTENDING; BACK TO A LINE 0.150 INCH AFT OF THE FIRST ROW OF
RIVETS AND UP TO THE ANTIGLARE MARKING.
2. FUSELAGE. APPLY A BAND AROUND THE FUSELAGE AND TAIL CONE. BEGINNING AT A LINE
PERPENDICULAR TO THE CENTER LINE AT STATION 176.20 AND EXTENDING TO THE TAIL.
LIGHT. 8
3. FIN. APPLY A BAND AROUND THE VERTICAL FIN.
.
.

4. WINGS. APPLY BAND AROUND THE WINGS BEGINNING AT A LINE 0.&0 INCH OUTBOARD OF
A
STATION 218.00 AND EXTENDING TO THE TIPS. AIL1ERONS WILL. NOT BE PAINTED.

6. STABILIZERS. APPLY A BAND AROUND THE STABILizeRS.


8. PIIIOP SPINNER. DO NOT APPL Y FLUORESCENT PAINT TO THE PROP SPINNERS.

ANTIGLARE

;..

, 000914
RIGHT s.JDE VIEW
8
Figure 8-15. Artie and jungle service and high viBibility markings, U-6

8-28 .
Change 1
.
v--

8 '."".

íò'
~
...

I
~
:.
III
;
III
D
-
.
I
8
~
z
e
;;
I
cD
...
.:.

8
..' =
I
.
,

8-29
CD
I
\
!

DETAIL A

000
2
1

-I
OJ

0
~
0-
I
èS
I
~

&

...

LEFT SIDE VIEW


000916 @
Figure 8-16. Exterior mo:rleing U-6 (sheet Z of 8)

. 8 f
8 8 .
I aauDltJ ZE1I
. I
ill

8
...
0
..
<

...
;;
E

f
.
...
".
I'

8 J
,

I;
J
~
f
...
...
~
III
QIt.
~ -.

Ie CIO
~ m
m
þ 0
~ m

8 n
....
.
;=
CD

.
l;-E6-9tl 8.1
U;-8
..
1 86uDq:)

8
0
.
.0
:::i

-;;

'"
0
...
:3! ...
0
~ 3t
~ <
<!O
rn
.... :IE
!'I

~
~
:3.
c

8
...
:!
Q
*
~.
~
~
(\
(II
...
1:.\:>,

C
....
00
'-

8
.
,

Z-E6-9.-l 9J.

----'
j

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

{^1. Left side fanrard of cockpit. U.S. Army Model and U.S. ARMY MODEL U~A
U.S.A. SERIAL NO (insen serial no.)

8 2.
U.s.A. Serial NO. in I-in. letters
On propeners; 1/2-in. letters ODtop camber of both
blades 10 iDe &081 edse of hub. Blades will be siven
Dw.. 6101-A'-IS
Serial NO.
a
liaht application of lusterless black sbade 3703S. MAX. 240 AT 42.0
4-iD. yenow tip8 on fwd. side only MIN. 10.50 AT 42.0
INDEX 24
3.' Left and ript aft side of rudder 4 in. up holD bottom NO
of rudder PUSH

Inside fuel filler door, when dom is opeD, wbite FUEL


t. letters on red do<< 115/145

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


./
5. Left side of fuse lase above fuel filler do<<. Fuel
,
(
~OUND
0
nozzle srouod 3oOin. black circle, white letters. Also
em top of each winS at filler caps HERE
-

FOR CAMOUFLAGe: AIRCRAFT -

Delete. black backøround,' letters "GROUND HERE"


in lUsterless black .

Left side of fuse1ase, fwd of cabin step, near USE CABIN FLOOR FOR LAT.
./6.
IE LONG. LEVELING

8 7.
bottom of do<<. 1/4-io. letters
T

Fwd ~ windabield. ~black antislare .-iot)


..Is. Fwd olbattery door at extern,al power receptacle 24 VOLTS
do<<, below door

9. At static\ pressure port, lusterless black letters (above) Keep Clean


and a lusterless black rins I-in. dia. X 1/8-ia. '"
width to encircle the static pressure hole. (below) Static. Pressure Port
í Words to be above and below the circle

10. Both sides of fuselase, with arrow below word UFT


at lift bole. 1/2-ia. letters, arrow 3/8-ia. X I-in.
(black) J
Lef&.aide of fuse lase, 3/8- X 2-ia. arrow JACK PAD
., 11.
I
12. Left side of fuse lase INFLATE TIRE
TO 35 LB

13. On both maia laadins sear struts, outbd side of INFLATE. TIRE
struts near whee I TO 25 LB
14. On both cabia do<<s with double headed arrow Haadle DgJ
8
,

~
.
fwd of do<< handle. Arrow width 1/4-ia. (1/2-in. (R,f) RELEASE
letters) Handle shown as reference poiat

TURN .,,"
.'

. 000919
FlpTe 8-16. ~
mø,.,. U., (8Iwf1t 6 0/8)

8-33
v

.
8
CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

15. On both cockpit doors,fwd of bandIes, with a Handle EXIT


curved arrow (Single headed) pointing downward.
1/2-in. letters, 1/4- X 3-in. arrow Handle shown
as reference point
(Ref
~ RELEASE
SLIDE
."

16. 1/4-in. letters on right side of tail cone, aft of INFLATE STRUT TO A 3-1/4-IN.
inspection plate MEASURE FOR MAX LOAD AND 4-1/4-IN.
FOR MIN. LOAD. MEASURE FROM TOP
EDGE OF CYLINDER TO BOTTOM SIDE
OF UPPER A TT ACHING ARMS
17. 1/2-in. letters with a 1/4- X I-in. line above and T
below word. Word to be spelled vertically. To be R
at a point aft of the jack point, both sides of E
fuselage S
T
L
E

On both main wheels and tail wheel, 2- X 1/2-in.

8
18.
lusterless red slippage mark, to extend over wheel
and tire '

19. Right side of tail cone fwd of inspection door, WARNING


1/2-in. letters DISCONNECT TAIL LIGHT
WIRE BEFORE REMOVING
TAIL CONE.
20. Left cockpit door near bottom. 1/2-in. FIRE EXTINGUISHER
lusterless black letters LOCA TED INSIDE
21. Wing tip fuel servic.e spec located FUEL
outboard of filler neck. Both wing tip tanks. MIL-G-5572
To be read facing center of aircraft, letters 115/145
lusterless black. WITH TCP
22. Leading edge of stabilizer three places top NO LIFT
J and bottom side, to be read facing aft I-in.
letters

j 23. Top and bottom side of tips of elevator, I-in. DO NOT


PUSH HERE
-

letters, to be read facing inbd


24. Bottom side of inbd end of wings, both sides, CAUTION
~ I-in. letters. Arrow pointing toward center of DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL
aircraft. 3/8- X 4-in. arrow WIRING BEFORE REMOVING
WING 4
25. Jack points to be painted lusterless black bottom
sides of both main landing gear struts and tail jack
8
point "

000920
.

8-34
Figure 8-16. Exterior marleing.U-6 (sheet 6 of 8) .
J
CODE T8 7 46 93
. . 2
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

. 26. Upper side, trailing edge, near fuselage, left and


r.ight wing struts. Strut part number
NOTE: Record PIN of strut before
stripping aircraft.
Left Strut: C2W545A or
C2W469A or

8 C2W685A

Right Strut: C2W546A or


C2W470A or
C2W6S6A

27. The propeller spinner shall be painted the


same color as the aircraft
FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT OHL Y

28. Tail markings and radio call.numbers shall be 6 X 9


.in. on both sides
FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT ONLY

29. The letters U.S. ARMY on the left wing shall be


placed approx in the center of the wing with the
tip of the wiog strut'" situated betweeo the letters .

Sand A. Ex. U.S. ... ARMY, where'" indicates tip


of wiog strut

30 The c~fing strip/stone guard on the leading edge of


the horizontal stabilizer shall oot be damaged,
marred or destroyed duriog repaintiog. It shall be
cemented thoroughly in places after painting
FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT ONLY
-----
8 .
31.

32.
Natioaallosigoia
is a
-
Wiog. The star on the wing
30 in. basic blue circle

Do not paint cockpit and cabin door handles


FOR CAMOÙFLAGED AIRCRAFT ONLY

33. The top surface of the wing tip tanks from station

.
218.50 outboard, and the top surface of the hori-
zontal stabilizer from the leading edge first. row
1
of rivets aft to the trailing edge will be painted
international orange

FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT ONLY


.

34. The top surface of wing from wing root to out-


board edge of inboard wing panel and from leading
edge of flaps will be painted lusterless white

FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT ONLY

35. (Not Shown) Authorized placement of unit insig.


nia is on either or both sides of nose cowling

8 36. On outside of battery door


left side of fuselage (1 in. letters)
BATIERY ACCESS
~

. 000921
Figure 8-16. Exterior markings. U-6 (.heet 7 of 8)
.

Change 1 .

8-36
TB 746.93.2
.

.
CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
37. On inside of battery door, ~ in.
red letters. Lettering to be upright
with black acid resistant paint.
WARNING WHEN ADDING WATER TO
BATTERY'oDO NOT FILL HIGHER
THAN 3/16" ABOVE PLATES. OVER-
8
FILLING WILL CAUSE LEAKAGE Be
CORROSION.

Figure 8-16. Exterior markin, U-6 (sheet 8 Of 8)

NOTES:
8
1. ALL LETTERS TO BE 1 1111.HIGH, UNLESS
OTHERWISE SPECI FI ED

2. MÞrRKINGS AND LETTERING TO BE A


GLOSS YELLOW, SHADE NO. 13538

WIDTH OF DIRECTION
ARROW TO BE
APPROX
1/2-IN. YELLOW BAND AROUND DOORS
0.20 IN.

JETTISON
REAR DOOR
PULL

T
- -

"

5.1/2 IN.

EMERGENCY
-

T I
EXIT 2~N.
3-1/4 IN.
Lt"o

ARROW BELOW LABEL (POINTING DOWNWARDS.)


DETAIL OF JETTISON HANDLE BETWEEN
FLIGHT COMPARTMENT AND CABIN DOORS
8
000922

Figure 8-17. Markin,s, cabin and flight compartment doors, U-6 .


8-38
..

8 8 8
8-
I
aaEã
:=i5!iiI
:iþ
w~'"
:;;S"'~
~
r '"
m 5TA -41.58
o,.Q
x;:lSii -STA2.t6.oo
-
-T----r-- I I
-
'"
m I I <
0 U m
'"
m ,.
,.
~ T- TU -STA 231.50- Þ '"
0 '"
~
STA -16.00
Z
% '" ~
218.00 en ~
I I
-~----L--- STA 0.0
r
en
STA 0.0
-STA ."
Þ
-
." STA 8.00
2IU.OO ;IØ)Io ~
i----}- -STAI I '" Þ
~~~~Þ Þ Þ ~

STA 191.00
I I c:
189.94- s:
I
-~---~--I -STA ::~~;;! STA 26.83
g 8 g
177.SO
I
-L----I--- -STA I
f +---t--- -STA 164.00 jig STA 49.00
I I
- - - -
--I.:I
I
II
...
!III
,
I
,
I
-

---.5TA lSO.50
~III
--~ 63.GO
5T A 63.30

-
STA 136.00 137.00 -STA STA 76.00
--t---'T-
I -STA --+ 52.00 ----------
. -STA STA
STA 123.50 41.00 STA 90.00
121.42- n,L---1-"'- -STA ---~ I ----
I -5TA ..00-
- - - - - -
i T -~I ----"-STA 110.00 ---I-I 30.00 STA llM.oo'
I
-STA 19.00
I
-r--.,.~n- -STA96.50 ---t -STA .STA 118.00
I

I DATlIII LINE
f I
-t----~-- -StA83.oo .

---- --- STA 132.00

9= I I
_~___I__- ~STA69.so ITA 1.t6.oo
I ---- ----
0. STA5UO- --+---1"--
I -STA56.oo ST A 160.00
I ."-". ---
I I
-+----~-- -STAG.50 STA 173.20

I
_L___L_-- 29.00 STA 186.40
., -II I -STA
~n m
I
STA 15.SO
ÞZ
-r---+--
I
I
I
~~ -
~m STAO STA 0
2~ '"
m.
Þ i
IUi '" ~
STA 228.80
z
,- .-
~ ...
."
Þ 'G
þ
'"
'"
GD ... ...
I ~ ~
Co\) ~- ~ ~ z ~
..... ~ ~ ~
~ !II g
TB 746-93-2
.

8
R~:;:~:::Y:::::::::>~~!!1!
USA M m:tjj!'

.. .,

TOP VIEW

HIGH VISIBiliTY MARKING S

1. NOSE. COA T THE ENTIRE PLASTIC CONE


8
2. FUSELAGE. APPL Y A BAND AROUND THE FUSELAGE AND DORSAL FIN AFT OF
STATION 275.00

3. FIN. PAINT THE ENTIRE VERTICAL FIN AS SHOWN. DO NOT PAINT DEICER BOOTS OR
RUDDER

4. WINGS. APPLY A BAND AROUND THE OUTBOARD WING. AREA SHOULD BEGIN AT STA
249.70 AND EXTEND OUTBOARD TO TiP. MAINTAIN A 3.INCH BOARD AROUND STAR AND
U. S. ARMY LETTERING. DO NOT PAINT THE AILERONS OR DEICER BOOTS
5. STABILIZER. APPL Y A BAND AROUND THE ENTIRE STABILIZER. DO NOT COAT THE
ELEVATORS OR DEICER BOOTS

6. PROP SPINNER. DO NOT APPLY FLUORESCENT PAINT TO PROP SPINNER

7. HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED TO SHAPED AREAS

RIGHT SIDE VIEW I

000924
STA 275.00

8
Figure 8-19. Arctic and jungle service and high visibility markings,
U-BD. (sheet 1 of 2)

8-38 .
.
8
~ lUl~D&~~W

FUSELAGE MARKINGS

I
&~~W
, ~3 IN. SPACE
3 IN. STROKE:
12 IN. WIDE

8 TOP VIEW

LETTERING AND INSIGNIA SPECIFICATIONS

RIGHT SIDE LEFT SIDE


1. NATIONAL INSIGNIA. THE DIAMETER OF 1. NATIONAL INSIGNIA. SAME AS RIGHT SIDE
THE BASIC BLUE CIRCLE IS 20 IN. AND ITS
CENTER IS LOCATED AT THE INTERSECTION 2. THE MOST AFT PART OF LETTER "Vn
OF THE VERTICAL ROW OF RIVETS AT STA IS ON VERTICAL ROW OF RIVETS AT
173.25 AND THE CONTINUATION OF ST A 198.00.
THE BOTTOM ROW OF RIVETS ATTACHING
THE FUSELAGE SKIN PLATING BETWEEN 3. BOTTOMS OF LETTERS. SAME AS RIGHT SIDE
ST A 211.00 AND 281.00

2. THE MOST AFT PART OF LETTER 88A"


IS ON VERTICAL ROW OF RIVETS AT STA
198.00
~
3. THE BOTTOMS OF THE LETTERS ARE 6 IN.
BELOW AND PARALLEL TO BOTTOM ROW
OF RIVETS ATTACHING THE FUSELAGE
SKIN PLATING BETWEEN STATIONS
211.00 AND 281.00

ST A 173.25

8
. 000925 ST A 198.00

Ftgure 8-19. Arcttc and jungLe service and h1gh vtsibtlity marllings,
U-BD. (sheet Z of Z) 8-39
GO NOTES: ST A 95.662
I
1. U-a AIRCRAFT WILL BE PAINTED AND MARKED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH I-I2f
8
2. GLOSS WHITE STRIP, 0.50 IN. WIDE WHITE TIP
~ GLOSS BLACK STRIP "1.50 IN. WIDE OLIVE DRAB
4. NOTATIONS ÓN WHITE PORTIONS ARE IN RED; ON OLIVE DRAB PORTIONS IN YELLOW HORIZONTAL FIN
5. NO PROPELLER "DANGER" MARK ON FUSE!.AGE REQUIRED ON COMMAND AlC SEE NOTE 3
DETAIL B
6. ENGINE NACELLE IS OLIVE DRAB WITH BLACK ANTIGLARE PANELS
-
10 IN. BASIC BLUE CIRCLE
7. FUSELAGE AND WING NATIONAL INSIGNIA
8. NOSE GEAR WHEEL WELL COVERS ARE OLIVE DRAB
9. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
SEE NOTE 2
::::"
J DTA'bEENOTE3
~ ~-SEENOTE2
L3(Jo 'KEY REFERENCE
IS CORNER OF
PLATE

~25 1.00-,
:::j~.5O
")1
" I
.=: I
,I ...
WHITE TIP WHITE TIP -.""'\'\/~. í\:~ I I
: -0
2 _J I
OLIVE DRAB WING \ \
-,{I,",. I .
SEE
",
,".&"",~",,j ::.i NOTE 3
---'
5.50. 1.50
~
1.00 ~
STA 7175

DETAIL C

ST A 44.875
g
~
<C
l-
on UPPER PORTION OF
FUSELAGE IS WHITE

BOTTOM PORTION OF
FUSELAGE IS OLIVE DRAB

-RivËT-
<i."

0
STA 20.00 SEE DETAIL A
...
~ 0

EENOTE2 <C
$l
l-
on <C
SEE NOTE 3
l-
on
.

SPINNER ENTIRE PLASTIC TAiL-CONE


IS WHITE
000926 WHITE
~. FiguTe 8-ZO. Pai1Iti1Ig tJ1IIJ marieings, U-BD

8 8 .
.
BOTTOM VIEW

8 7

[J

8 11

RIGHT SIDE VIEW


~7
. Ff/lIn'e 8-BJ. bdtn10rtUld ~
ma,....""., U-BD (shøet
J of 5)

8-41
TOP VIEW
.'.
8

RIGHT SIDE VIEW 8


Figure 8-31. Interior and exterior markings, U-8D (sheet 3 of 5)
000928

8-42
.
.. CODE
NO.
I
DIRECTIONS
Right and left side of fuselage fwd of star. Below
WORDING
ST A TIC AIR

8 2
discharge outlet. I /4.in. yellow letters
Outbd side of each nacelle on rectangular door.
KEEP CLEAN
ACCESS
1/2-in. yellow lette rs FOR FIRE
EXTINGUISHER
,

3 Right side of fusel age. Aft of baggage compau- LEVEL


ment door. Two phi lips head screws. 1/4-in. POINT
yellow letters
4 Right and left top 0 f inbd wing. liNn. yellow HOIST
letters. Top of fuse lage at nose. 1/2-in. black
-

letters
5 Right side, bottom of fuselage. Aft of nose STOW
.

wheel door. 1/2-in. yellow letters. To be read ENGINE PREHEAT


when door is. hangi ng open DUCTS
6 Inbd side of left an d right engine cowling, ENGINE
(round door), I/Nn yellow letters
. PRE HEAT
7 Three places on tra iling edge of aileron and NO
flap area. Top and bottom trailing edge of PUSH
each elevator. Eac h side of tail cone and rudder.
l/2-in. yellow lette rs on OD or black letters
on white

8 8 Right side of fusel age, aft of cabin door.


1/2-in. red letters on white background
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
INSIDE
9 Outbd side of both nacelles. Below wings, CAUTION: DISCONNECT
above exhaust stac k. 1/2-in. yellow letters EL ECTRICAL AND
PLUMBING BEFORE
REMOVING WING
10 Near right rear window. I-in. black letters CUT HERE FOR
EMERGENCY

11 Left side of fusela ge, fwd of leading edge of U.S. ARMYJØ1!t L-;BIi
wing. I-in. yellow letters U.S.A. SERIAL NO.
(insert serial no.)

~
12 Under right cabin d oor handle on OD. I-in. EXIT. RELEASE
yellow letters TURN
13 Fwd of outbd wing fuel tank filler caps, left FUEL MIL-G-5572
.
and right wing. To p of letters facing aft. 115/145
1/2-in. white letter s WITH TCP
14 Outbd side of inbd fuel tank filler caps. Left FUEL
and right. Top of I etters facing wing tips. MIL-G-5572
1/2-in. white lette rs 115/145
WITHTCP
8 15 Top le~ding edge of left inbd wing, fwd of fuel
filler cap. Top of I etters facing fwd. 1/2-in.
PROP
AN TI-IC ER
yellow letters TANK

. 000929

FIgu1"9 8-Z1. Interior and a:terlor marlBtnp, U-BD (sheet 3 of 5)


8-43
CODE
NO.
16
DIRECTIONS
Outbd side of lower left nacelle on access plate.
-

WORDING .
EXTERNAL
I/2-in. yellow letters POWER
\..1-
'" VOL T
17 Outbd side or bottom of wings, at rings, and
both sides of tail skid. 1/2-in. yellow letters
TIE DOWN 8
18 Outbd side on bottom, inbd wings and bottom JACK PAD
of left side of fuselage aft on nose wheel
door. 1/2-in. yellow letters. Jack points to be
painted yellow
19 Outbd side of outbd fuel filler caps on wing
and two places top side of each nacelle. 1/2-
in. white letters on 3-in. black circle

"

20 Top of left and right wings ànd inbd flaps NO


around walkways. I-in. yellow letters STEP
21 Top of left and right nacelle on access to oil OIL
tanks. 1/2-in. yellow letters MIL-L-2285I TYPE II
Above 600F
TYPE III. FROM 50 to 600F

22 Right side of fuselage at key opening aft


of lùggage compartment door. I/4-in. yellow
MIL-L-15016 GRADE 3050 BELOW 50F
CABIN STEP 8
letters with curved yellow line

UP DOWN
23 2-in. broken black border around all walkways
24 Around rescue cUf"Out area top right quarter
of fuselage
25 On baggage .compartment door right side of MAX CAP THIS COMP
fuselage aft of cabin door. II2-in yellow 300 LB
letters
26 On fwd access door right side of fuselage NO BAGGAGE OR
fwd of wing. I/2-in. yellow letters on OD CARGO ALLOWED
IN THIS COMP
27 A 3-in. red band centered on fuselage at
nearest point of propeller arc. Band to extend
from top comer of fuselage to bottom of nose
wheel doors on white and OD aircraft. On
CONUS marked aircraft, the 3-in. red band
will begin under the -1-1/2 in. black fuselage
stripe and extend to bottom of nose landing
gear door
/
8
000930

8-44
FIgure 8-81. Interior and exterior marlrings, U-BD (sheet 4 0/5) .
CODE
. NO.
28
DIRECTIONS
2-iD. white letters, proportionally spaced on
WORDING
P
the red band So the word will extend on the R
side of fuselage only. Do not extend to under- 0

8 side of fuselage or nose landing gear door P


E
L
L
E'
R

29 Left and right side of fuselage on fwd and aft side


of 3-in. red band. Arrows to be placed centrally on
fuselage. Tip of arrow pointing towards red band.
Width of arrow shaft is 1 in. Width of arrow head is
2 in. and length of arrow is 4 in. kerow
Jl-4IN'-i 1m.

~-L
will be
yellow. Black on white aircraft only 2
IN.
T

30 Left and right side of fuselage, adjacent to 4-in. DANGER


.'.
arrow. 2-in. yellow letters on OD black on -

white
31 Paint nose towing limit pointer on nose landing ,

gear red
32 On top front edge of shelf behind rear seat. MAX SHELF CAPA01Y

8 I/2-in. yellow letters 70 LB


33 Inside on LH panel below pilots window MAX Cap COMP C
600 LB

34 Inside on LH panel above rear seat arm rest MAX Clip COMP B
600 LB
35 1. Fuselage. The dia of the basic blue ciic1e (National Star Insignia)
is 24-3/4 in. Center of star on vertical dvet
line (Sta 248) with top of bar parallel to and
2 in. below 1/2 in. white fuselage stripe

2. Wings. The dia of the basic blue circle


is 24-3/4 in. Tip of bar shall be 2 in. &om
1/2 in. white strip on end of wings and
-: 6-1/2 in. aft of leading edge main spar.
36 Fuselase. Letters to be 22 in. hiSh x 15 in. U.S. ARMY
wide (Letter M 16-1/2 in. wide) x 3-3/4 in.
stroke
37 Letterins 6 in. high; 4 in. wide. U.~. ARMY
Numbers 8 in. high; 5-1/2 in. wide (Radio Call Numbers)
38 .
Outboard side of each nacelle OIl battery access BA TTERY ACCESS

8 door,
~ in. Black letters (U-BD (L-23D) Model
on! y).
39 Left side of fuselage, aft << window, on OD BÅTTERY LOCATION OuT-
'surface 1 inch letters (U-8D (L-23D) Model BOARD SIDE OF EAæ NACE LLE
ABOVE WING- LEADING EDGE
. 000931
only).
-,,'.-.
å..cs
IrtlerloTtIIItl ~ mørilûp, U-BD (8hstIt of 6)
6
FflruTfl '-II.

......~'~ ..-..~
00
I
~
en

STA 37.375
ST A 36.625
STA 30.50
STA 17.5
ST A 8.625
STA 10.625
ST A 3.375
ST A 379.5
STA 7.25
ST A 24.00
ST A 37.375
ST A 48.625 ST A 64.0625
STA 90.75
ST A 98.308
STA 98.75

ST A 95.662
ST A 84.75
ST A 73.875
ST A 63.00
ST A 54.0625
ST A 45.125
ST A 36.1875
ST A 28.75
ST A 21.3125
ST A 13.875

..
NOTE:
MINIMUM AREA REQUIRED TO HOUSE
AIRCRAFT:
51 FT W X -33 FT LG X 14 FT H

Figure 8-22. Station diagmm, U-BD

000932

. 8 8 8 .
.
8

ARCTIC-JUNGLE MARKINGS

8 1. INDICATES AREAS TO BE PAINTED


WITH HIGH VISIBiliTY PAINT

WHITE TOP
BLACK STRIP
OLIVE, DRAB BOTTOM

8
. 000933 CONUS MARKINGS

F1gure 8-Z3. Arctic anti jUngte Service ana high vtstbility mannngs,
U-8F 8-47
.
8

000934

F1guYe 8-114. E%tertor marlrtngs, U-8F (sheet 1 of 10)


>< 8

8
8-48 .
.
e
.

lUl~aé.\~W

8
BOTTOM VIEW

8
000935
LEFT SIDE VIIW

. F1gurø '-IU. E%tørlor møJtiW8. U-U' (8IwtIt , 0/10)-


8-48
.
e

WHITE WHITE

SEE DETAIL C-C SEE DETAIL C-C

8
TOP VIEW

WHITE

.....
-0
SEE '"
<
DETAIL ~
SEE
D.D '" DETAIL
B-B

;
LEFT SIDE VIEW

8
.
000936

8-50 Figure 8-24. Exterior marletngs, U-8F (sheet 3 of 10)


.
1/2 IN. WHITE 1-1/2 IN. BLACK

8
I

15.1/2 IN. 1-1/2 IN. BLACK 3-3/4 IN.--j


LEADING EDGE MAIN SPAR
r~~.1 r~~.
t-

<T~[YJ-
I

r --,'6-112 IN.
WHITE TIP
I

H-2 IN. 22 IN.


I \
II LEADING EDGE MAIN SPAR
WHITE TIP
L__, ~

I,
I

I "

3-3/4 IN.-1 I-- 3-3/4...j


IN.
I-- I
,
I
OLIVE DRAB WING

WING
DETAIL A-A

WHITE TIP

8 IN. 1-1/2 IN.


I I 1/2~.
6 IN.
FI
23 IN.

8 'T
WHITE

WHITE OLIVE DRAB


-If- 1/2 IN. WHITE

TIP
HORIZONT AL STABILIZER> ,",!.EI
8 TAIL
DETAIL C-C -I f--l-1/l IN. BLACK

1/2 iN. WHITE


f- PROP SPINNER

.
1.1/2 IN. BLACK DETAIL D-D
000937
Figure 8-H. E%tørlOT marlnngs, U-8F (sheet 4 of 10)
8-51
.
8
26IN., UP
.

T .".~N. LFWD
: '---.. :"""0'
,.
26 IN.

L. [
WL. 120.00

SEE
/
D~L.A
.
..
-I 61N.
.

1 IN. STA 228.75

;.~ 10 IN.
8

000938
~1
I
F-3IN.--/
DETAIL A

Ftgu7fl 8-84. Eztenor ma,."""... U-BF (sheet 5 of 10)

8
.
.8-52
. TB 746-93-2

8 10

TOP VIEW

8
000939

,.,.,.,. '-114. BJ:tørtor ma,.".., U-'F (sheøt B 0/10)


8-53
GO
I

-r-

DANGER

WHITE 1/2 IN.


24

7 of 10)
Figure 8-24. Exterior markings, U-8F (~heet
000940

8 8 8 .
~'~
. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
1 Left and right side of fuselage near tail below STATIC AIR
KEEP CLEAN
e
discharge outlet. I/2-in. yellow letters
2 Outbd side of each nacelle on rectangular door. ACCESS FOR
I/2-in. yellow letters FIRE EXTINGUISHING
3 Outbd side of left nacelle under leading edge EXTERNAL
of wing on access plate. 1/2-in. yellow letters POWER
24 VOLT
4 Outbd side of each nacelle under wing above CAUTION: DL.C;;CONNECT ELECTRICAL
exhaust. 1/2-in. yellow letters WIRING AND PLUMßING BEFORE
REMOVING WING
5 Left side of fuselage fwd of cabin door. 1/2-in. LEVEL
yellow letters on OD or black letters on white POINT
6 Left side of fuselage fwd of cabin door. 1/2-in. FIRE EXTINGUISHER
red letters on white INSIDE
7 Left side of fuselage fwd of cabin door. 1/4-in. LEVEL
yellow letters on OD or black letters on white POINT
8 Fwd left side of fuselage under cockpit U.S. ARMY U-8F
window. I-in. yellow letters U.S.A. SERIAL NO. (insert serial no.)
9 Left and right side of fuselage near tic down TIE DOWN
skid and under side of each wing near tip.
F our places. 1 /2-in. ye II ow letters

e 10 Top trailing edge of ailerons and flaps. Six


places. I/2-in. yellow letters
NO PUSH

11 Top of flaps and wings, left and right side. NO STEP


Aft stencils to be read facing fwd. Fwd
stencils to be read facing aft. Six places. I/2-in.
yellow letters
12 Outbd side of outbd fuel filler caps on wing and
two places top side of each nacelle. l/2-in.
white letters on 3-in. black circle

13 Fwd side of fuel filler caps. Top of letters facing FUEL


aft. Four places. l/2-in. white letters MIL-G-5572
115/145

14 Top of each nacelle. 1/2-in.yellow letters. OIL


I-in. yellow band around access door MIL-L-22851 TYPE II

8
ABOVE 600F
TYPE III + 50 to 600F
MIL-L-15016 GRADE 3050
BELOW 50F

000941

. FIgure 8-84. E:r:terlOT """""'rIgS, U-8F (sheet 8 of 10)


8-55
CODE
.
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
15 Top of wing inbd of nacelle and on top of n ose HOIST

16
section. 1/2-in. yellow letters
Bottom side of fuselage and inbd wing. Three JACK PAD
8
places. I/2-in. yellow letters. Paint jack pad
yellow
17 1. Fuselage. The dia of the basic blue circle is (National Star Insignia)
20 in. Star is centered on horizontal strip with
tip of fwd star bar at sta. 267
2. Wing. The dia of the basic blue circle is 22 in.
Center of star 80 in. from tip of wing.
18 Wings. Letters to be 22 in. high X I2-in. wide U. S. ARMY
(Letter M I6-in. wide.) X 3-3/4-in. stroke
19 Leading edge of left nose landing gear door TIRE PRESSURE
I/2-in. letters 35 PSI

20 Center on inbd main landing gear doors. 1/2 -in. TIRE PRESSURE
letters 40 PSI
21 Tire slippage marks on tire and wheel rim, nose
and main landing gear
22 A 3-in. red band around fuselage. The center of
the band to be centered on the travel of the
propeller tip. On arctic and jungle aircraft, the
red band will start at the antiglare and go
around the fuselage up to the antiglare on the
8
opposite side
On CONUS aircraft, the red band will go from the
underside of the black stripe under the aircraft
to die underside of the black stripe on the
opposite side

-t I- 3 IN.

23 2-in. white letters, proportionally spaced on the P


red band so the word will extend on the side of R
fuselage only." Do not extend to underside of 0
fuse lage or nose landing gear door P
E
L
L
E
R
8
000942

8-56
Figure 8-B4. Exterior mørlrings, U-BF (sheet 9 of 10)
.
. CODE
.

NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING


24 Left and ript side of fuselage on fwd and aft side

8 of 3-in. red band. Arrows to be placed centrally on J I. 4


IN.--t
1 IN.
fuse1ase. Tip of arrow pointins towards red band.
Width of arrow shaft is I-in. Width of arrow head
is 2-in. and lensth of arrow is 4-io. Arrow will be
2

f
IN. ~
I
yellow on OD Black on white aircraft
25 Left and ript side of fuse lase, adjacent to 4-in. DANGER
arrow. 2-in. yellow letters on OD or black
letters on white
26 (Not shown)
Paint fuel drain lines red and oil drain lines
yellow.
27 Antislare areas. Fwd of the cockpit area OIl the
fuselase. Fwd most part of curve on top of fuse lase
will be in line with fwd side of the nose equipment
compartment door.
Antis1are will also be applied to the upper 1/4
inbd area of the engine nacelle area but shall not
extend aft of the ensine cowl door assembly.
28 ElDersency cut out area. I-in. wide markinss 26 in.
Area located at fuse lase STA 228.75 and WL 120.
Red stripes on white fuselase, yellow stripes on OD
8 29
fuse lase

Ript side of fuselage within cut out area. Bottom CUT HERE FOR EMERGENCY
of letters 10-in. below top of cut out lines. I-in. RESCUE
black letters on white or yellow letters OIl OD.
30 Lettering 6-in. high. Numbers 8-in. high U. S. ARMY
(Radio Call Numbers)
31 Left side of fuselage aft of BATTERY LOCATION TOP
cabin door (U-8F (L-23F) Model only) OF LEFT NACELLE

32 Top of left nacelle (U-8F (L-23F) BATIERY ACCESS


Model only).

10 of 10)
.Flgure 8-84. Exterlor ""'**'P, U-BF (Meet

8
. 8-57
000943
aD STA 380.000
I

U'I
aD FUS. STATION 160.000
MAIN SPAR

STA 277.236

ST A 273.736
ST A 143.000 STA 228.750

STA 211.924

ST A 352.000

ST A 340.000

STA 319.000
ST A 298.000

ST A 277.000
ST A 255.500

FS 36.815

STA 84.000

NOTE:
MINIMUM AREA REQUIRED TO HOUSE
46 FT W x 34 FT LG x 15 FT H AIRCRAFT:

Figure 8-85. Stations diagmm U-8F


000944

. 8 8 8 .
.
e

NOTE:
HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL
BE APPLIED TO SHADED AREAS.

TOP VIEW

LEFT SIDE VIEW

8 WL Z-40-

000945
0

o~
UD -

ST A 252.00

. 8-86. Arctic ønd jungle senJlcø ønd hWh visibility "un1ri11gs, U-9.
8-59
Ftpre
.

8
WINGS,
HORIZONTAL STABiliZER,
AND TOP PORTIONS OF FUSELAGE
WHITE

LETTERS ON TOP OF RIGHT WING


NATIONAL STAR INSIGNIA
TO BE CENTRALLY LOCATED.
LOCATE AS SHOWN ON UPPER
SAME LETTERS CENTRALLY LOCATED
SURFACE OF LEFT WING AND
LOWER SURFACE OF RIGHT WING
OUTBD OF NACELLE ON UNDER SIDE
OF LEFT WING. LETTERS GLOSS BLACK

TOP VIEW

8
BLOCK LETTERS AND
NUMBERS MIDWAY
BETWEEN TOP AND
WHITE STRIPE

1/2-IN. OLIVE DRAB STRIPE


1I2.IN. WHITE STRIPE OLIVE DRAB

G.. OF NATIONAL STAR TO BE INLINE


WITH G.. OF BATTERY DOOR LATCH AND
IN PERFECT HORIZONTAL ALIGNMENT
WITWPAINT STRIPE BELOW. NATIONAL
STAR INSIGNIA ON RIGHT SIDE OF FUSE.
LAGE EXACT OPPOSITE LOCATION.

LEFT SIDE VIEW

8
LOWER PORTION OF FUSELAGE
000946 OLIVE DRAB

Figure 8-87. Painting aM mør1ring, U-9.

8-60
.
T8 7".93.2
"

.
8

..

8
TOP,VIEW

SLIDES FOR
BATTERY
DO NOT

8 I"AINT"

LEFT SIDE VIEW


.

Figure 8-28. Exterior markings, U-9 (elaeet 1 of 1)


OOOM7

. ~ange 1 . .
ø.&1
TB 746.93.2

BOTTOM VIEW 8

000948

Figure 8-28. Exterior markings U-9 (sheet 2 of 7)


8
8-62 .
.
8

FRONT VIEW

1.1/2 IN.

~
----rc:

C]
LEFT SIDE VIEW

8 A
DETAIL
000949

. Ftgure 8-88.
3
E%te7iOT marldngs, U-9 (sheet of
7)
8-63
.
ACCESS DOOR FOR HEATING AND VENTING (REF)

DETAIL B
8

"

DETAIL C D
II
I
II

8
27.1/2 IN.

II-
DOOR
REF
II
II
INBD SIDE OF LEFT NACELLE

DO NOT PAINT AUGMENTER TUBE


OR WHEEL WE LL. PAl NT ONLY
ENGINE EXHAUST AUGMENTER TUBE THE AREA SHOWN.

DETAIL D
"

000950

Ftgure 8-88. Exterior markings, U-9 (sheet 4 of 7)


8
8-64 .
.

8 UNITED STATES ARMY LETTERS 2.112 IN. HIGH


CENTERED IN WHITE BAND ON OUTBD SIDE
01' EACH NACELLE. STARTING IN LINE WITH
LEADING EDGE OF WING.
GLOSS BLACK LETTERS

5T~H
112 IN. WHITE

\12 IN. OLIVE


DRAB STRIPE
...

LEAVE AUGMENTER TUIES UNPAINTED

SIDE VIEW LEFT WINO AND NACELLES

00095 \ DIY AIL E

6 of 1)
Ffsrøe I-a. .ÞferloT ",.,.",.. u-. (shøøt

f
~
rr:
'.!

0
)\~
~'

8
.
I..
CODE
NO.
(þ I/2-in.
DIRECTIONS
red lerters at outbd fuel filler caps. Left FUEL
WORDING .
and right top wings. Top of lerters facing aft 115/145
2
I/2-in. red lerters at inbd fuel filler cap. Right
top inbd wing. Top of letters facing aft
FUEL

IIS/14S
8
3 1/2-in. letters, yellow on black background, at OIL
oil filler caps. ,At both engines, top of wing MIL-L-22851t TYPE II ABOVE 600F
TYPE III SOF to 600F MIL-L-15016
GRADE 3050 BELOW SOF
4 1/2-in. yellow lerters on blue background. Top of HYDRAULIC FLUID
left nacelle MIL-H-S606
5 .,
1/2-in. yellow letters. Nose cap and aft side of NO
each nacelle PUSH
6
1/2-in. red letters, above battery access door 24 VOLTS DC ""

7 1/2-in. yellow letters. One word above port and


one word below. Left and right side of fuselage.
A 1/4-in. red band
with a 3-in. ID circle around
the port. Band is a broken circle ~AT~ 0

SOUR;:I
\:0
8 1/2-in. black lerters, both sides of tail cone NO PUSH
9

10
1/2-in. black letters, both sides of fuselage
4-in. yellow tips, both sides of propeller.
MOOR
8
Do not paint propeller black

II 1/ 4-in. red lerters, both main landing gear struts *

*1. U-9B 4 S PSI PSI


*
2. U-9C and U-9D/RU-9D 50 PSI
12 1/4-in. red letters, right side of nose gear strut *

*1. U-9B
*
30 PSI PSI
2. U-9C and U-9D/RU-9D 35 PSI
13 1/2-in. red letters, both sides of nose gear strut TOW
14 1/2-in. red letters, bottom of both wings at ATTACH
jack pads JACK PAD ..'>!.

IS 1/2- 2-io. red stripe on all wheels and tires.


X

Slippage marks ~

16 Left side of fuselage under cockpit window. U.S. ARMY MODEL U-9*
U.S. ARMY MODEL and U.S.A. SERIAL NO. U.S.A. SERIAL NO. ##-####
to be I-in. letters. The remainder of the stencil *(Applicable modeí)
is 1/2-in. letters. Yellow on olive drab; black
on white

8
.

17 On outside of cabin door. 1/2-in. red letters on


white background i -FÏRË EXTINQnSHER i
INSIDE
000952 L______----'
8-66
Figure 8-28. Exterior markings, U-9 (sheet 6 of 7)
.
.
T8 746-93.2

CODE
. NO.
18
DIRECTIONS
Top fwd inbd end of horizontal stabilizer.
WORDING
N N
Lettering to be 1 in. black, vertically 0 0
positioned with tops of letters facing aft

8 S
T
E
S
T
E
P P tAFT
19 1/2-in. letters with 1/2-in. lines, yellow on TOW LIMIT
olive drab black on fluorescent
20 Propeller warning stripe. 2-in. white letters <ì. OF PROPELLER TRACK
WL Z
centered in 3-in. wide red band =-7.00- -WL Z 10.00
P
=-
R
~ 0
P
.
E
~ L
L
E

c'-
WL Z =-55.50 ,!-WL
3
Z=- 52.50
:..j f-- IN.
21 DANGER
Propeller warning, both sides of fuselage;
2-in. high yellow letters. Arrow as long as WL Z
word DANGER
=':"38.00~=*
I 12 in.

22 Antiglare fwd of cockpit windshield follow the

8 line of the flush rivets. Extend the curve


forward to a point at the front end of the access
door. Return the same symmetrical curve back
on the opposite side
23 2-1/2 in. black letters with two 6- x 1!2-in.
Arrows on white band. The letter "T" will 1/2 in.
start at a point just aft of the accessory section
cowling and lead to the rear
~ EXIT
....1T
24 1. Fuselage. The dia of the basic blue circle (National Star Insignia)
is 15 in. (See figure 8.27)
~

2. Wing. The dia of the basic blue circle is


15 in. (See figure 8.27)
~

25 W'mg. Letters 15 in. high x lOin. wide x 2-1/2 in. U.S. ARMY
stroke and space (See figure 8-27)

26 Vertical Stabilizer. Letters 7.1/2 in. high; U.S. ARMY


5 in. wide. Numbers 7-1/2 in. high. 5 in. wide; (Radio Call Number)

8 (See figure 8-27)

I
27 I-in. red letters on battery access door BAITERY
.

. 000964 Figure 8.28. Exterior markings. U.9 (sheet 7 of 7)


Change 1 8-67
~ <> ...
<> '" '" '" "'''' .
i ~ -I
Þ -1-1
-1-1
'"
'" N þþ þþ -
....
. NN NN . ß
I I ...
.&.1 <> 00
.
t:: .. Õ
ë",
<>~ 0 w
..0
00 .
N
I I STA 257.000
STA -32.50 I
STA -20.00 STA 238.320
STA -4;00 STA-12.00- STA 219.660
STA 5.50
STA
12.50- STA 201.000
STA 23.50
STA 37.00 ST A 182.320
STA45.34- -STA Z=O- STA 46.52
STA 52.67 0 ST A 163.660
-STA 54.75 STA
STA6O.05- 60.05
STA 71.00 STA
STA 71.00 ST A 145.000
STA 85.40 76.00- STA 81.00
STA STA 90.06 ST A 127.000
ST A 100.00
ST A 109.310
94.00-
~ STA 118.690 ST A 98.000
I: STA
ti .
STA 134 836 128.500- ST A 83.360
STA STA 76.50
Co 140.000- STA 70.015
a:o STA 149.980
STA
!O STA 165.154 160.000- STA 54.0
STA 180.000
I"IJ FWD--,
B' STA 180.000 AFT
::t. STA 24.0
0 STA 198.000
::s
.
STA 216.000
Q.
STA 234.000
f
STA 252.000
;i
ç:: STA 272.600
CO
STA 292.600
~~Z
,,~O ~
-I~
:ie~ STA 312.820
!!'
)()>
...:;a STA 335.560
"'111

-;t:;a STA 355.400
,-111 STA 363.180
(;)0
)(~
-:;a
",111
,,0
-1-1
'0
5:1:
-10
tii '"
111 '" "'-I
Þ -1
Þ -Iþ
CD
;ij ~ .....
)>-<><>
n
:;a
Õ 0.0
þ '" <>
"
::I

. 8 8 . Of
8 .
T87.u..f3.2
.

.
8
[UJc~c&~~)f
STA 295.50 FUSELAGE MARKINGS
't!

&~
r
G
:E
.

æ
TOP VIEW ~

I !-tr-4IN. SPACE
~ "'4 IN. STROKE
16 IN. WIDI
.
':"

8 STA 00.00

DATUM
STA 175.00
LEFT SIDE VIEW
STA 31.00
LETTERING AND INSIGNIA SPECIFICATIONS
RIGHT SIDE LEFT SIDE
!!.
.

1. NATIONAL INSIGNIA. DIA OF 1. MOST FORWARD PART OF LETTER "A"


WIC BLUE CIRCLE IS 3S IN. AT STA 175.00

2. MOST FORWARD PART OF LETTER "Y" 2. MOST REARWARD PART OF LETTER "Y"
AT STA 178.00 AT ST A 253.00
3. MOST REARWARD PART OF LETTER "A" 3. TOP OF LETTERING ON ROW OF RIVETS
AT ST A 256.00 4 IN. BELOW CABIN WINDOWS

4. TOPS OF LETTERS WILL BE ON THE 4. NATIONAL INSIGNIA. SAME AS ON


ROW OF RIVETS 4 IN. BELOW CABIN RIGHT SIDE
WINDOWS HiGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE
5.
5. THE CENTER OF THE BASIC BLUE ADDED TO SHADED AREAS.

8 CIRCLE WILL BE A ST A 309.00.


AND ON THE LONGITUDINAL AXIS
OF THE AIRCRAFT (ROW OF RIVETS
IN LINE WITH DOOR HANDLE.)

6. HIGH VlSlÎILITY PAINT WILL BE


ADDED TO SHADED AREAS. .

.
000956

Fìpre 8-30. Arctic and junøe .eruice ønd hi'" uUibilily "",,lei,.,. U-IA

..
co ...'
" at
0
....
,
..
0-
w
'.:0
.
n N
::r-
D'
:J
co
CD

...

....
....

-
J. ~
UNITED 81 lE8 ARMY. 61N.
f

STA 351.00

B. STA
267.00

CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
11.,;;r LEFT SIDE VIEW
.....

000957

Figure 8-31. Exterior markings, U-1A (sheet 1 of 12)

. 8 "
8 ..
8 .
,.
.( ..
. 8 8 8 .

9
4
54

0.
NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRC;:RAFT
~ LEn SIDE VIEW
....
n
::r
a
::J
CI
CD
- 000962
.-1
ØI
'...
~
~-
.0
-
co
.
W
.
.... 2 of 12) h)
...a Figure 8-31. Exterior markings. U.1A (,heet
-CD
~ .....
N CD

,
....

13 ,tis
:r
.

.
~
n'
"":r'
CI
::I
"..a
CD
~

B- STA
267 -DO

..1.-"
61N. WIl'ii'~1ID ~'ii'b\'ii'I!:~
r ~~

STA 351.00
~,
CAMOuFLAGE AIRCRAFT
~ RIGHT SIDE VIEW
~

000958

3 of 12)
Figure 8-31. Exterior markiRJlS, U-1A (sheet

. 8 ..
8 '1( w
8 .
TI 7""93.2

.
8
..

f!

"'
....
~
...
.... 1
1
~
....
~

~
II.
.f
8 B! 1
.1
,ë;
III...
~a
....
~
..
...;

6 I~'" ~

~
t

8
i
.
Chan.. 1 I
8.13
18 746.93.2

LEFT
þ .
8

..

or

000959

8
LEFT

~,

1!

NON.cAMOUFLAGE AIRCRA.F.T
BOTTOM
VIEW.. ........
8
000964

.,.
~gure 8.31. Exterior markings, U-1A (sheet 5 of 12)

.
8.74 .
Change 1
T874'.93.2

.
8

112 IN.

'=

TOP VIEW

c:c
~
'VI
S:'::,5O

DETAIL C
~

SEE DETAIL C

8
000960

. 6
Figure 8-31. Exterior mørkin,.. U-1A (Meet of 12)
I
.
Change 1 .
8-76
qo
.....
CD -t.
all
"
....
n
w
.t
.
:r- .

'Q h)
:I
IQ
.
-

ru ..''''' j-n---i
I
I

T
35 IN,

_1

BOTTOM VIEW

NOTE:
LOWER EDGE OF LETTERS
TO BE 3 IN, FROM AFT
EDGE OF WINGSKIN PANEL
AT SHROUD.

00096t

Figure 8-31. Exterior markings, U-1A (sheet 7 of 12)

. 8 ..
8 'I "
8 .
T8 746.93-2

CODE

. NO.
I
DIRECTIONS

Left side of fuselage, fwd of cockpit door


WORDING

U.S. ARMY U-lA


U.S.A. SERIAL NO. (Insert urial No.)
2 Upper side of top augmenter tubes, left aad NO STEP

8 ritbt sides. Upper side of both main laadins


sear struts, top of fuselage and win8 as sbown~
1/2-incb letters

2-in. solid black stripe ruoning from fwd to aft


walkway marker words "NO STEP". I 1/2-io.
arrow poindnø outboard will be beyond
black stripe
3 Under left aød risbt cockpit door aad left side STEP
of fuselase, aft of cockpit door at three steps to
t'
top of aircraft
4 Above taDk cap, left side of fuselaøe OIL
'!:':
MlL-L-22851
TYPE 11 ABOVE 300

5 Uaderside, inboard end of eacb win8 strUt. Part C3W100-5LH


nuaber of eacb strut C3"loo-6RH
FOR MOM-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
6 Left side of fusela8e, above center fuel filler cap.
3-in. black circle with wbite letters
FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT

8 Delete black backørouod, letters "GROUND


HERE" in lusterless black
FLOAT
7 Left aød riøbt side of fuselage 1/4-in. letters
PICKUP
8 Uader left cabin door. 1/4-in. letters USE SEAT RAIL FLOOR
FOR LAT." LONG.
LEVEUNG
9 Left aad riøbt cabin doors under baadles. 1/2-in.' EXIT
letters RELEASE
TURN
10 Left side of fuulage below center fuel filler FUEL
MIL-G-5572
cap. 1/4-in. lusterless black letters (three
~
places) 115/145

11 Left aad ri.bt side of. fuselaøe at liftinø bole UFT


with arrows 1/2- K I-in. 1/2-in. black letters J
12 Left aad riøbt side of vertical fin fwd of leading TAKE-oFF SETTING
eqe of borizont~l stabilizer. STABIUZER TRIM

13 Left aad rlabt side of verdcal fin on leading edge (


of stabilizer. Black band 1/8 K 2-in. long

8 14 Left side of fuselage on the access plate RUDDER QUADRANT

000965

. Figure 8-31. lØteriOl' JPIlJ1'kinIB,U.IA


(ølaeet 8 of 12) I
Change 1 8-77
T8 746.93.2

CODE
NO.
15
DIRECTIONS WORDING .
Left and right side of fuselage at tail jack points JACK
POINT
16 Left and right side of fuselage on access plates RUDDER
TRIM
JACK
8
17 Left side of fuselage under ~tabilizer on access STABILIZER
plates ACTUATOR
18 Left side of dorsal fin HOIST EYE
INSIDE
19 Right side of fuselage on access plate ELEVATOR
QUADRANT ~

20 Right side of fuselage on access plate TAIL WHEEL


ANCHOR ~

21 Right side of fuselage, above tail wheel INFLA TE TIRE TO 36 LBS. (Landplane)
INFLATE TIRE TO 41 LBS. (Skip lane)
22 Right side of fuselage on access plate TAILWHEEL
STEERING
MOTOR
23 Slippage marks on wheel rim and tires. A Red
band 1/2 x 2.in. Tail and main wheels
24 Right side of fuselage, aft of cockpit door, above 24 VOLTS

25
auxiliary power receptacle
Right side of fuselage, below augmenter tubes. DRAIN DAILY
8
1/2-in. letters
26 Bottom of fuselage, center of aircraft on cover FUEL SELECTOR
between main landing gear braces VALVE INSIDE
27 On inbd side of both jacking arms and main landing JACK
gear
28 Bottom side of wings near leading edge at wing WARNING
butt. Top of letters facing fwd, I/2-in. letters, DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL
arrow pointing inbd. 1/2 x 3-in. black arrow WIRING BEFORE REMOVING
WINGS
29 Bottom of both wings on access plates' FLAP
...... "

BELLCRANK
30 Bott()m of both wings, fwd of top of wing struts TIE
DOWN
31 Bottom of both wings, outbd on access plates FLAP
BELLCRANK
32 Bottom of each wing, two places FLAP CONNECTING ROD

33 Leading edge of stabilizer as shown in Detail C,


I-in. letters
STEADY BRACKET
NO PUSH 8
000966

I Figure 8-31. Exterior markings, U-1A (sheet 9 of 12)


.
8-78 Change 1 '
,.'

TB74e.93-2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

C AUTION DISCONNECT CONTROL


facing
34 Top of each wing at wing butt to be read
of C ABLES, FLAP PUSH ROD,
wing tip. I-in. letters. Two lines. Top
F UEL VENT PIPE BEFORE

8 letters facing outbd


REMOVING WING.

W AU{
3S On top of fuselage and both wings as shown.
facing aft on fuse.
I-in. letters. Top of letters
lage, outbd. on wings

S UNGING POINTS
36 Top of fuselage left and right side

U SE SPREADER
37 Top center of fuselage
B AR
'!
WHEN HOISTING

I NFLATE TIRE
~ 38 Lower end of main landing gear struts,
T 0 28 LBS
left and right

39 Broken border, black, 2 x 6.in. with 2-in. space.


Solid black line across outbd end between fwd and
aft broken border
-

N 0 PUSH
40 Left and right aft side of rudder

light coat of
41 Coat the propeller blades with a
lusterless black. 4-in. yellow tip on fwd side

8 42
of blade.

Antiglare area fwd of the windshield. Width of


antiglare on fwd edge of cowling is 29 in.
around contour of cowling

43 Augmenter tubes will be removed for aircraft


stripping. They will not be reinstalled until after
the aircraft is repainted. The augmenter tubes
are not painted with exceptions of the
red l.in.
NO STEP. Refer to code no. 2

44 Letters centered on longitudinal axis of aircraft


(row of rivets in line with door handle).
UNITED STATES ARMY I
..
4S Jack points on main landing gear and tail, paint
.

lusterless black
-

46 (NOT SHOWN) Walkway material will be


applied to three protruding tubular steps on
left side of aircraft aft of cabin door

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT ONLY

8 000967
47 Wing. The dia of the basié blue circle
is 3S in. (National Star

Figure 8-31. Exterior markings. U-1A, (.heet 10 of


12)
Insignia)

Change 2 8-79

.
T8 746.93.2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS

FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


ONLY
WORDING
.
48 Wing Lettering. Lettering will be 35
in. high x
U.S. ARMY
23 in. wide x 5.75
in. stroke

FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


ONLY
8
49 Tail markings and radio call numbers
will be
7.5 in. x II in.

50 Walkway area top of


alrcraft. The top of each wing
and fuselage is marked in black broken bordered
areas to designate the safe walk area

DO NOT INSTALL WALKWAY MATERIAL ON


WING AND FUSELAGE WALKWAY AREAS
!'
Wings. The wing walk area is
18-in. wide and
extends from the wing butt outbd to a
distance
of 112.in. in from the wing tip. The fwd
walkway
border is 5-in. aft of the leading edge of the
wing
or 12-in. fwd of a point in line with the fwd
fuselage lifting eye. The aft
wing walk border
is 18.in. aft of the fwd
border or 6.in. aft of the
lifting eye. The lifting
eye may be used as a
reference point. The wing walkway
extend inbd beyond the

Fuselage. The fuselage


\\IÌD&butt
area will not

8
walkway areas consist
of two separate 6-in. wide walk areas across the
top of the fuselage over bulkhead
areas. Uke
the wing areas., these
are marked off with black
broken borders. The following dimensions
will be
used:

Fwd Walk Area. Using the fwd


lifting eyes as a
reference point the fwd walkway
will extend 3 in.
forward and 3-in. aft. Code No. 35 will be inserted
in the center of this walk area.
<.

Mt Walk Area. The fwd border of the aft walk


area will be 29-1/2-in. aft of the trailing front
walk area. The aft border of the aft
walkway area
will be 6 in. to the rear. Code No. 35 will be
inserted in the center of U1is walk
area.

000968
I
8-80 Change 1
Figure 8-31. Exterior markings, U.1A (sheet 11 of 12)
8
.
TI
.

74&-9,3.2

. CODE
NO. DIREC TIONS WORDING

FOR CAMOUFLAGED AI RCRAFT ONLY

8 51 Tbe top surface of the win g tips and the top sur-
face of ~ horizontal stab Wzer will be painted
international orange

FOR CAMOUFLAGED AI RCRAFT ONLY

52 The top surface of the win g from wins root out-


board to spoiler. and from leading edp top row
~
of rheta aft to leading edae of flaps wiJl be
painted lusterless white
.

't FOR CAMOUFLAGED AI RCRAFT ONLY . '

53 (Not Shown) Authorized placement of unit inaia-


nia is on either or both sides of nose cowlina

54 Left Øde of fuselage aft of cargo door. BATTERY LOCATION


l-in. letters COMPARTMENT BULKHEAD
RIGHT-HAND SIDE

BATTERY DRAIN
8
55 Riabt hand side of fuselage 1/2-in. letters

010117

8
Fi/lU re 8-81. Exterior mGrkin,.. U-1A (Meet 12 of 12)

. Change 1 8-,n
co
Co
N s;- -t
CD
"'/.>
~ ....
c9-p. ,..
-It
'1~ ~"',p 0-
S..o S..o
.:0
w
"',p "',p
~
" "

STA 136.2
FORWARD
SPAR

NOTE:
MINIMUM AREA REQUIRED TO HOUSE AIRCRAFT:
58 FT-W X 42 FT-LG X 13 FT-HGT

000969

Figure 8-32. Stations dÜJgram. U-IA

. 8 8 ..
8 .
TB 746-93-2

. DETAIL C

WHITE

J
DETAIL B

8 DETAIL A

C:>

~
WHITE

INSIGNIA
~ DIAMETER 20.0 IN.

LEFT SIDE VIEW

8
.

t=WHITE

<2]
.ffl' 0.5 (WHITE)
1.5 (BLACK)

DETAIL A

"

AVOt0896

8 Figure 8-32A. High lJisibility paint øcheme, CONUS, U-21 and RU-21 ("'eet 1 of 4)

. Change 8-82A
CIO

.. -I
ID
t1
~
9'
~
DETAIL D N
g
..
:I WHITE
..N LElTER HEIGHT 22.00 OLIVE DRAB
LElTE R WIDTH 12.00
WIDTH OF "M" 16.00
STROKE 3.75
LElTER SPACING 3.75 ~ . WHITE:
WORD SPACING 12.00
COLOR YELLOW
DUPLICATE ON LOWER
SURFACE OF LEFT WING
.
INSIGNIA DIAMETER 22.0 IN.

OLIVE DRAB

A~~\1a~~r(ñ1
0

LEADING EDGE,
MAIN SPAR

NOSE CONE (RADOME) TO BE


LEFT AS IS. DO NOT PAINT
ANTI-GLARE AREAS (LOCATE ON INBOARD
UPPER 1/4TH OF LH & RH NACELLES & ON
TOP VIEW' NOSE FWD OF COCKPIT AS SHOWN)
A V01 0897

Figure 8-32A. High visibility paint scheme, CONUS, U-21 and RU-21 (sheet 2 of 4)

. 8 8 .. ..
8 .
TB748-83-2

.
8 WHITE
BLACK

3.6

1.5

+
WHITE 0.6
~

OLIVE DRAB
~

DETAIL B

. ~.O

3.0

6.0
3.0
0.6 (WHITE)

ftlt,
1.6

HORIZ. BASE LINE (REF)


w
15.0

8
DETAIL C

AV010888
FilUre 8-3U. HiøIa uieiIÞility psittt CONUS, U-JI tIII4 RlJ..3J (8laeet 3 of 4)
-""',
Change 2
. 8-82C
TB 746.93-2

.
8
-
9.0 -

OL.IVE
0.5-1 WHITE

DRAB
1.5 BL.ACK

"

DETAil D
UPPER AND
L.OWER SURFACES

:'-Igi
0'5-1=t:t!
1.5
I
WHITE
BL.ACK

.
15.5 r

DETAil E

AV010899

Figure 8-32A. High visibility paint scheme, CONUS, U.21 and RU.21 (sheet 4 of 4)
8
8.82D Change 2

.
.
TB 74fA.2

.
STA 401.00

8
1

STA30.00
.DIC
UNi'fED STATES ARMY
'"

43

LEFT SIDE VIEW

8 WL 188.00 STA 296


I

15. 7 8

-ÜÑ"'õm:~i~oo IN.
STA 63.00
STAToo

" 10 9

RIGHT SIDE VIEW

8 AV010888

Figure 8-32B. Interior mørkirlll8. U-Jl and RU.21 (sheet 1 of 5)

Change 2
. 8-82E
TB 746-93-2

.
8
00 0
0

...

..

TOP VIEW
8
7.00
0.147
3.5 DIA 4 HOLES
0.140

0.31 (TYPICAL)

.~ 0.26 R (TYPiCAL)

L \-ATC,",
CAUTION
3.69 HOOK SECONDARY 2.00
c ~ ~
LATCH ON CABLE
BEFORE TAKEOFF 1.00

.\
2.00

(t

8
A 0.62

I. ~A 9.00
DETAIL A
AV010889

8-82F Change 2
Figure 8-32B. Interior markings, U.21 and RU.21 (sheet 2 of 6)
.
TB 748-93.2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS. WORDING

CARG.O DOOR
Locate placard top edge of door forward of STA 228.75 LATCH INSIDE
PULL LATCH HANDLE OUT

8 AND DOWN TO UNLOCK


CAUTION: LATCH PIN UP
AND COVER LDÇKED
FólHÜGHT

2 Locate placard over center of door shaft. Background


yellow. Cover placard with 0.12 in. acrylic plastic
sheet 3.70 in. by 9.0 in., bevel edges of plastic
sheet 450 (See detail A)

"
3 Locate placard bottom edge of door forward of STA
CARGO DQQR
228.75 LATCH INSIDE
~ PUU I..AIÇ1:!. tlP-NJ:).!,,!- OUT
AND UP TO UNLOCK
cAYJlON:~átÇH~~Ñ
DOWN AND COVER
LOCKED'i=öifi=i.ïÖHT

4 Locate placards forward of cargo door. Top placard is


aligned with bottom of window frame, bottom placard is
directly below top placard and above floor (approx.)
~~~@~~
(f(Q)~ ffi\~(Crn~~
1r(Q) (ÇM@@
8 [þ)(Q)(Q) ~ [}=3~~ ~rn

5 Paint inside of right fuselage skin and face of up-


holstery panel at the same location as the exterior
markings, STA 298.0, WL 120.0 to WL 146.0. Marking
--:j'0
1":-'3.0
I

1- STA 298.0
will be yellow, shade No. 13538

r
.

18 ~
lIì
811 r:~UAL
lspAC
~

i .,
IN._t8\-+
L -
.
..1-3 WL-
120.0
1IN.80.-II- -I IN.

8 AV010880
F;øure 8-32B. Interior markings, U-21 and RU-21 (sIN.t 3 of 6)

2 8-82G
Change

.
TB 746-93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
6 Locate decal in center of emergency exit markings (code
No.5) and 11 in. from top edge of markings. Black
letters on yellow background
CUT HERE FOR
EMERGENCY EXIT
T
2.50
TN..
8
i
I . 13.50 , I
7 Locate EMERGENCY DOOR RELEASE placard aft of
escape hatch and below handle, right side fuselage
EMERGENCY
DOOR
RELEASE ...

!'
23/8

OPEN COVER
PUSH BUTTON
AND PULL HANDLE

21N. -I
8 Center decal above escape latch and on STA 228.75 EMERGENCY EXIT 8
9 Right side of aircraft on static air line drain door
STATIC AIR
LINE DRAIN

10 Right side of aircraft cockpit aft of ST A 122.0 and


Ö.75 in. forward of inertia reel harness lock on CO. PI LOT SEAT MUST BE IN FORWARD
POSITION DURING TAKE OFF & LANDING
-

inboard surface of window escutcheon

11 Locate placard on fuselage floor, centered on STA


.
130.0 and left edge of placard 6.2 in. left of
I, 5.00 I ~
aircraft centerline. Placard is metal etched on ano-
dized red background
.- LANDING GEAR
EMERGENCY EXTENSION
<t~
]
1. PULL UP HANDLE AND
C:>(f1
TURN CLOCKWISE TO LOCK
2. REMOVE LEVER FROM
SECURING CLIP AND PUMP

{i}

AV010891
Figure 8-32B. Interior markings, U-21 and RU-21 (sheet 4 of 5)
8
8.82H Change 2

.
TB 748-93-2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

12 Locate decal on aft side of spar cover and 11 in. to MAXIMUM LOAD PER
right of aircraft centerline TIEDOWN: 200 LB.

8 13 Center decals in tiedown fittings as shown, top of


letters forward. Lettering is black

t
i
;
.,.
D

I
~

II 1.82 IN. -I ~
I F. S. 145.0 I 0.28 IN.

F .S. 146.0

8
F.S. 146.0
F.S. 163.8
F .S. 185.4
F.S.179.8
F .8. 181..6
F.S. 199.7
F .S. 200.8
F.S.218.7
F .1. 21 e.e
F.I.239.2
F
.S. 239.9
F.S.240.2

"

8 AV010892
Figure 8-32B. Interior markings, U-21 and RU-21 (aheet
6 of 6)

2 8-82J
Change
.
TB 746.93.2

STA 401.00
.
8

11
11 LEFT SIDE VIEW

WL 188.00

23 J
~EAM 21

I~)
~24

AV010893
. RIGHT SIDE ViEW

Figure 8-32C. Exterior markings. U-21 and R U-21 (sheet 1 of 9)


8
8-82K Change 2

.
TB 7.83-2

34 \

33

8 TOP VIEW

35 35

8
FRONT VIEW
AV010894
Figure 8-3JC. E:JCterlormørkingø, U-Jl ønd RU-Jl (8laeet J 0(9)

2 8-82L
ChIRgl
.
TB 746..83.2

r-'
'D.I- 37
1& -GO t.J

:J

o~u.
((,~
38
8
40

D . 5

BOTTOM VIEW. LEFT SIDE


AV010896

Figure 8-32C. Exterior markings, U-21 and RU-21 (sheet 3


of 9)
8
8-82M Change 2

.
TB 746-93.2

. CODE
D TIONS WORDING

1 Left side of fuselage on entrance air step door, adajcent I LOCK

to handle, 1/2.in. letters and arrow. Unes are

8 1/8 in. wide, arrowhead 3/8 in. wide


-K
I 3.35R

2 RADIO CALL NUMBERS


Left and right side of vertical stabilizer, 6 in. luster-
less black numerals, STA 401.00, WL 188.00

3 Both sides of ventral fin, center top trailing edge


.
NO
of each aileron, also center on nose cone.
PUSH'

8 Figure 8-32C. Exterior I'IUIrkings, U-21 and BU-21 (øheet


4 of 9)

Change 2 8-82N

.
T8 746.93.2

CODE
NO.

4
DIRECTIONS

Aircraft data plate located on left side of air-


WORDING .
craft under horizontal stabilizer AIRCRAFT FIXED-WING
FSN . .

8
SERIAL NO.
REG. NO..
E::::I
c::=:J
MODE L NO. c:::::I c::::::I
CONTRACT NO.
c::::=I ~
c::I
INSPECTED c::::=I
0
U.S.

5 Left and right side of aft fuselage and bottom TI E DOVIIN


center of each outboard wing panel. Black 1/2 in.
letters. Top of letters up or towards spar

6 Left and right side of fuselage below static


port, STATIC AIR
1/2 in. black letters. Do not paint static port KEEP CLEAN
7 FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Left and right side of fuselage, 6 in. UNITED STATES ARMY
black letters. Center between aft
edge of cabin door and line even with front of
horizontal stabilizer. Top of letters on WL 120.00

8 Left side of fuselage aft of entrance door frame, FIRE EXTINGUISHER


1/2 in. black letters
INSIDE
9

8
Left side of fuselage aft of entrance door frame, BATTERY LOCATION
1/2 in. black letters TOP OF RIGHT HAND
WING STUB

10 Left side of fuselage aft of entrance door frame, LEVEL


1/2 in. black letters
POINT
11 TIRE SLIPPAGE MARKS
SEE PARAGRAPH 7-27

12 Left and right side of fuselage on each out- NORMAL PRESSURE 46-50 P.S.I.
board main gear door, 1/2 in. black letters

13 Left and right side of fuselage under wing and on CAUTION: DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL WIRING
outboard side of each nacelle above main landing AND PLUMBING BEFORE REMOVING WING
gear doors. Black 1/2 in. letters

AV010901
Figure 8-32C. Exterior markings, U-21 and RU-21 (sheet 5 of 9) 8
8.82P Change 2

.
T8 748-93.2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

14 Left side of fuselage under cockpit window, 1 in. U.S. ARMY *U.2IA
*

8 black letters and numerals. Enter complete model


and aircraft serial number.
U.S.A. SERIAL NO.
(*Indent correct model and
serial numbers)

IS Left and riøht side of aircraft on inboard and out.

\,.
board sides of forward engine cowling. Black 1/8 in.
lines and arrow, 1/2 in. black letters, 8 places

16 Aft end of left of fuselage


nose wheel well and JACK PAD
centerline. Two jack pads located on bottom of
wing stub near rear spar and inboard of each engine
nacelle. Black 1/2 in. letters

17 Locate on inboard side. of left nose gear door, NORMAL TIRE PRESSURE SO-55 P.S.I.
1/2 in. black letters VERY SOFT FmLD TAKEOFF 30.32 P.s.1.

18 FOR NON.cAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


t-
28
IN.---i
Paint yellow emergency rescue markings on

"T
.

8 right side of fuselage at ST A 296.0,


WL 120.0
r-
FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
1 IN.
.. .- .28 IN.
Paint lusterless yellow shade
L. - ..11 WL120
2IN.~J-
ST A 296.0

19 Right side of fuselage, centered within emer- CUT HERE FOR


gency rescue markings (code No. 18), I in. EMERGENCY EXIT
letters, same color shade as markings

20 FOR NON.cAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


Paint landing gear struts and wheels
olive drab
FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Paint lusterless olive drab
'"

21
J
Locate on outboard side of nose wheel strut.
Black 1/2 in. letters, arrow 1 in. long, 1/4 in.
A
C
shaft and 1/2 in. head
K
~
8 AV010902
FílUre 8-33C. Ext"nor mark".,.. U.2l and BU.Il (IIN"t 6 of 9)

Change 2 8-82Q
.
18 746.93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
22 Locate on inside of left and right cowling doors.
FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT LUBE OIL
Yellow 1/2 in. letters.
FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Lusterless black 1/2 in. letters.
MIL-L-23699 ABOVE -25OF
MIL-L-7808 BELOW -25OF 8
23 FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Paint 3 in. red band, from underside of black
--131N.1-
stripe on left side of fuselage to black P
stripe on opposite side inline with propeller R
plane. Locate PROPELLER placard over red band 0
on both sides of fuselage P
FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT E
Paint 3 in. lusterless black stripe, centered on L
propeller plane. Top of stripe starts at upper L
corner of fuselage, 4 in. down from skin seam to E
bottom of nose gear doors. Forward edge of black R
stripe is approximately 18 1/2
in. aft of nose cone.

24 Left and right side of forward fuselage, fore and


aft of RED/BLACK stripe (code No. 23). Word DANGER DANGER
is 131/2 in. down
from top of stripe and is 1 1/4 ~
in. away from edge of stripe. Black 2 in. letters,
arrow points toward stripe and is 4 in. long with
1 in. shaft and 1 1/2
in. arrowhead

25 Outboard of left and right engine nacelles on


access doors. Black 1/2 in. letters, top of
PU-545
INVERTER
8
letters toward spar

26 Top of nose section, forward of antiglare paint.


Left and right center wing stub forward of spar and LIFT
inboard of nacelles. Black 1/2 in. letters with
arrow. Top of letters towards spar -I I-- 1/4 IN.

-, 1 IN.

27 Top right inboard 'wing stub on access cover. Black BATTERY


1/2 in. letters, top of letters toward spar ACCESS

28 Top of left and right wing center stub, inboard of NO


nacelles. Right wing 3 places, left wing 4 places, STEP
1/2 in. black letters

A V01 0903
Figure8-32C. Exterior markings. U-21 and RU-21 (sheet 7 of 9)
8
8.82R Change 2

.
u-
-

TB 746-93-2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTION S WORDING

29 Locate decal over grounding poin t on top outboard

8 section of each wing, top of each engine nacelle


forward of fuel fIller caps. Black 3 in. circle
outline with 1/2 in. black letters, 4 places

. 30 FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRC RAFT


Left and right wings and on top of each nacelle 11N.
around fuel filler cap. Alignment mark to be
.
placed as shown to extend 1 in. 0 ver filler cap.
Color of band and alignment mar k red, 4 places
FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAF T
Band and alignment marks lusted ess black

8
31 Left and right wings, inboard of fiuel filler caps 128 Gallons Capacity
(code No. 30). Black 1/2 in. lette rs, top of letters MIL.T.5624(JP-4)
towards spar, 2 places AVIATION KEROSENE
CAUTION: NACELLE TANKS
MUST BE FULL BEFORE
FILUNG THIS TANK

32 Top of each engine nacelle, outboard of fuel filler 57 Gallons Capacity


cap. Black 1/2 in. letters, top of I etters facing in- MIL-T -5624(JP-4)
board, 2 places A VIA TION KEROSENE

.
33 Antiglare areas. Paint inboard up per 1/4 of the left
and right nacelles and nose area fiorward of cockpit
windshield to STA 53.0
~

34 FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRC RAFT ACCESS


Top of right outboard wing panel on access door. CN 405/ASN COMPENSATOR
YeHow 1/2 in. letters top of letter s towards spar. T-611/ASN INDUCTION COMPASS
FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAF T CAUTION: USE NON-MAGNETIC
Lusterless black 1/2 in. letters SCREWS IN COMPASS

8 AV010904
Figure 8-32C. E:lCterl'or markings, U-21 and RU-21 (sheet 8 of 9)

Change 2 8-828
.
TB 746-93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
35 Propellers shall not be stripped but will be
lightly
oversprayed with lusterless black. Do not cover index
mark on rear of blade, or serial numbers and data on
front of blades. Yellow tip is 4-in. wide on front of
blade only.
8
36 Front of nose gear strut. Protect during paint strip-
ping. TOW, 1/2-in. letters, remainder 1/4-in. with arrows
and stripes
TOW
I.
TURN LIMITS
REACHED WHEN
BLACK LINES ALIGN
~
DO NOT EXCEED
CAUTION: DÒ NOT
TOW WITH RUDDER
LOCK INSTALLED
= =

37 FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT REMOVE FOR


Bottom of left and right center wing stub ACCESS TO
on access door. Yellow 1/2 in. letters, top ARC-51
of letters towards spar
FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Lusterless black 1/2 in. letters

38 Bottom of left and right outboard engine nacelles.


Black 1/2 in. letters
OIL COOLER
DRAIN
8
39 FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT (Left Wing) A.C.
Bottom of left and right outboard wing panels. EXTERNAL
Locate 1 in. forward of power receptacle door. POWER
Yellow 1/2 in. letters, top of letters
towards spar (Right Wing) EXTERNAL
FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT POWER
Lusterless black 1/2 in. letters 24 VOLTS

40 Bottom of right wing, outboard of engine nacelle SEE


and forward of spar. Black 1/2 in. letters, top of OPERATOR'S
letters towards spar MANUAL
FOR
INVERTER
OPERATION

41 Left side of fuselage under model designator (code NCAD"'* WPI-P2-L3-Date


No. 14) Black 1/4 in. letters WP-MIL-C-8514
P-MIL-P-7962
UContractor will insert their code. L-MIL-L-19538

AV0109015
Figure 8-32C. Exterior markings, U-21 and RU-21 (sheet 9 of 9)
8
8.821 Change 2

.
8 8 8
8- STAI440~'21:f:
~:=
-STA 66.62

~!~::::
STA 23.67
7'~
~:::::
:;:~.~~
STA 7.26
~ .STA 8.87
1 1 If~ ~:~
STA 28.75 STA ~:18
STA 45 12 STA~7.37
STA 48.62
STA 54'06 .

STA63.00
STA 73.87
STA 84.75
STA 89.75
STA 95.68
STA 98.75

9
I
N

CD WL 100'-
~
c
-

~
CD -I
m
N
< ~
St Cj')
. 010203
:J
:!: Figure 8-32D. Station diøgram, U-21 and RU-21
I ~
.
8

8
.
TB 748-93-2

.
8

STA40

D WHITE, SHADE NO. 17875

RED SHADE NO
11,::::;::1
'w:.:: 11136

- BLACK, SHADE NO. 37038

8
STA 370

TOP VIEW

AV 010911

8 Figure 8-33. High uÏ8ibility paint acheme, arctic, desert and jungle pattern, aV-l aircraft

Change 2 8-83
.
TB 746.93.2

STA 40

OL.IVE DRAB
c:::J (L.USTERL.ESSI

ImTITIII FL.UORESCENT RED


: ORANGE SHADE NO. 633

WHITE, SHADE NO. 378.75


..uD
- BL.ACK, SHADE NO. 37038

TOP VIEW
-
STA 370

8
62
18" CENTERED

AV010910

Figure 8-33A. High lJisibility paint scheme, aV-l aircraft used for training
8
8-84 Change 2

.
/~

T8 748-93.2

~~1 ~~-l

D
8
FIRST ROW OF RIVETS

D LUSTERLESS OLIVE DRAB -

. INTERNATIONAL ORANGE SHADE 12197. MIL.L.19637

I LUSTERLESS WHITE. SHADE 37876. MIL-L-19638


DIll
8 AV010808
Fiøure 8-38B. 8tundø1d cømoufløle point scheme, co"",ic:uil3' mørki"... av., øJn:røft

2 8-86
a...
.
/

Q)
.

Q)
-I
m
Ø)
....
..
Ø)

n
w
=r N
II) 11 12
::I
ca
CD 13
N

30

28

32
Exterior markings, OV-1 (sheet 1 of 12)
AV010912 Figure 8-34.

. 8 8 8 .
,
.
TB 7_93.2

.
8

EXHAUST AREA
DO NOT PAINT
I SEE DETAIL E
SEE DETAIL E
EXHAUST AREA
DO NOT PAINT
34
33

33

TOP VIEW

8 AV010913

Figure 8-34. Exterior marking" OV-l ("'eet 2 of 12)

Change 2 8-87
.
TB 7480.93.2

.
8

"

42
27 42
27

41

40
.

40
,

BOTTOM VIEW

AV010914

Figure 8-34. Exterior markin,s, OV-l (sheet 3 of 12)


8
8-88 Change 2

.
TB 74&8&2

DETAIL A WS 53.375

.
8 49
27
OIL LUBRICATION
HOLE (REF)

50
VIEW LOOKING
AFT, LlPT MAIN
LANDING GIAR

51 VIEW A

VIEW LOOKING
52'~
INID, LEFT MAIN
LANDING GIAR

8
11M.

11

27 1/4 IN.

..

45
51

52
FRONT VIEW
NOSE GEAR

8 LEFT SIDE VIEW NOSE GEAR


OETAIL B

4
B:tterior mariti",.. OV.J (8INet of 12)
PipN 8-34.
.

2
ChaIWt
...
.
TB 746.93.2

61/2 X 1/4 IN......-


I 1/4 IN. ARROW
.
HANDLE 1/4 IN.

.
-. .~ J.
1/4 IN. PUSH PUll 8
1 X
1/4-IN.
ARROW

3/16 IN.

3/8 IN.

.
lEFT SIDE VIEW 1 IN.

DETAil C

AFT FACE ""WINDSHIElD BOW

UP

t
I II
~.
( )1
/

Tlf.'\11 ..-,r
.

.
\..

~ SECU-RE..:!,..1I4INo
HATCH
JI\
LETTERS
8
21/2\\\ IN A
LOCKED~3/16IN. LETTERS
POSITION \\ DECAL.... RED LETTERS
" ~i~~~FNG ON WHITE BACKGROUND
; \ ENGINES
\\

WL. 74.26
: ~
--
~'LO~
DETAIL D

AV 012122
VIEW LOOKING FORWARD
LEFT HAND SIDE SHOWN.
RIGHT HAND SIDE OPPOSITE
8
Figure 8-34. Exterior markings, OVal (sheet 5
of 12)
8.90 Change 2

.
TB 748.93.2

:r
<æm
~
8
,

1l:~...
FINISH BOTH .'
SlOES AND. BOTTOM SKIN
IN THIS AREA

L- 8ìA 132

8ìA 122

.
1t 1

'J=/4
(APP::OXI\

--
131/4"
t27 I
18 T 7+' I

LH' '"
1-17
1/8- -17 1/8
(APPROXI (APPROX) ~ EPOXY POLYAMIDE PRIMER MIL-P-23377.
~
CAMOUFLAGE ACRYLIC BLACK LACQUER.
LOOKING DOWN MI L.L.81362 SHADE 37038
LH NACE LLE SHOWN. RH OPPOSITE

8 DETAIL E "J, ;

-""-
<.,
~?_, ...
I/o"
,',

":i,
f'-'f'
;".,,',',',O
''''~,.'
",',"'"'
J,;(("'~I" i~
'

.'..:. .
V

"

. V'; d..
~,

COROGARD. 14 PRIMER

8 AV010921
DETAIL F

Figure 8-34. Exterior markings, aV-1 (sheet of 12)


6

Change 2 8-91
.
T8 746-93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
Left and right side of center fin, 1/2
in. CAUTION, USE NON-MAGNETIC
letters, 3 or 4 places (as required). SCREWS

C?J Tail fin. Radio call numbers are on the


out-
board side of outboard tail fms. Bottom of 8
numbers is 8 in. above bottom of tail fin.
in.
(00000) 8
3 Left and right side of fuselage, 6 in. black UNITED STATES ARMY
letters 4 in. below door.

4 Flare pods if used, 1/4 in. letters, 2 OPEN FAIRING FOR ACCESS
places.
TO REAR ATTACHMENT SCREWS
5 Located on flare pods (if used), 1/4 in. letters
and arrow tip. (4 places) <J:g~~:i~~N~IN
.
PHILLIPS 113 BLADE
6 Located on flare pods (if used), 1/4 in. black
POD ATTACHEMNT
letters and arrow tip. (4 places)
SCREW-USE 7-1/2 (MIN)
[>
PHILLIPS 13 BLADE
7 A 2 in. black band encircling each nacelle in
plane of rotation of engine turbine. Band is 8
in.
aft of nacelle antiglare area.

r@ GROUND (EARTH)
Right side of fuselage, 1 in. letters, black
8
--
2 Inch
circle and symbol as indicated.
-

Diameter

9 Outboard side of right nacelle. Inboard side of left


nacelle. Letters 1/2 in. olive drab shade No. X34087,
2 places.
OIL FILLER INSIDE
.,
MIL-L-23699 ABOVE 320C
HERE

MIL-L.7808 BELOW 320C


10 Right side of aircraft under louvered opening, above HEAT EXCHANGER EXHAUST
hydraulic test access door. Letters 1/2 in.
KEEP CLEAR
<9 Both sides of fuselage. Letters are 1/2
in. Do Not
STATIC PORT
and centered on station 63.50, WL 54.00 Paint
This 1/2 In. Wide, 7 In.
Area Dia
12 Both sides of fuselage, 1/4 in. letters. SECURE HATCH IN A LOCKED
See Detail D
POSITION BEFORE STARTING
ENGINES

13 Both sides of fuselage, 5/32 in. letters.


HATCH HOLD OPEN SOCKET
See Detail D

AV 012123
Figure 8-34. Exterior markings, OV-l (sheet 7 of 12)
8
8-92 Change 2

.
TB
'..2
. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

(~
D Both sides of fuselage, Exit release.
(See detaü C)

8 @ Each side of fuselage, left side shown.

131N.
...t...
RESCUE 2 IN.
.

16 Antiglare area fwd of windshield on fuaelage.


"
Upper half of each engine nacelle. Use
MIL-L-19538 lusterless acrylic -
nitrocel-
luloae I uer

G Both sides of fuselage, 9 in. black equBateral


triangle, letter size as shown.
EJECTION SEAT
DANGER
"'-3/4 IN.

<:::~
8 ~~
18 Right side of forward fuselage 1/2 in. WINDSHIELD WASHER FILL WITH -

letters. (Two places) WATER OR ALCOHOL TT-I.735


Cap is 1.5 or 3.0 gal, depending on con- (ISOPROPYL), (METHYL) 0-M-232
figuration. CAP 1.5 GAL.

/19 Max tow warning arrow.


On outboard side of each nose wheel door, I in.
aft of leading edge of door. (See detail B)

Left and right side of fuselage. Fwd and aft of

~ 4IN.-DANGER*f'
20
propeller warning stripe. Olive drab shade X34087
on black background.
,

2 IN. :DANGER"
T
-i4IN.
8 AV 012124
Figure 8.34. E%terlor """'''''''''' OV.l (IIa..t 8 of 12)

Change 2 &93
.
18 746-93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
(ð Propeller warning is located inside on both nose
wheel doors. 1 IN.
on
I white
Red

beckground
Tla111 White
63/4
I r J,
on
red stripes 8
IN. A
I i J...
~ 11/4IN.
T
..
Propeller warning is located outside on both nose
3
wheel doors. Olive drab shade X34087 on black IN.-I I-B
background. E
11/4IN.-I.: W~1IN.
0 A
p R .

E
22 A 3 in. black stripe encircling fuselage and down nose
wheel doors. Black stripe starts at fuselage station
89.5 and extends 3 in. aft.

23 Outbd side of each nacelle fwd of push-in EXTINGUISHER


door. Letters are fwd of door with arrow NOZZLE .
pointing toward door. RECEPTACLE

,fj Left aft equipment


of
access panels, outboard side
each nacelle, and flare pods (if used). Letters
will be 1/2 in. black 3 or 5 places.
PUNCH IN
8
Right Sidioffuselage
and top ffuselage,I/2in. MIL-T.S624 (JP-4)
letters.

26 Left and right side of fuselage on equipment access BEWARE


door 2 in. black letters. JET BLAST

f27\ Each tie down point on aircraft, 1/2 in. black TIE DOWN
V letters, 4 places (See detail A and B)

28 Left side of fuselage, forward of wing leading edge. U.S. ARMY OV.l (A, B, C or D as required)
Top of letters will be in line with bottom of wing.
U.S.A. SERIAL NO. 00000
First two lines are 1 in. letters with 1 in. spacing SERVICE THIS AIRCRAFT WITH
between lines. All other letters are 1/2 in. with MIL-T-S624 GRADE JP-4 AVIATION
1/2 in. spacing between lines. FUEL. IF NOT AVAILABLE REFER
TO TB 55-9150-200-25 FOR
EMERGENCY ACTION

29 Left side of fuselage on access panel, 1/2 in. EMERGENCY BATTERY ACCESS
letters.

AV 012125
Figure 8-34. Exterior markings, OVal (sheet 9
of12)
8
8-94 Change 2

.
f8 748.93.2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

Left side of center fin, 1/2 in. letters. COMPASS MAG DET
()
8 31 Aircraft fmish identification is 1 in. letters
located on left side fuselage below aircraft
identification.
WP-MIL-C-8S14
P-MIL-P-7962
L-MIL-L-19S37
/-,
Left side of fuselage below cockpit window, 1/2 in. OXYGEN FILLER-FILL
(!j letters_: WITH OXYGEN,
MIL-O-27210, TYPE I,
CHARGE TO 1800 P .S.I.
PER BOTI'LE

Top trailing edge of wing control and flap surfaces,


(:)) 1/2 in. letters. 12 places NO PUSH
" /(\ 34\ Top of each nacelle, forward of exhaust port. Top WARNING -

\j ofletters facing aft, 1/2 in. olive drab NO STEP IN SHROUD


OR SURROUNDING AREA .

Top of wings, fuselage, nacelles and stabilizer.


(2' All places at side of black walkway stripe marked
"NS" will have "NO STEP" applied in 1/2 in. NO STEP
letters, 34 required.

:1 Forward of nacelle on prop tanks, Replace if FILL WITH MIL-H-S606 ONLY


1/2 in. letters.

8 ,7!!J
--
Top of fuselage. Top of letters facing forward, aft
of warning stripe. Letter size is 1/2 in. olive drab
WARNING
'- PNEUMATIC EMERGENCY
except "WARNING" and "KEEP CLEAR" are CANOPY JETTISON -

1 in.
KEEP CLEAR

(2Þ Locate on fuel access door, I in. letters FUEL

@ Top of fuselage. Each side of fuselage on aft


access door. Inside of nacelle
HOIST POINT

\~/
,-,,'
two places bottom of fuselage, forward of relief
tube drain, 1/2 in. black letters, 2 places
REUEF TUBE OUTLET
.

/3 Area around and immediately aft of each relief


tube drain will be painted with black, MIL-C-7439B,
t
-.. .. elastromeric material. The area will be 7 in. long,
1.-3/4 in. wide ~ 2-3/4 IN.

7 IN.
--IT
/~ Bottom of fuselage and under side of each
wing
JACK POINT

8 AV 012128
Figure 8-34. Exterior marking.. OV-1 (meet 10 of 12)

Change 2 8-96
.
TB 746-93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
Two places on nose gear linkage 3/8 in. letters,
black on white background (See detail B).

~mINB'~ 8
Across front of nose gear oleo strut above shimmy TIRE PRESSURE
damper casting, 1/2 in. yellow letters (See detail B) 65 PSI

On each side of nose gear strut. Vertical letters with T


arrow pointing forward toward towing eye. Arrow 0
and 1/2 in. letters are yellow (See detail B) W

H
E .
R
E

Q
On actuator rod near top of both main landing gear OIL HERE
struts. Black 3/16 in. letters on white background
(See detail A)

(/7
V /
Two places on each main gear, one place on nose
gear. Opposite NAS 516 Lub fittings, 1/4 in. letters
(See detail A)
FILL WITH
MIL-M-5606
ONLY
8
Paint side brace latch on the heavy outline (shaded
area) with one coat of acrylic white and final finish ~
c--- #111, OV-1C aircraft. (See detail A, view A.)
i

On forward side of each main landing gear strut. T "'OV-1A, B, C -90PSI


049
Letters will be 1/2 in. yellow and vertical on each I OV-1D -100PSI
gear (See detail A) R
E

P
R
E
S
S
U
R
E

90 PSI'"

AV 012127
Figure 8-34. Exterior markings, aV-l (sheet 11 of 12)
8
8-96 Change 2

.
187.æ.2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

/~
v
Each main gear, letters are 1/2 in. yellow. Arrows
are yellow and markers are red
(See detail A)
JACK POINT ACCESS.
DEPRESS SPRINGS

8 SI Paint wheell the same color as the fu8eIaøe (See


BEHIND RED ARROWS

detaD A and B)

S2 Tire slippage marks. (See detail A and B and


Paragraph 7.27)

S3 Corogard, Refer to paragraph 6-23, and see figure


8.34, detail F.
"-:-

AV 012128
~
Figure 8-84. Bsærlor markl"l" OV-J (tIae.t 12 of 12)

"-

...

8
Change 2 8-97

.
TB 746-93-2

.
8
NOTE:

ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.

2" BLACK BORDER


ONLY
NON SKID
WALKWAY MATERIAL
TYPE II

25.00 35.5"

TOP VIEW. WALKWAY AREA


NOTE
WALKWAY MATERIAL TOP OF WING AND FLAP AS SHOWN.
USING MIL-W.S044, TYPE I.

ARCTIC JUNGLE AIRCRAFT ONLY WILL HAVE TYPE II


WALKWAY MATERIAL ON AFT WALKWAY AREA AND
TYPE I ON FWD AREA.
DO NOT APPLY WALKWAY MATERIAL TO TOP OF NACELLE OR
STABILIZER.
AV010908

Figure 8-34A. Walkway area, OV-l aircraft


8
8-98 Change 2

.
TB 7*93.2

.
8
~ DO
ANTENNA LOCATION
& FINISH
FINISH CODE
RAIN EROSION COATING MIL-c.7439 TYPE I
R.
S-THE SAME FINISH AS THE AIRCRAFT
B1 LUSTER BLACK SHADE 37038
-

~ ~ (J!!1

".BI AU'
R

1"-\
\-
--4.
\- 3/4"

8 IFF ANTENNA
VHF OR UHFNHF (WHEN INSTALLED)
ANTENNA C
IR ANTENNA
(WHEN INSTALLED)
B
(WHEN INSTALLED)
A

UHF ANTENNA OV.1 B AI RCRAFT ON L Y


(WHEN INSTALLED) SLAR ANTENNA (WHEN INSTALLEDI RIGHT SIDE ONLY
STENCIL TWO COATS OF GLOSS INSIGNIA WHITE
D
PAINT 17876 (TYPE III- CAMOUFLAGE, TYPE I-
GLOSSI PER STD 596. PAINT SHALL CONFORM TO

8 AV 010922
MIL-C-22750, TYPE III, DO NOT PRIME.

Figure 8-34B. Antenna marking., OV-l aircrøft


2 8-99
Change

.
TB 148-93.2

5 .
8

6

CODE'
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

1 '
'

RACK ELECTRICAL HOISTING ACCESS'


Stencil 1/2.in. letters

, ,

2 Stencil 1/2-in. letters RACK LATCHING SAFETY PIN ACCESS

3 Stencil 1/2-in. letters


.

RACK ELECTRICAL HOISTING ACCESS 8


. ,

4 RACK LATCHING SAFETY PIN


Stencill/2-in. letters
EJECTION ACCESS

5 I
Stencil 1/2-in. letters TANK CONNECTION ACCESS, STOW
CONNECTORS A])APTERS WHEN NOT
IN USE
. ,

'.

6 Stencil 1/4.in. letters .


ALIGN RED MARKS BEFORE PULLING PIN

AV010917
,"'igure 8.34C. Aero 65 bomb rack marking, OV.l aircraft
8
8-100 Change 2

.
TI 7........2

.
8 2.
R'rft.8 I IU.ftlM12 _ðI..I&Nð

I. COCK RACK RlLlAII.


RAI. ALLIWAY 'RACE PAIII.
3. INSTALL LOADING HOOK 11IA82011IOI
4. LeING ."TA'LE HOI818 ITORE SO LUGS
RA- UNLOCKED LOCKeD
=~=~~~~DN RACK UNTIL MANUAL
INSERT SAFETY PIN III1AIIMD38IIN SAFITY

-Or- ,~
&.
HOLI.
e. TIGHT&t.I MAY .RACI
_I
DlCALOMANIAI
7. RlMOVI HOIST At.ID LOADING HOOK
I
SAFETY HOLE
I
.. 'Æ0ffl::'~ MODIL PRI..R IN I..RGENCY RILIAII
.. R.MOVI SAPITY PIN PRIOR TO PLIGHT.

MAY 'RAClIN8T~~~l~~""'n

MAY 8IIAt:II BOLT8 161TURN8. PULL


or MAY 8IIAt:II OUT AND TURN 1800
TO VERTICAL UP POSITION.
LOCATE POSITIONING PIN IN lLOT
Pl8tMAY 'RACE IN ANDTIGHTIN
INTlfllllAL WRENCHING SOLTI
ROCKET

RlCiPTACLI

IIMlMlNCY "TTI8ÒN~

8 AðeIU!T LOAð.NO .lðU.N~

I. ROTATE MAY SRACIS,VIRTICALLY "UP"


POImON PIR INBTRUCTIOII8IDECAL.
DOMANIA.I
2. PLACE ROCKET CONTACTS IN "UP" POSITION
3. IllMOW EMIR JETTlIION CLIPI1lA-2-32I.
.. INITALL ROCKET TO LAUNCHER.
&. LOIIIIIR .PPROPIATE ROCKET CONTACT.
.. PWQ ROCKET FIRING PIGTAIL INTO
ROCKET RICE~ACLE.
AY.RAClINIT'!.UCTIONI

flllAY BRACE BOLT ell TlJRNI PULL


Y BRACE OUT AND TlJRN 180 TO
VERTICAL UP POIITION LOCATE
POSITIONING 'IN IN SLOT PI8t
Y BRACE IN AND TIGHTEN
INTIRNAL WfIINCHING BOLTS.

('"
ROCKET

'TAILAlllllNGI
ReCEPTACLE

IEMIAGENCY.ETT18ON t

8
,
0

AV010818
Figure 8-84D. Aero 16 bomb rock marldll'" OV-I øircraft.

Change
2 8-101

.
ço STA
...a
STA
-I
011
0 180-
N 171.1- STA 166.5 .....
STA 160.5 ~
0-
STA STA 153.9 .:0
w
150.5-
STA 141.5 STA 141.6
ST A 40.8 STA
Ñ.
STA 130.1
STA 126 133-
STA 70.6 STA 146 STA 118.9
CENTER RUDDER WL
STA 102 STA 186.3 CENTER FIN WL
STA232 STA262 STA291 STA320 STA 357 STA 382 STA 411 STA 442

STA 12.8 STA51 STAI122 STA 158.6 STA/277


STA(48 397 I ST~426ISTA~58.4
STA,
STA/306 STAI366/
I
STA(3 I
STA 0.0
I

ST A-36
I STA 463

OY-IB
I
ONLY STA 222 STA 255 STA 284 STA 313 STA 343 STA 374 STA 404 STA 434 STA 486.6

STA 204.] STA 240 STA 270 STA 299 STA 328 STA 358 STA 389.6 STA 418 STA 452

STA 82 STA STA 144.5


II J.5
FUSELAGE
ST A-3.5 STA 38 STA 60 STA 97.5 STA 136 STA 171 STA lOB
.

STA 47.9
STA 42.6 STA
III
STA 52 STA 81
STA 122
I STA 741
I
STA 93
I
-STA 73.5
63.3
-STA
-STA 53

-STA43
-STA 33.5 NACELLE
OUTBOARD FIN 24.2
-STA
-STA 19.5
STA 9.25

-STA 0.0 OUTBOARD RUDDER


000988

Figure 8-35. Stations diagram, OV-l (sheet 1 of 3)

~
8 8 .
.. ., ..

8 8 8
8-NOTE:
MINIMUM AREA REQUIRED TO HOUSE AIRCRAFT:
48 FT W X 43 FT LG X 13 FT H
STABILIZER ELEVATOR

STA 74 STA 73.4


STA 65.7
STA 63
STA 57.3
STA 52 STA 49
STA 40.7 STA 40.3

STA 30 ~STA29.6
~
STA27.8
STA 19 STA 18
STA 8 STA 7.4
~

STA 0.0
STA 18.3 STA 8.7

57.5 STA 28.4


-STA STA 39.7
STA66- -
STA 75
STA 50.9
STA 62.3 FLAP

STA 73.6
STA 84.9

124.5 STA 95.6


-STA 101.3
STA 140-
-STA
-
STA
STA 152 113.6-
I_STAI02.3
-
STA 122.8 INBD AILERON
STA
STA
164- 133.6-
STA
146.7- 143.5
STA -
-STA 164.7
STA 0.0
189- ~STA
WING
STA217-
OUTBD AILERON
STA245- ST A 253.6
GO
I
ST A 67.1
W.S. 253.6
... 000989
S
FWuTe 8-35. Stations ditJgrøm, OV-l (sheet Z 013)
STA 281.812
.
WING STATION
OV-18 EXTENDED
WINGS

STA 269
8
STA 257

STA 244.375

STA 231

STA 217

STA 203

8
STA 189

STA 176

STA 164

STA 152
..

STA 140

8
000990

8-104 OV-l (sheet 3 of 3)


.
Figure 8-35. StJJtions dtagnlm,
....
.. '.
8 8 8
8- STA 28.00 STA 100.00

STA 156

WL 83.00

LEFT SIDE VIEW


WL 0.00

MOTES

1. HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED TO


SHADED AREAS.
.2. THE TOP SURFACE OF MAIN ROTOR BLADES OF
V.I.P., JUNGLE, ARTIC, AND DESERT CONFIG-
URATIONS WILL BE PAINTED AS FOLLOWS:
~A. STARTING AT THE BLADE TIP, PAINT THE FIRST
1/6TH OF THE BLADE LENGTH WITH GLOSS WHITE
LACQUER.
B. PAINT THE SECOND 1/6TH OF THE BLADE LENGTH
WITH YELLOW ORANGE. COLOR SHADE MO. 13538.

C. PAINT THE THIRD 1/6TH LENGTH OF BLADE WITH


GLOSS WHITE LACQUER.
-
BOTTOM VIEW
D. PAINT THE NEXT 2/6TH OR 1/3RD OF THE BLADE
TOP VIEW LENGTH WITH LUSTERLESS BLACK.
E. PAINT THE LAST 1/6TH (HUB END)YELLOW ORANGE.
COLOR SHADE MO. 13538. DO NOT APPLY CLOSER
THAN 1/4 INCH TO THE DOUBLER AREA.
3. COMPLETE REPAINTING REQUIRES A REBALANCING
OF ROTOR BLADES.
.
I
-
000991
FlgrmlII-aB. An:tic tIfIIl jIøtgIe eørvIc:ø tI1IJl hI/lh tUfbUUy m4.tIbVs.0ll-6
Ii
.
8

000993 8
8-106 Figure 8-37. Exterior markings, OH-6 (sheet 1 of 4)
.
.
8

PAl NT GLOSS
9 WHITE SHADE
17875
NO.
31N.

10.35 IN

PAINT GLOSS

8 RED SHADE

NO. 11136 3 IN. 7


10

FEATHER PAINT TO
SMOOTH CONTOUR

Figure 8-37. E%terlor marleUlgs, 08-6 (sheet Z of 4)


to

..

8
.
8-107
CODE
NO.

1
DIRECTIONS

Left side fuselage below cockpit entrance


WORDING
.
,
u.s. ARMY OH-6
U.S.A. SERIAL NO.
(Insert Serial 'No.)
2 Right side fuselage above oil filler cap OIL
MIL-L-23699
8
3 Right side fuselage at grounding receptacle GROUND HERE
4 Left and right side of fairing. (Radio Call Number)
Centrally located ~in. letters
5 Right side of fU$elage below fuel filler cap FUEL
MIL-T-5624
JP-4
6 Aft end of fairing by static port STATIC PORT
7 On lower vertical stabilizer NO PUSH HERE
Both sides
8 Left and right side of tail boom and aft of PUSH HERE
both cargo doors

9 Top and bottom of horizontal s,tabilizer NO PUSH


10 Left and right side of tail boom 1-1/2 x

12 in. lusterless red t

l-+.I~
arrow. 3 in.
.
I-in lusterless black letters
Arrow poin ts aft 12 in.

11 Left and right side of fuselage. Lusterless turbin


wheel warning line 1 in. wide x 12 in. long
8
12 Left and right side of tail boom. First letter on
left side starts at end of fairing. Last letter on
right side ends at fairing. 6-in. letters
~.
UNITED STATES ARMY

13 Left and right side and top and bottom of fuselage. (National Star Insignia)
IS-in. dia basic blue circle on left, right, and top
of fuselage. 20-in dia basic blue circle on bottom
of fuselage centered at sta 112.00
14 Left side of fuselage below cockpit door BATTERY LOCATED
I
I INSIDE
15 On both sides of fuselage above navigation lights NO STEP
"
..
16 Arrow indicating direction to turn each door
handle. Arrow lusterless black (4 places) ÆOÞ~.v '

8
,0
21n
CLOSED

.
P'tgure 8-3'1. Exterior marlrings. OH-6 (sheet 3 of 4)

8-108
CODE

. NO.
17
DIRECTIONS
FQR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT ONLY
WORDING

(Not Shown) The top surface of the oucboerd


eipceen incHa of each rotor blaele tip will be

8 18
painceellusterless white.
FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT ONLY
The top a.face of the eliagonal atabilizer anel
bolla aide a of the vertical stabilizer
.ill be
~iDteei inceraational orange.
19 FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT ONLY
(Not shown) Authorizeel placement of uait i.ail-
nia ia on either or both sides of en,iae cowl.

FfguTe '-37. EØn10r IllØJtrbIp. OR.' ("'" 4 of 4)

,.

8
. 8-108
~ .
~

~
8
g
!,;j

...I
~
~

'"
z
~
0
i=
<
I-
'"
-I
<
I-
J
g
~s....
~
N
iX
0
:I:
I
~:':j
"'<...I
&Ii
- 8
~CI
!
S:u....
<~-
....
~
'" ...I

:3
~
~
'"

:3
0
...I
~ ..

t
2
I I I I
I,'
~
I I I
I'
~
I I I
I'
~
-' I I
I'
~
I I
"I
0
8
SNOll V lS lV:>IHI3A I
8-110
.
(Pages 8-111 through 8-128 deleted by C 2)
( Next printed page is 8-129)
'')

TB ~48-:u.2-'
,
.-
All data on pages 8-111 through 8.128, including figures 8-39 through 8-46 deleted. I

. HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS

1. HELICOPTER WILL BE COMPLETELY PAINTED WHITE

2. HIGH VISIBILITY COATINGS WILL BE AS FOLLOWS:

A. COAT THE CABIN AREA WITH HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT

8 AND APPLY NECESSARY MARKINGS OVER THIS PAINT


WITHOUT A BOUNDARY

B. COAT THE ENTIRE HORIZONTAL STABILIZER WHEN


PRESENT

C. COAT THE ENTIRE VERTICAL STABILIZER WITH


HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT. APPLY NECESSARY MARKINGS
OVER THIS PAINT WITHOUT APPLYING BOUNDARY
LIMITS AROUND TI-\E LETTERS AND NUMERALS

D. THE TAIL ROTOR DRIVE EXTENSION TUBE AND ROTOR


GUARD WILL BE COATED WITH HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT

3. DO NOT APPLY HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT TO DOOR, FRAME, LANDING


SKIDS, OPERATING MECHANISM, LIQUID LINES, AIR SCOOPS, FUEL
TANK, OR BRACKETS
4. HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED TO SHADED AREAS

5. THE TOP SURFACE OF MAIN ROTOR BLADES WILL BE PAINTED


WITH HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT AS FOLLOWS:
~
A. STARTING AT THE BLADE TIP, PAINT THE FIRST 38 INCHES
WHITE. .

-'
.
.

B. PAINT THE SECOND 38 INCHES OF THE BLADE YELLOW


ORANGE~ COLOR S~ADE NO. 13538.

C. PAINT THE THIRD 38 INCHES OF THE BLADE WHITE.

D. PAINT THE NEXT S21NCHES BLACK.


E. PAINT THE LAST 38 INCHES (HUB END) VtLLOW ORANGE.
COLOR SHADE NO. 13538. DO NOT APPLY CL.OSER THAN 1/4 INCH
TO THE DOUBLER AREA.
6. COMPLETE REPAINTING REQUIRES REBALANCING OF ROTOR BLADES.

('

8 001016 LEFT SIDE VIEW

Figure 8-47. High lJisibility marking, arctic and ju",le service OH-13 I
.
Change 2 8-129
qo ...t
.
...
~ ''-'

I
N
9
at
i
N

LEFT SIDE VIEW

SEE DETAIL A

~o~(Q)(õ)
6 IN.
1r-1IN. SPACE 1 IN.

f~[R<[M]Y( CAMOUFLAGE

.
4IN.--L--I6IN.-1--I-1 ~1IN. STROKE
CAMOUFLAGE
3 IN.

7-112E
~ [R<[M] Y(
IN.
Us
NON-CAMOUFLAGE
NON-CAMOUFLAGE

001017 A DEI AIL B


DEI AIL

Figure 8-48. Marking, OH-13 (sheet 1 .


of 2)

. 8 ...
8 - .
TB 74M3~2
.

. Z
'NIO'I:

S-+-'NIS'I

þ
~ ê:ì
1;-
CI1

...
II

Jj
C
Þ-
QDJ]
ß~ ~
II)
...
:i:
0

,~
8 ~
118
a
1
;j
aci

.,.

~(g GO

~
~ [QJ:
QDJ]
~[gJ
!-'NIO'I-I
QDJ]~

8 ~
~
12
8

. Change 2 i &131
C/O
-I
m
....
W
.....
N
.þ.
Ø)
cD
w
N
n
~
I>>
;:,
a:a
CD
N

TOP VIEW

LEFT SIDE VIEW


001019

Figure 8-49. Exterior marking, OH-13 (shee.t 1 of 5) .

8 8 .
. 8 8 8 .

TOP VIEW

9
!
..N
-I
CD
LEfT SIDE VIEW
qo
~
... ~
~ Figure 8-49. E%terior marking, OH-13 (sheet 2 of 5) N
~~
--

TB 746-93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER
1 Left and right side of cabin panels, aft of cabin A~MY
doors. Bottom of letters are positioned horizontal ly
1-5/8 in. above bottom horizontal row of screws
Letters to be 7-1/2 x 5 in. Right side reverse
8
lettering
FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

Left and right side o.f cabin panels, aft of cabin


doors. letters to be 6 x 4 in. Right side reverse
lettering.
FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER ONLY -

2 National star insignia located centrally on the (National Star InSignia)


bottom of the cabin, the top of the star facing fwd .
-

Dia of basic blue circle is 20 in.


FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER ONLY

3 1. Duel tank installed: National star insignia (National Star Insignia)


centered on top of each fuel tank. Top of star to
face inbd. Dia of basic blue circle is 10-1/2 i n.

2. Single tank installed: National star insignia


centered on top of fuel tank. Top of star to fa ce
fwd. Dia of basic blue circle is 13 in.
FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

4 National star insignia located on left and right


side of vertical fin. Dia of basic blue circle is
(National Star Insignia) 8
9-1/2 in.
.

5 Left side of helicopter, aft of cabin, 1/2-in. EXT. POWER


yellow lettering 28 VOLTS D.C.
6 Left and right side of fuselage. 1/4-in. letters COLD WEATHER OPERATIONS
on red or white background INST ALL WINTER COWL BELOW
200F O.A.T.
REMOVE COWL ABOVE 400F
7 Left side of fuselage, above word ARMY. Serial U.S. ARMY
number to extend under window area, I-in. letters OH-13H
U.S.A. SERIAL NO. (insert serial number) .

8
I. Fuel tanks. Letters to be 1/2 in. yellow. Dual FUEL
tanks installed: Outbd side of left and right MIL-G-5572
fuel tank below seam on lower side of tank GRADE 115/145
WITH TCP
2. Single tank installed: Left side of fuel tank
firewall
9 Top of left and right fuel tank on rear section of NO STEP
each fuel tank. 3/4-in. letters
001021
8
. Figure 8-49. Exterior marking OH-13 (sheet
.
3 of 6)
.
8-134 Change 2

-
TB
7.-...2
. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
FOR MOM.CAMOUFLAGE HEll COPTER
10 Lefr aad righr side of cabin, II 2
8 in. whire leerers
003-112 io. dia circular black backsround
FOR CAMOUFLAGEHELICOP TER

Delere black background and us e lusterless


black for leereriog

II Le& and riShr side of rail roror guard NO PUSH


12 Le& aad righr side of rail roror suard jusr below PUSH
fork
-
13 Lefr aad riShr side of cabin, afr of froor landing JACK HERE
gear cross-rube and lefr and rig h t side 00 tUbe
&ame, ar sra 155
.

I" RiSbr side of oil rank, 1/2-in. 1usrerle.. black OIL


leerers MlL-L-22851
ABOVE + 30 DEG F TYPE II
BELOW + 30 DEG F TYPE III
15 Lefr side of helicoprer, lower r ubes of centerframe LEVEL HERE
area of eosioe comparrmenr, rw 0 place. 00 tubes
berweeo rbree level lugs
16 Fwd side of froor landing gear 1eg. 6 in. up from TOW
skid. Lefr aad righr leg

8 17 Walkway marerial 00 upper half of landinS sear


cross-rubes aod rop of landing s kid fwd of Eronr
les as follows:

I. Io-in loog scrip, beginning 4-in. ourbd of cabin


2. 19-in. loog scrip, srarring ar fuse lase frame

3. I"-in. loog scrip beginning


.
a r front landing gear
les"
18 STEP
.

Cencrally locared 00 applied wa lkway material I-in.


whire leerers. Top of leerers ro face a& on cross-
rubes and face inbd on landing skids
19 Fwd and afr side of landingJear crossorube, MOOR
. parallel wirh sround line, I -i n. lusrerless
black leerers
20 Le& aod rishr side of rail roror mount. tube, 1/2-io. NO PUSH OR PULL
.. leerers
21 Fwd porrioo of landins gear ski ds ro be painred
anûslare, lusrerless black, sh ade No. 37038
22 Top side of lowesr arc of rail r oror guard NO STEP
23 On small meral angle below fue I sbur-off knob, FUEL I
8 lefr fwd side of sear near colle crive pirch lever,
painr plare red. 1/ 4-in. whire Ie erers wirb whire
arrow. Top of leerers and arrow should face afr
ON.
001022

. Figure 8-49. E:tterior mørlli".. 08-13 (eheet 4 of 6) .

Ch8ngI2 8-'36
18 746-93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
24 Trailing edg~ of left and right stabilizer, top and NO PUSH
bottom surfaces, top of letters facing fwd
25

26
Outbd face of stabilizer, tip of left and right
stabilizer
NO PUSH
8
Left and right antenna mounting tub~s, I/27in. NO PUSH -
NO PULL
letters on fwd and aft side of tube
27 On inside of cabin door glass, fwd side of door EMERGENCY
at emergency release. Left and right door (USE-
EXIT
Decal 47-796-212-1 and -2). Words EMERGENCY TURN AND PUSH
and EXIT are I-in. yellow letters. TURN AND
PUSH are 1/2-in. yellow letters

28 On inside of cabin doors at operating handle. Aft EXIT RELEASE


side of door above handle. (USE DecaI61-790-I39-1
and -2) I-in. yellow letters
29 Left and right side of vertical fin. I-in. black letters DANGER
KEEP AWAY
30 FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

Left and right side of vertical fin. 1- x 12-in. red

-.
arrow, parallel to ground line.
FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

Refer to Chapter 7, Section VII

31
FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER ONLY

Aft end of vertical fin (area approx 15 in.


8
from aft end) to be painted yellow

32 On fwd end of vertical fin, both sides, use yellow (Radio Call Numbers)
radio call numbers on olive drab
001023

. Figure 8-49. Exterior marking, OH-13 (sheet 5 of 5)

8
Change 2
.
8-136
TB 741-13-2

. ~

ST A 8.75 ST A 85.00 STA 155.00 ST A 298. 167 ST A 373.75

STA 0 STA 87.00 STA ]21.99 ST A 336.753

NOTE:
MINIMUM AREAS'REQD TO HOUSE HELICOPTER:
42 FT-LG X 10 FT-W X 12 FT-HGT WITH BLADES
001024 32 FT-LG X 10 FT-W X 10 FT-HGT WITHOUT BLADES

Figure 8.60. Stations diagram, OH-13 .

,.,

8
. Change 2 8-137
qo
.... A
-I
a8
w DETAIL
co ~.
C8

n
*
N
.
:r
:::I

'I
~
STA 130.00 STA 120.54
....
SEE DETAIL A

~
15

33

RIGHT SIDE VIEW


010241

Figure 8-51. Exterior markings, OH-58A (sheet 1 of 11)

8 8 8 .
..
TI 746-9..2

. ::J

--
...
...
~
. OIl

j.
.....
.
!
0
:I

f
8 J
..;
~
i

8 I
...
0

. Change ~ 8-139
.

TB 746.93.2

.
8
i:t

.....
....
....
....
<:)

CO)

....
QI
J!
~
...:
co
It)
:i:
c

8
N
CD
0
~
C\Ì .S
N 1:
... ~
E
..
.~ .

üõ ~
~
...j
It)
cO
~
~

i:t

Gii
8
N
0
Õ

8.140 Change 1 .
T8 746.93.2

.
8

<\~
"

,.

..

8 010282
4 of 11)
Figure 8-61. Ezterior mørkinga, OH-68A (.heet

i
. Change 1 8-141
,

TI 746-93-2

CODE
NO.
1
DIRECTIONS
Right side, aft of engine compartment on aft
WORDING
ENGINE OIL
.
I fairing. S/8-in. lusterless black letters jABOVE 2Sop MIL-L-23699
BELOW 2Sop MIL-L- 7808
,

2 Right side, aft of engine compartment on aft


fairing. S/8-in. lusterless black letters on
transparent background
ENGINE OIL PILLE R
CAP ACCESS 8
3 Right side, aft of filler cap. Lusterless black
symbol for grounding receptacle

.L
-
-

0
Paint a 2-1/2 in. radius lusterless black ring
around ground jack plug. Right side of helicopter,
aft of ftller cap

S Right side aft of ground point. S/8.in. lusterless G


black letters R H
0 E
U R
N
D
E
8
6 Below forward edge of engine cowl side panel, CABIN ROOP DRAI N
right side. S/8.in. lusterless black letters

7 Paint fuel filler cap and a l.in. wide ring


around filler càp using lusterless black. l.in.
"

ring to be 2-in. from cap center

8 Right side below right air intake screen. TRANSMISSION 01 L


S/8-in. lusterless black letters LEVEL ACCESS
.

9 6-in. black letters each side of forward fair-


ing. Width 4-in. distance between characters
I-in. 2-1/2-in. above roof skin and 3.in. forward
'. of mast centerline (serial number) XXXXXX
"

'10 On inside of passenger doors both doors S/8.in. ,OPEN


orange-yellow letters
,

11 On inside of passenger doors both doors. S/8.in. CLOSED


orange.yellow letters

"

'.
12 On inside of crew doors both doors. S/8-in.
orange-yellow letters
OPEN 8
010283 Figure 8-61. Exterior markings. OH-58A (sheet 6 of 11 )

8.142 Change 1
.

... .
.

.
If. 746-93-2

CODE

. NO.

13
DIRECTIONS WORDING

Oninaide of crew.doors both doors..S/8-in. CLOSED


orange-yellow letters

8 14 Above static ports, both sides of fuselage.


3/8-in. lusterless black letters
DO NOT PLUG
OR DEFORM HOLES

IS Left and right aide of helicopter. A SIB-in. wide


lusted ess black band with a 2-5/8 in. outside
dia.
"
~

16 Below static pon, both sides. 3/8-in. lusterleu STATIC PORT


'-J
..
black I etters
.
17 Fwd of sta SS.16 on lower side of helicopter, both JACK POINT
"des lu stedesa black

J'.
18 Fwd 0 f sta SS.l6 near jack point. Both aides. MOOR
Lustedess black

8
19

20
Fwd and aft doon, both sides, above door handles.
1-3/8 m. lusterless black letters
.

Fwd and aft doors, both sides, below door handles.


.^

EXIT RELEASE
i.
TURN
1-3/8 m. lusterless black letters
.

21 Fwd and aft doors, both sides, below door handles. PULL
1-3/8 m. lusterless black letters
.

22 Fwd and aft doors, both sides, below door handles.


.

...
Lusterl ess black
~
23 On back of panel, right side of aircraft, above STRUCTURAL PANEL
fuel filler. S/8-in. orange-yellow letters REQUIRED FOR FUGHT

010284

8 6 of 11)
Figure 8-61. B:derior "'Grid,.,., OH-68A (.heet

Change 1 8-143
.
18 746.93.2

CODE
NO.

24
DIRECTIONS

On right side of aircraft, below fuel filler


WORDING
.
cap. CAP. 73 U. S. GAL
5/8-in. lusterless black letters USE MIL-J-5624
GRADE JP-4 or JP-5
If not available refer to
TB 55-9150-200-25 for alternate fuel
8
25 On right side of aircraft, below fuel filler cap. FOR OPERATING TEMPERATURES
1/4-in. lusterless black letters BELOW 400F OAT., FUEL USED
MUST CONTAIN PFA-55MB ADDITIVE.
,
CONCENTRATION TO BE .06% .15% -

BY VOLUME
26 On right side of aircraft, below and aft øf fuel
fIller cap. Lusterless black standard NATO
symbol for refueling
.;:

+
NATO CODE NO.
MAX FilliNG PRESSURE
----~PS'-_-_Kg/Cm2
27 Right side of aircraft, aft and below fuel fIller, BATTERY VENT
above external power receptacle. 5/8-in.
lusterless black letters

28 Right side of aircraft on external power door, EXTERNAL POWER


above aft cross tube. 5/8-in. lusterless black
letters on transparent background

29 Aft of external power receptacle. Lusterless black 8


E
30 Located on inside and outside of tail bOOITl in- STRUCTURAL PANEL
spection plate. 5/8-in. lusterless black
REQUIRED GROUND
letters
RUN AND FLIGHT
31 On both sides of helicopter forward of tail boom NO PUSH
on intermediate section. 5/8-in. lusterless
black letters

32 Both sides of tail boom centerline. 19-in. aft of


stabilizer. Arrow to be lusterless red and letters
to be black

"
I DANGER.
>
33 Both sides of tail rotor gearbox fairing. 5/8-in. NO PUSH
lusterless black letters

010286

Figure 8-51. Exterior markings, OH-58A (sheet 7 of 11)


8
8-144 Change 1
.
.
T8 746~93.2

CODE

. NO.

34
DIRECTIONS WORDING

Gloss yellow band 1.in. wide around periphery of


escape exits at WL 36.0 and above. Forward and
aft on door frame, both sides.

8
3S Install on inside door post in two places both EMERGENCY RELEASE
sides of helicopter. 1-3/8 in. orange-yellow
letters

36 Below jettison handles, both sid~s. Inside on PULL


door post. I-in. letters -"',
"":

37 Below jettison handles, both sides. On inside


door post. Orange-yellow arrow pointing aft

...
38 Jettison handles inside of helicopter, both sides,
to be painted orange-yellow

39 Left side of helicopter, aft of air louvers, on aft OIL TANK DRAIN
fairing. S/8-in. black letters ACCESS

40 Aft end of aft fairing, both


8
sides. S/8-in. CAUTION
lusterless black letters DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL WIRING
BEFORE REMOVING TAIL BOOM

41 0.30-in. diameter red dot on one end of tail


rotor yoke, corresponding end of crosshead, and
corresponding pitch link assembly
8
-I' 1- O.30-IN.
42 O.30-in. diameter white dot on one end of tail
rotor yoke, corresponding end of crosshead and
. corresponding pitch link assembly
0
J L O.30-IN.
~

43 Left side of vertical fin, adjacent to tail rotor SERVICE GEAR BOX
gear box. S/8-in. lusterless black letters, MIL-L-23699 ABOVE 2SoF -

O.38-in. space between lines MIL-L-7808 BELOW -2SoF

8
1 0286
;.,0

Figure 8-61. Exterior morkil8ll" OH-68A (Meet 8 of 11)

. Change 1 8-145
TB 746.93.2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
44 Both sides of tail boom, 4.iJi. forward of stabi- UNITED STATES A RMY
lizer.Letters centered on center line of tail
boom. 6.in. high black letters 4.in. wide except
M which is 6.in. wide. Stroke and distance between
letters I.in. Distance between words 4.in.
8
45 Left side of helicopter, upper aft corner of BATTERY ACCESS
avionics compartment door. S!8-in. lusterless
black letters

46 Left side of aircraft on small door in avionics STEP


compartment door. S!8-in. lusterless black
,

47 Left side of aircraft, aft of passenger door. U.S. ARMY OH.S8A


.
First three lines are I.in. letters. Remainder U.S.A. SERIAL NO. ( Insert serial no.)
are 1!2-in. letters Service this aircraft
with MIL-F-5624 Grade
IP.4 aviation fuel.

48 Left side of aircraft, lower fuselage, forward IF NOT AVAILABLE REFER


of antenna. 1/2-in. letters TO TBSS.9IS0.200-2S FOR .
..
'

ALTERNATE FUEL

49 Center of crew and passenger doors, inside, on EMERGENCY EXIT


both sides. I-in. orange-yellow letters on

SO
transparent background

Inside of helicopter on passenger door post, below


8
upper hinge. Orange-yellow arrow pointing forward,

51 Inside of helicopter on passenger door post, below PUSH


upper hinge..Both sides S!8.in. orange.yellow
letters

52 Insideof helicopter on passenger door post, below EMERGENCY RELE ASE


upper hinge. Both sides. Top of decal facing for.
ward. 1-3!8.in- orange-yellow letters

53 Lower left and right side, below crew doors. Luster.


less black arrow pointing down at jack point.
.

-
S4 Both sides, below crew doors, fwd of jack point.
S!8-in. lusterless black letters
MOOR 8
010287 Figure 8.51. Exteritlr markings, OH-6BA (sheet 9 of 11)
8.146 Change 1
.
,

-
TB 746.93.2

CODE
. NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

55 Both lidea. below crew doors. above jack. point. JACK POINT
SI8.in. lusterless black letters

8 56 On outside surface of left and right antenna. To


be read from, fwd side of antenna. SI8.in. oran.,.
NO HAND HOlD

yellow letters

57 Center and lower ftat areas of left and right NO STEP


antenna. To be read from fwd side of helicopter.
SI8.in. orange.yellow letters

58 Center and lower outboard surface of left and NO PUSH


.., -
right antenna. To be read from fwd side of
helicopter. SI8-in. orange-yellow letters

... 59 Top side of left and right langing skid above


tow ring

0
.

60 Top side of left and right landing skid above TOW


tow ring. SI8.in. lusterless black letters

8 61
Upper and lower surface of main rotor grip and
attachins linkage for each grip. Red l/2-in. dot.

8
J L 1/2-1N.

62 Upper and lower surface of main rotor grip and


attac:hing linkage for each grip. White 1/2-in.
dot

~ JO
~
-l/2-1N.
63 .

Leadina and trailing oUtboard edge of stabilizer. NO PUSH


both sides. SI8-in. lusterless black letters

64 APPly black. walkway coating per MIL-D.23003. Do th

8 010288
sides, between skin splices at approximate sta
88.27 to 122.0

Ffgure 8-61. Edmor mri ingø, OH-68A (IIIaHt 10 of 11)

. Ch8111
1 8-147
TB 746-93.2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
65 Underside of helicopter. Along fuselage center- JACK POINT
line, aft of jack point. 5/8-in. lusterless

8
black letters

66 Underside of helicopter. Right of fuselage center-


line, left of jack point. Lusterless black

JIl
67 Underside of helicopter. Left of fuselage center- ENGINE OIL TANK
line, fwd of jack point. 5/8-in. lusterless DRAIN
black letters
'J"

68 Underside of helicopter. Right side, aft of aft ENGINE DECK DRAIN


i
cross tube. 5/8-in. lusterless black letters
I>
69 Underside of helicopter. Right side, aft of aft FUEL CELL VENT
cross tube. 5/8-in. lusterless bla~k letters
I
70 Underside of helicopter. Right side of fuselage PUMP SEAL DRAIN
centerline, between cross tubes. S18-in luster-
less black letters
I
I
71 Underside of helicopter. Left of fuselage center- FUEL TANK SUMP
line, between cross tubes, 5/8-in. lusterless DRAIN
black letters
I

72 Underside of helicopter. Left of fuselage center-


line and jack point. Lusterless black
,
8

73
1-
Underside of helicopter. Fwd of jack point along MOOR
centerline of fuselage. 5/8-in. lusterless black
letters
74 ,Paint outbd one-sixth of upper surface of
each blade with lusterless white paint. Do
not paint blade cap .

75 Entire top surface of horizontal stabilizer


painted international orange ..
76 Approved unit insignia

77 Immediately above fuel filler cap in 1/2-in. AVOID CONTACT WITH INTERNAL
.
orange-yellow letters FUEL LINES DURING SERVICING

010289
Figure 8-61. Exterior markings, OH-68A (sheet 11 of 11)
All data on pages 8-149 through 8-159, including figures 8-52 through 8-57 deleted.
8
8-148 Change 1
.
.
8

.,.

.~

.,.

8
.
TB 746.93.2 i
. I

.
8

HIGH VISIBiliTY MARKINGS "

1. ENTIRE AIRFRAME TO BE PAINTED WHITS


2. APPLY HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS TO HELICOPTER IN THE FOLLOWING MANNER:

A. THE FWD PART OF THE HELICOPTER STARTING AT ~


FUSELAGE STA 85.0 FWD UNDER THE WIND-
SHIELD. DO NOT PAINT WINDOW OR DOOR FRAMES.
HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL TRAVEL UPWARD, AROUND
AND AFT OF CABIN TO THE CENTER HORIZONTAL DOOR
FRAME. DO NOT MAINTAIN A JoiN. BORDER AROUND STARS
B. THE TAIL BOOM AND HORIZONTAL STABILIZER STARTING
AT THE YELLOW BAND AROUND THE TAIL ROTOR
WARNING PLACARD
C. A 6.IN. BAND STARTING AT THE FWD SIDE OF THE
YELLOW TAIL ROTOR WARNING BAND. MAINTAIN,
IF NECESSARY, A 3-IN. BORDER AT RADIO CALL
NUMBERS ON LEFT SIDE AND U.S. ARMY ON
RIGHT SIDE .

3. DO NOT PAINT DRIVE MECHANISM, LANDING SKIDS OR FIRE WALLS


4. HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED TO SHADED AREAS
5, THE TOP SURFACE OF MAIN ROTOR BLADES WILL BE PAINTED
AS FOLLOWS:
8
A, STARTING AT THE BLADE TIP, PAINT THE FIRST 1/6TH OF
THE BLADE LENGTH WITH GLOSS WHITE LACQUER.
B, .PAI-'~T THE ~ECo.ND 1/6TJ-I OF THE BLADE LENGTH WITH
YELLOW ORANGE, COLOR SHADE NO. 13538..
C, PAINT THE THIRD 1/6TH LENGTH OF BLADE WITH GLOSS
WHITE LACQUER,
D, PAINT THE NEXT 2/6TH OR 1/3RD OF THE BLADE LENGTH
WITH LUSTERLESS BLACK,
E.PAI~TTHJ; LA$T1/6TH (HUB END)YELLOW ORANGE, COLOR.
$HADI; N.O. 13538. DO NOT APPLY CLOSER THAN 1/4 INCH TO THE
DOUBLER AREA,
6, CQMPLETE REPAINTING REQUIRES REBALANCING OF ROTOR BLADES,

.-

:..
:..,'

,'"

8
Figure 8-58. Arctic and jungle serlJice and high lJisibility markings, OH-23B
.
8-160
T8746-93-2

.
8

.
IU
,.. >
IU
II:>>

lit
l'. ...
...
IU
...

íñ'
'ê)'

....

I
;
8 ~
i
I

j
Q)
It)
I
CIO

~
!
<<

8
8
. 8

8-161
.
8

001049
RIGHT SIDE VIEW

Figure 8-59. Exterior markings, OH-Z3B (sheet Z of 5)

8
.
8-162
.
8

.,.

~ it;'
~
0,

I
\ò,;..

~
It,)

.
~
1&01
0
>
CI-
i
8
0
...
i
10-

i
m
I

II
~
!

8 ~
g

. 8-163
00 STA 60.04
I
-

CÐ NOTE:
CÐ STA 44.04 1. DIFFERENT REFERENCE POINTS ARE USED
FOR THE BASIC BODY. TAIL BOOM AND MAIN
ROTOR ASSEMBLY. ANY STATION MAY BE
DETERMINED BY MEASUREMENT FROM KNOWN
LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THIS DIAGRAM

2. AREA REQD TO HOUSE HELICOPTER


42 FT-LG X 10 FT-W X 12 FT-HGT WITH ROTOR BLADES
STA
15.25- 32 FT-LG X 10 FT-W X 10 FT-HGT WITHOUT BLADES

STA3.oo- BLADE IN TRUE VIEW


CQNTROL ROTOR STA 0

I I I I
0 M N :!? "" 0
BLADE STA N ....
",,,, '" '" 0 M
'" ~ "' 0
....", ": "'! "" '" '" ....
M ci -<i "'! oÖ oÖ
::: ~~ M :;; .0 "; ~ .0 ci
I '" "" :;; ~ ~ ~ N
<( <(
'"
<(<( <( <( <( <( <( <(
I- 0- <( <( <( <( <(
V) 0-1- I-
V) V)V) I-
V) I- I- 0- I- 0- 0- 0-
'" V) '" '" V) V) I-
I-
V) V) V) '"

DEG
L.5
-STA 33.0

-STA 13.18

-STA 6.75
OTAIL
ROTOR
STA

WL 0
0
N
<(
0 '" '" 0 0 '"
I- .... ,..;
V) '" 00 -<i Ñ ::j 0
.,; 11)0 ~
>-
c NM '"
<( ~ BOOM STA 0
0 <(<( <( <( <(
<tI I- 0-1- l- l- l- 0-
001053 V) '" V) V) V) V) V)

Figure 8-60. Stations diagram, OH-23B

. 8 8 8 .
.
8

íi;'
!
~
""t

.
!I!
>
I
to)
...
Q ~
-

lit ~
0
I-
...
~
f
8 i
l-

i
;
~

&

8
i
8

. 8-167
CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
1 FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER ONLY
(Not Shown)
.
Left and right side of fuselage. A 20-in dia basic
(National Star Insignia)
blue circle. The cent~r of national star insignia is
at sta 85. The top of national star insignia is 2-1/2 in.
below the deck
8
2 FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER
U. S. ARMY (Radio call numbers)
(Not shown) Letters and numbers to be lOin. high
X 6-1/2
in. wide with 1-1/2 in. stroke and space,
left and right side of boom
FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER
UNITED STATES ARMY (radio call
Letters and numbers to be 6 in. high X 4 numbers)
in. wiQe,
left and right side of boom
3 FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER ONLY

(Not Shown) Yellow band around tail boom band


begins 26 in. fwd of end of tail boom and extends
forward 33 in.
4 FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

Tail rotor warning stencil. Left and right side of tail DANGER
boom. Centrally located on Yellow band. Letters to

.....
be 2 IN. Black. Arrow is Red 27 long
IN. with
1.1/2 in. shaft.
KEEP AWAY
FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

Refer to Chapter 7, section I, paragraph 7-ld 8


5 Do not paint olive drab on the lower 1/2 to I
in. end
of drive tube. Prime pnly with zinc chromate primer

6 On engine deck level lug and on outside face of left


LEVEL
and right aft engine mount fitting. 1/4-in letters

7 Left side of helicopter. Three lines I-in. letters U. S. ARMY LH-23C


U. S. A. SERIAL NO.
,:/:11-1:/:11#.#

8 Near top offirewall, left and right side on angle, NO STEP


aft of canopy. On electrical terminal of auxiliary ~

power receptacle cover, right side of transition


section. Left and right side on transition section.
On left and right drag brace. On top of left and right (

fwd cross tube. Right side on deck junction box


cover. On left oil cooler mounting bracket. Two
places on deck, left and right side. On left and
right heat muffler 9-ssembly

8
9 On center of fuel filler cap door, to be read
FUEL MIL-G.5572
facing fwd 115/145
-

001057

Figure 8-61. Exterior markings, OH-23C (sheet 4 of 5)


8-170 .
.
8 CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

10 On top left side of transition assembly, aft of FUEL MIL-G-5572


fuel filler cap, letters facing inbd 115/145

11 Landing skids will be painted lusterless black.


Cross tubes and drag braces will be painted the
same shade as helicopter
12 Left and right side of tail rotor drive universal DANGER
cover, I-in. letters

13 Left and right side on tail skid, I-in. letters NO PUSH


!

14 Centrally located on top and bottom of stabilizer, NO PUSH


1/2 -in. letters
15 On top right side of transition section, adjacent AUX POWER
to auxiliary power plug 28 VOL TS
D. C.
16 On front cross spring, 2 in. inbd from vertical TOW
leg. 1/2-in. letters, left and right side
17 Walkway material will be applied to:

8 Upper half of rear cross tubes.


Upper half of main landing gear skids, starting
aft side of fwd vertical leg and extending aft
for 36 in.
18 Right and left side of engine section on flight NO HAND HOLD
conttol rod tubes. Centrally located outbd side
of tubes
NOTE
Flight control rods and engine mount
will be stripped and repainted if chipped
or scratched

19 Cockpit enclosure frames to be painted same


color as helicopter
20 Top fwd end of boom to 12 in. aft of battery.
On top of final finish. Apply two coats of acid-
resistant lacquer, Federal Spec TT -I.-54
21 Balance ballast weight. It may be located SEE LOADING INSTRUCTIONS
either on the underside of the extreme end FOR BALLAST LOCA TION
of the tail boom or on the right cabin floor. TIGHTEN BOLTS TO
1/4-in. letters placed between bolts MAX TORQUE WITH WRENCH
PROVIDED

8 22

001058
6 in. black tip on tail skid

Figure 8-61. Exterior markings, OH-23C (sheet 5 of 5)

. 8-171
T8 746-93-2

.
8

==
....
>
....
Q
;;;
....
~
.
.... ÍÕ'
... 'ès'

....
...
j
~
~
"i
~
0

"~
f
~
~
0
8
"E
~
~
I
co

~
"~
~

8
~
<>

.
<>

8-174

"
.
8 CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
10 On top left side of transition assembly, aft of FUEL MIL-G-S572
fuel filler cap, letters facing inbd 115/145
11 Landing skids will be painted lusterless black.
Cross tubes and drag braces will be painted the
same shade as helicopter
12 Left and right side of tail rotor drive universal DANGER
cover, I-in. letters
13 Left and right side on tail skid, I-in. letters NO PUSH

14 Centrally located on top and bottom of stabilizer, NO PUSH


112 -in. letters

15 On top right side of transition section, adjacent AUX POWER


to auxiliary power plug 28 VOL TS
D. C.
16 On front cross spring, 2 in. inbd from vertical TOW
leg. 1/2-in. letters, left and right side
17 Walkway material will be applied to:

8 Upper half of rear cross tubes.


Upper half of main landing gear skids, starting
aft side of fwd vertical leg and extending aft
for 36 in.
18 Right and left side of engine section on flight NO HAND HOLD
control rod tubes. Centrally located outbd side
of tubes
NOTE
Flight control rods and engine mount
will be stripped and repainted if chipped
or scratched

19 Cockpit enclosure frames to be painted same


color as helicopter
20 Top fwd end of boom to 12 in. aft of bauery.
On top of final finish. Apply tWo coats of acid-
resistant lacquer, Federal Spec TT -L-54
21 Balance ballast weight. It may be located SEE LOADING INSTRUCTIONS
either on the underside of the extreme end FOR BALLAST LOCATION
of the tail boom or on the right cabin floor. TIGHTEN BOLTS TO
1/4-in. letters placed betWeen bolts MAX TORQUE WITH WRENCH
PROVIDED

8 22

001058
6 in. black tip on
tail skid

Figure 8-61. Exterior markings, OH-Z3C (sheet 5 of 5)

.
8-171
GD STA 60.04
I NOTES:
-
I. DIFFERENT REFERENCE POINTS ARE USED
~ STA 44.04
FOR THE BASIC BODY. TAIL BOOM AND MAIN
ROTOR ASSEMBLY. ANY STATION MAY BE
DETERMINED BY MEASUREMENT FROM KNOWN
LOCA TIONS SHOWN ON THIS DIAGRAM

2. AREA REQD TO HOUSE HELICOPTER:


42 ft-LG X 10 FT-W X 12 FT-HGT WITH BLADES
32 FT-LG X 10 FT-W X 10 FT-HGT WITHOUT BLADES
STA 15.25

STA 3.00
BLADE IN TRUE VIEW
CONTROL ROTOR STA

0-
BLADE STA 0

~ MAST

"'E.5 DEG
-STA 33.0

TAIL
ROTOR
STA 0

STA 183.0
STA 168.0
STA 149.0
S"tA 130.0

STA 9.~ STA 30.06 STA 62.0 STA 107.62


BODY
STA 0 STA 25.0 STA 44.75 STA 85.0 BOOM STA 0

001059

Figure 8-62. Station diagram, OH-23C

8 8 8
. TOP VIEW

HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS


1. ENTIRE AIRFRAME TO BE PAINTED WHITE
2. .APPLY HIGH VISIBILITY ON THE HELICOPTER IN THE FOLLOWING
MANNER:
A. THE FWD PART OF THE HELICOPTER STARTING AT
.

. FUSELAGE STA 85.0 FWD UNDER THE WINDSHIELD.


DO NOT PAINT WINDOW OR DOOR FRAMES. HIGH
VISIBILITY PAINT WILL TRAVEL UPWARD, AROUND,
AND AFT OF CABIN TO THE CENTER HORIZONTAL
DOOR FRAME. DO NOT MAINTAIN A 3.IN. BORDER
AROUND .STARS
B. THE TAIL 8ÒOM AND HORIZONTAL ST ABILIZER
STARTING AT THE YELLOW BAND AROUND THE TAIL
ROTOR WARNING PLACARD
C. A 601N. BAND STARTING AT THE FWD SIDE OF THE
YELLOW TAIL ROTOR WARNING BAND. MAINTAIN,
IF NECESSARY, A 301N. BORDER AT RADIO CALL
NUMBERS ON LEFT SIDE AND U.S. ARMY ON RIGHT SIDE
3. DO NOT PAINT DRIVE MECHANISM, LANDING SKIDS OR FIRE WALLS
4. HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED TO SHADED AREAS

8 S. THE TOP SURFACE OF MAIN ROTOR BLADES WILL BE


PAINTED AS FOLLOWS:
A. STARTING AT THE BLADE TIP, PAINT THE FIRST
1/6TH OF THE BLADE LENGTH WITH GLOSS WHITE
LACQUER.
S. PAINT THE SECOND 1.6TH OF THE BLADE LENGTH
WITH YELLOW ORANGE. COLOR SHADE NO. 13538.
e. PAINT THE LAST 1/6TH (HUB END) YELLOWORANGE.
C. PAINT THE THIRD 1/6TH LENGTH OF BLADE WITH COLOR SHADE NO. 13538. DO NOT APPLY CLOSER
GLOSS WHITE LACQUER. THAN 1/4 INCH TO THE DOUBLER AREA.
D. PAINT THE NEXT 2/6TH OR 1/3RD OF THE BLADE 6. COMPLETE REPAINTING REQUIRES REBALANCING OF
LENGTH WITH LUSTERLESS BLACK, ROTOR BLADES,

8 LEFT SIDE VIEW


STA 85.0
001060
.

. Ftlun1 8-63. Arcttc tUII1 Jwwie _ønnce tUII1 hI/lIIuUlbU'b netu1".., OIl-laD

8-173
TB 746-93-2

.
8

~
...
>

...
0

on

I-
...
... G'
....
'õ'
...

I
-.;..

~
t\í
~
0

i
:0;:

~
10-
8
i
~
I
co

~
~
~

8
~
8

.
8-174
.
8

.,

NO HAND
TURNING
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
001062

Figure 8-64. Exterior markings, OH-Z3D (sheet


Z of 6)

8
. 8-175
.
8

~
~
~ CO)
IoU
:>
L
0
ì
-..:..
....
~
~
~
0

,
i 8
æ
!o.
-

j
~
I
co

~
.~
~

~
8
8

8-176 .
-

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

. 1
FOR NON.CAMOU FLAGE HELICOPTERS ONLY

Left and right side of fuseláge. A 20-in. dia basic; (National Star Insignia)
blue circle. The ce nter of national star insignia
is at sta85. The t op of the national star insignia IS

8 2-1/2 in. below en gine deck


FOR NON.CAMOU FLAGE HELICOPTER
2 (Not shown) Letter s and numbers to be lain. U.S. ARMY (radio call numbers)
high x 6-I/2.in. wi de with 1-1/2 in. stroke and
space. Left and rig ht sides of boom. Letters to
be lusterless yello w.

FOR CAMOUFLAG E HELICOPTER


.
Letters and number s to be 6 in. high x 4 in. wide. UNITED STATES ARMY
Left and right side s of boom. Letters to be (radio call numbers)
lusterless black.
"
FOR NON.CAMOU FLAGE HELICOPTERS ONLY

3 Yellow band aroun d tail boom begins 26 in. fwd of


tail boom and exte nds fwd 33 in.
FOR NON.CAMOU FLAGE HELICOPTERS
4 Tail rotor warning stencil. Left and right side of DANGER
tail boom. Letters to be 2 in. black. Arrow is .
red, 27 in. long wit h I-I/i-in. shaft. Centered on
KEEP AWAY
yellow band

8 FOR CAMOUFLA GE HELICOPTERS


Refer to OJapter 7, Section 1, Paragraph 7-Id.

5 Bottom of helicopt er I/2-in. broken circle. I/2.in.


letters fore and aft of circle STATIC
1'",
\.../
SOURCE

6 Sta 44.75 for latera 1 level and sta 55.0 for LEVEL
longitudinal level on frame structure UDder right
seat
.

7 Left side of helico pter. Three lines I-in. letters U.S. ARMY OH-23D
U.S.A. SERIAL NO.
.
##-####
8 Near top of firewal 1, aft of canopy on anile. 00 NO STEP
voltage regulator box cover. Left and right side of
transition section. On left and rigbt drag brace.
Right si~e on deck top of junction box. 00 left
,

oil cooler bracket and top of oil tank. Left and

8 right side of deck. On top of left and ri,bt beat


muffler on exhaust stacks
001~4

. Ftgure 8-64. Ex:teTior marldngs, OR-BaD (shtJet 4 of 6)

8-177
CODE
.
NO. DIRECTIONS WOR DING
9 On center of fuel filler cap door to be read with FUEL
top of letters facing fwd MIL-G-55 72
115/145 8
10 On top left side of tran'sition assembly. Aft of fuel FUEL
filler cap, letters facing inbd MIL-G-55 72
115/145

11 Landing skids will be painted lusterless black.


Cross tubes and drag braces will be painted the
same shade as helicopter
12 Left and right side of tail rotor drive universal DANGER
cover. I-in. letters
13 Left and right side of tail skid. I-in. letters NO PUSH
14 Centrally located on top and bottom of stabilizer. NO PUSH
1/2-in. letters top of letters facing fwd
15 Right top side of transition section near AUX POW ER
auxiliary powet receptacle plug 28 VOLTS
D.C.
16 On front side .of front cross spring, 2 in. inbd TOW
from vertical leg. 1/2-in. letters left and right side
17 Walkway material will be applied to:
Upper half of cross tubes.
Upper half of main skid, starting aft of fwd
8
vertical leg and ending 36 in. aft
18 Right and left side of engine section of flight NO HAND HOLD
control and engine control rod tubes. Centrally
located on outbd side of rods
NOTE
F light control rods and engine rods
will only be stripped and repainted
if present paint is chipped or scratched
19 Exterior of cockpit enclosure frames to be
painted same color as helicopter. Interior side
is painted gray
20 On outbd side of carburetor air intake scoop. NO HAND HOLD
Right side of helicopter
i~"''ê,.'"''

21
6-in. black tip on tail skid
22 Balance ballast weight may be located either SEE LOA DING INSTRUCTIONS
on the underside of extreme end of tail boom FOR BAL LAST LOCATION
or on right cabin floor. II
4-in. letters placed TIGHTEN BOLTS TO MAX
between bolt attachments TORQUE WITH WRENCH PROVIDED
23 Antenna mast support on front and rear of
support, 1/2-in. letters. Helicopters
SiN 58-5398 and subsequent
NO PUSH
8
.
001065
Figure 8-64. Exterior markings, OH-23IJ (s heet 5 of 6)
8-178
. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
24 On top of inertia reel box aft side of left firewall NO STEP

8 Left and right side, inside of canopy, 1/ 4-in. white EMERGENCY


25
letters on red tape 1-1/2 x 3-3/4 in. PULL
DOOR RELEASE
26 Stabilizer rigging decal, Hiller part no. 10260.
(Not shown.)

27 Left and riAht side on transition assy in line BATTERY


with battery box, ] inch hiAh letters.

.,

Ftgure 8-64. Exterior markings, OR-S3D (sheøt 6 of 6)


~

001066

8
~33.0
J 2.5 DEG

,-
STAI3.18-
STA
TAIL ROTOR 6.75-
STA 0

8
.
001067

Figure 8-65. Stattons dtagram, OR-S3D 8-179


.
STA 106.50
8

DO
.

WL 0.00
6
~[IDi
=*= -

STA 109.50 STA 296.00 ST A 448.00

NOTES:
1. FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTERS

2. LEFT SIDE OF FUSELAGE. MOST


FORWARD PART OF LETTER "A" IS
AT STA 109.50

3. RIGHT SIDE OF FUSELAGE. MOST


FORWARD PART OF LETTER "Y" IS
AT STA 109.50

4. LETTER BOTTOMS ARE ON WL 0.00

5. APPLY HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT TO


SHADED AREA
(LH SIDE) AND WL.l0.00 (RH SIDE)
8
6. ALLOW A 3 IN. BOUNDARY ALL
AROUND ANY AUTHORIZED IN-
SIGNIA STANDARD CODE OR
001068 MARKINGS

Figure 8-66. Arctic and jungle .service and high visibility marleings, CH-34

8
8-180
.
TB 7-".93-2 -

.
8

.
...
-

>

...
D
;;;
~
...
I!@ ...
~ ...
eM) ã;'
~

==
~
....
~ I
~ t
@g
~ ..
~
@Q)
81: .~
~
8 -
@Q)

@
I!!YJ ---
-
0

-0
f
IÞ=
!" J
too:

~
-@ GO
!

lIS
I

8
. i
8
.
.

Change 1 8-181
qo -I
ØII
...a
co '"
N ....
0-
.,
..0
W
~

n
:r
I>>
~
ca
CD

...a

TOP VIEW

001070 RIGHT SIDE VIEW .

Figure 8-67. Exterior markings, CH-34 (sheet 2 of 8)


I

. 8 8 8 .
18746.93.2

.
8
81

''1

&3

8 84

II
001071
~

Figure 8-67. Exterior mlJrkings, CH-34 (sheet 3 of 8) .

8
.
Change 1 8.183
T8 746.93.2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
Both sides of fuselage directly over step doors
I x 8.in. yellow stripe

2 On left side under copilot's window, I/2-in, letters U.S. ARMY Model CH-34
U.S.A. Serial No.
(Insert Serial No.)
8
3 Both sides of fuselage centrally located on most NO HAND HOLD
rearward windshield frame, 1/2-in. letters
4 Fwd frame of left and right sliding window NO HAND HOLD
directly below opening handle, 1/2-in.
letters
5 Both sides of tail cone above mooring rings and MOORING POINT
on fuselage near mooring ring on main landing
gear strut, I/2-in. letters
6 Outside of fuselage near main gear box oil filter, LUB OIL
MIL-L.21260 GRADE 30 ABOVE OOp
I I/2-in. letters
BELOW OOp REPER TO
TBSS-9IS0-200-2S

7 Inside cargo compartment by air vent controls,


two places, 1/2-in. letters
..
OPEN
EMERGENCY EXIT TURN
..
CLOSED

8
8 Inside window on escape window panel, two

9
places, I-in. yellow letters
Inside cargo compartment on left side directly
above I-in. white line, I/2-in. letters
..
DISTRmUTE CARGO
EVENLY ABOUT THIS LINE
.
10 On exterior of escape panels, I-in. letters CUT FOR EMERGENCY
RESCUE

11 Inside cargo compartment on both sides approx PULL SEAT SUPPORT


at WL 42.00 and Sta 195.00 and 279.00, four TUBE OUT FOR ESCAPE
places, 1/2-in letters WINDOW ACCESS
12 Around the two windows on the left side of
fuselage

0.50 IN.
13 Outside oil cooler fairing, three places, I/2-in. NO STEP
letters

001072
8
I Figure 8-67. Exterior markings, CH.34 (sheet 4 of 8)

.
8-184 Change 1
T8 7~93.2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
14 laside cargo compartment on left side above rear EMERGENCY EXIT PUSH
wiadow aod below front window, two places, OUT WINDOW .

8 15
I-in. yellow letters
laside carso compartment on bulkhead at
Sta 246.00 a pprox 60 in. above floor left and
ST A 246

risbt band si de, 1/2-in. letters


16 Top of fuse lase around static port, 1/2-in. l~tters STATIC PORT

@
1/2 IN.

..... .

R 3 IN.
.

DO NOT COVER OR DEFORM


HOLES. AREA fIITHIN CIRCLE
MUST BE SWOOTH AND CLEAN
.

17 Ia.ide carso compartment on risbt side 011 fwd 2 LITTER STOWAGE


strap stowaS e compartment, 3/4-in. letters
18 wide radio compartment on bulkhead Sta 296.00, CAUTION NO PERSONNEL
3/4-in. lette rs NO STOW AGE AFT
19 On curtain that snaps over openins in bulkhead NO PERSONNEL AFT
at Sta 296.0 0, 3/4-in. letters
20 On bulkhead s at Sta 444.00 and 452.00 below WARNING SHAFT NO STEP
disconnect c oupling, 1/2-in. letters NO HAND HOLD
N

8 21 On both side s of pylon at pylon Sta 79.30,


35 in. from trailing edse of pylon WL 65.00,
3/4-in. lette rs. I-in. dia circle. 1/4-
arrow
x 2-1/2-in.,
OJ;"
0
FOR HOH-C AMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER
22 Botb sides 0 f pylon. Background is Sloss oranse-
yellow. 3-in. black letters, 2- x 30-in. red arrow
DANGER T
FOR CAMOU FLAGE HELICOPTER
I > 12 in.
KEEP AWAY ..l.
Refer to Cba pter 7, section VII for paint scheme
J---3~ in.~
23 Botb sides 0 f pylon, 1/2-in. letters HAND GRIP
-

24 Both sides 0 f tail cone above tail wbeel, I-in. WARNlNGOO NOT TOW
letters WITH TAIL WHEEL
"
LOCKED
25 Outside cabi n escape windows of fuselage, ~ TURN
I-in. letters . EXIT RELEASE
26 laside cargo compartment on floor and both sides I
in. WHITE LINE
up to approx 70 in. from floor at Sta 154.00

8
27 Inside left si de of carso compartment near slinS CARGO HOOK STOWAGE
stowaae inst allation, 3/4-in. letters
001073

Figure 8-67. E:JCterio,. mø,.kin... C8-34 (.laeet 6 of 8) ."

. Change 1 8-186
TB 746-93-2
CODE
NO.
28
DIRECTIONS
Both sides of fuselage near sling attaching
WORDING

SLING CAPACITY
.
brackets, four places, 3/4-in. letters 5000 LBS

29
FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER ONLY
Both sides of fuselage. On the left side, the most
fwd corner of the "A" is at Sta 109 .sO. On
8
right side, most fwd part of "Y" is at Sta 109.50. ARMY
Letter bottoms are on WL 0.00 on left side and
WL 10.00 on right side, l6-in.letters

FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

Identification lettering centered on each side of


fuselage, 3 inches above radio call numbers.
Bottom of letter "U", the most rearward letter UNITED STATES ARMY
begins at station 376 and WL 31 of right side view,
and "Y", the most rearward letter begins at station
376, WL 31, ofleft side view.
30 Both sides .of fuselage near main landing gear, TIRE, PRESSURE MAIN
I/2-in. letters WHEELS 45 TO 50 PSI
31 Both sides of fuselage just aft of main landing JIG AND JACK POINT
gear, I-in. letters UNDER
32 Both sides of fuselage on step doors, I-in. letters STEP
. FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

33 .

3-in. band concentric to exhaust cut-out. Red band ~UST KEEP CLE'AlIt
with I-in. white letters
FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

Omit red backgro~nd, use lusterless black


~r.
~
8
34 Inside cargo compartment on both sides on STATIONS 112.00,
frames approx 60 in. from floor, I/2-in. letters 167.00, 210.00
35 Inside cargo compartment on left side. I/2-in.
white lines at most fwd CG limit, Sta 130.70;
STA STA
most rearward CG limit, Sta 146.70. Line should
146.70 130.70
start at floor and be approx 24 in. long. Station
c::::::::::> ~
numbers should be near each line with arrow
pointing toward line, I/2-in. letter s
36 Top of fuselage, three places I-in. black letters WALK
37 Top of fuselage near walkway, six places, NO STEP
I-in. letters
FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGED HELICOPTER ONLY

38 (Not shown), Top and bottom of fuselage. (National Star Insignia)


20-in. dia basic blue circle. Top insignia is
located 3-in. .to the left of fuselage centerline
at approx sta 301.00 so the blue position light
. on top of helicopter will fall within the blue of
the insignia. Bottom insignia is centered at

39
approx sta 246.00

Outside oil cooler fairing, three places, I-in.


letters
NO STEP
8
001074

8-186 Change 2
Figure 8-67. Exterior markings, CH-34 (sheet 6 of 8)
.

..
,T8 746-93-2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTI ONS WORDING
40 Outside of fuselage near inter mediate and LUB OIL
tail gear box oil fillers, 1/2-i n letters MIL-L-21260 GRADE 30 ABOVE OOF
I
8 MIL-L-7808 BEWW OOF
.

41 Two places below hand grips on leading edge HAND GRIP NO HOIST
of pylon, I-in. letters POINT
42 Near outside tab on right side aft window, I-in. PULL TAB
letters. Reler to TM 55-1520-2 02-10 EXIT RELEASE
FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HE LICOPTER
.
43 On right sideof fuselage, groun d receptacles by
fwd, center, and aft filler cap s, 3-in. dia circle,
lusterless black background w ith 1/2-i~.
.
white lettets

FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICO PTER

"GROUND HERE" in lusterle ss black letters, delete


background
44 On exterior of escape panels, three places on CUT FOR EMERGENCY RESCUE
window frame, I-in. letters
45 -In cargo door on right side
~
e QIN. --U.':"0.50
IN.
46 Inside on both sides above sli ding windows. EMERGENCY
Arrow pointing toward sliding window release EXIT
.

handle
47 Both sides of fuselage above sliding windows. EXIT RELEASE
I
I-in. letters TURN
48 On window release handle, in side and out PULL
both sides of helicopter

49 Inside handle on fwd frame of left and right PULL TO OPEN


. sliding windows, 3/8-in. lette rs (Top of Handle)
PUSH TO CLOSE
(Bottom of Handle)
!. 50 Inbd side of cargo door .above SI620-61201-25 PULL GUARD TO BREAK'
guard, 1/2-in. letters
51 Inbd and outbd sliding cargo door under
emer- EMERGENCY EXIT
gency door opening lever, 3/4 -in. letters TURN (inbd)
EXIT TURN

e 52 On window frame channel and on tunnel by


RELEASE (outbd)
HARNESS LOCKS
pilot's harness locks, I-in. Ie tters
001075

. Fipre B-67. &cterior morkin,., CH-34 (.heet 7 of B) .


Change 1 8-187'
18 746-93.2 ~

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
53 Fwd of oil access door on right side fwd fuselag e, OIL
I-in. letters MlL-L-2285I

54 On right side of fuselage below and just fwd of


TYPE II ABOVE 300F
WARNING DO NOT OVERFILL 8
engine oil access door, I-in. letters
55 Right side of fuselage above power receptacle EXTERNAL POWER 28
door, 1/2-in. letters VOLTS D.C.
56 I-in. yellow stripe around inbd side of cargo door
57 Right side of fuselage above all 3 fuel filler cap s, FUEL
I-in. lusterless black letters MIL-G-5572
.

115/145

58 Both sides of tail cone, 3-in space, 6-in letters UNITED STATES ARMY
and numbers (Radio Call Numbers) .

59 Antiglare area. Fwd of windshield. Fluorescent paint


will not be over antiglare
60 On pitot tube approx 6-in. from fuselage.
I/4-in. lusterless black band around pitot tube
61 On pitot tube outbd of black band, 1/2-in. NO HAND HOLD
letters
62 On pitot tube inbd of black band, I/2-in. letters HAND GRIP

63 On engine access doors above handles,


3/4-in.letters
OPEN OPEN

WARNING IN CASE OF
e
64 On bottom of engine access door, I-in. lusterles s

black letters FIRE 00 NOT OPEN


ENGINE ACCESS DOORS
FIGHT FIRE HERE

" ~
65 Inside clam shell doors on lower side approx NO STEP
6-in. from edge, 3/4-in. le~ters
66 On front side of landing gear, 3/4-in. letters
MOORING AND
JACK POINT
~ MOORING AND
JACK POINT '- ..

67 JACK POINT CENTER


On fuselage by jig points under main landing
STA 79 .

gear struts. 1/2-in. letters


001076

I Figure 8-67. Exterior markings


CH-84 (sheet 8 of 8)
.

8~
.
8-188 i Change 1
TB 748-93.2

.
8

0
..,.

@)
0 a

0 a

~ ~
c:::=:::::I

0 ~

8 c::::::=J
ft 0

101 0

.,
CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
I Ia.ide carlo compartment on fwd bulkhead Sea STA 83
83.00. ApJXOX 43-io. above carlo floor, two
places, 1/2-in. letters

8 2 Ia.ide cargo compartment centered on top of


clutcb compartment door, 3/4-io. letters
TOP

001078

. Figure 8-68. Interior mørki",. 08.34

8.189
TB 746-93-2

ST A 0.00
ST A 476.00 .
STA 536.00
ST A 448.00

\
WL 107.80
48
WL 59.00

WL 0.00
FUE1.

I LSTA 146.70
JACK
POINT \
STA
130.70
ST A 246.00
STA
296.00
ST A 406.70
I
STA 316.00 STA 440.00

ST A 82.50

150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
0 50 100

NOTES:
1. STATION 0.00 IS 79.00 IN. FORWARD OF THE CENTER
OF THE JACK PAD ON THE FITTING ATTACHED TO THE
FUSELAGE AT EACH MAIN LANDING GEAR

2. MINIMUM AREA REQUIRED TO PAINT HELICOPTER

001079
56 FT W X 66 FT LG X 16 FT H
13 FT W X 37 FT LG X 15 FT H
WITH BLADES
-

WITHOUT BLADES
-

48
Figure 8-69. Station diagram CH-34

I Figures 8-70 through 8-72 deleted.

8
8-190 Change 2
.
" ')

8 8 8
8-
NOTES
1. High visibility paint will be applied to .haded
areas.
2. The top surface of main rotor blades of V.I.P., DETAIL A
Jungle, Arctic, and desert configurations will '(BOTTOM NATIONAL STAR
be painted as follows: INSIGNIA lOCATION)
.

A. Starting at the blade tip, point the first


1/6th of the blade length with gloss white <i
lacquer.
B. Pain' the .econd 1/6th of the blade length
with y.llo_....O.. colo. shade No. 13538.
R=17.SO IN.
C. Paint the third 1/6th length of Diode with
gloss wh ite lacquer.
D. Paint the next 2/6th or 1/3rd of the blade
length with lusterless black"
E. Pal':', ,he 10;' 1/6,h (hub end) yellow oran,,;'.
colo. shade No. 13538. Do no' apply closer .
-.-...- --
:
MAINTAIN A 3-IN. BORDER
,han 1/4 Inch to ,he doubler AROUND ANY AUTHORIZED
3"
_a.
Complete repainting require. rebalancing of INSIGNIA. STANDARD CODE,
rotor blades.
OR MARKINGS
~
-MAINTAIN" IN. BASIC """'-
AIRCRAFT COLOR
AROUND ALL
WINDOWS

Wl. 97.00

Wl. 82.00

ST A 332.00

.
QÐ 0 0
Wl.12.00-Æ\~~V
0 0
9 Wl.-30.00- 0
!III
::I
ca
CD ST A 300.00
N SEE DETAIL A
~
ST A 120.00 m
STA 256.00
STA 514.00

001089
." ~
00
. "
-A
CD Figure 8-73. High visibility TlUJrkings, arctic and jungle seruice, CH-47 lIS
-A N
co
.
-I
OJ
...
CD ~
N

NOTE m
N
ENTIRE INTERIOR OF HELICOPTER TO BE RH SIDE INTERIOR
n DARK GULL GRAY, EXCEPT SURFACES ABOVE
:7' WATERLINE PLUS 29.0 TO BE APPLICABLE 113
I>>
~ PRIMER COLOR ONLY.
CD 15
CD
N

SEE DETAIL J 23 (TVP 7 PLACES) 21 (TVP 3 PLACES)


SEE DETAIL A

AV010931

1 of 18)
Figure 8-73A. Interior markings, CH-47 (sheet

. 8 .
8 8 .
,)
"
,

8 8 8
88

LH SIDE INTERIOR

SEE DETAIL B
2& 5 (TYP 6 PLACES)

f
N

-I
at

AV010932
cp
... I
B 2 of 18)
Figure 8-13A. Interior rruriings, CH-41 (tllaut
ço -f
.... aJ
i ~
Ø)
cO
w
N
n
~
II) COCKPIT AND CABIN
::s
ca
CD
(LOOKING DOWN)
N
(TYP 4 PLACES)
106

112
103

AV010933

Figure 8-73A. Interior markings, CH-47 (sheet 3 of 18)

. 8 8 8 .
TB 748-93-2

. 52 54 50

8 36

VIEW A-A
(LOOKING UP)

STA
57 338.5
.

STA STA
320.0 1340.0
I II
8
STA
482.0
BL 26.0

I
I
59
I (4 PLACES)
STA
442.3
BL 44.3 (TYP)
STA
1 534.0
,-
.

!' FWD ~=fi~ELlOO


<<i HINGE /u-q
VIEW F-F
(LOOKING UP )

8 A V01 0934
VIEWE-E
STA 482.0 (L OOKINGAFT)

Figure 8-73A. Interior markln,., CH-47 (.heet4 of 18)


.

Change 2 8-196
.
TB 746.93-2

.
66

8
--

VIEW G.O VIEWH.H.


(LOOKING UPI

69 (2PLACES
FWD SIDE)

67 (2
PLA~CES) 88
.~WDSIDE)
70 (2 PLACES, 70/2 PLACES
AFT SIDE)

)1- ~',
,~ I ~~
~
"

VI ---
~WL+42.0
';:6.0 \J
fi i
BL 34.0 (TVP)
(j
\.3- WL+2.1
(TVP)
BL 32.4 (TVP)
8
VIEW J.J
STA 694.0 (LOOKING AFT!
VI EW K.K VIEW L.L
STA 676.0 (LOOKING FWD! ITA 666.0 (LOOKING FWD!

101 FWD SIDE


71 72 (2 PLACES,
(2 PLACES,

);WD
S.
JJ
IDE)
BL 38.6 (TVP) l
AFT SIDE)

V~
.
I ~U
I V-..J~\
"'K ,~
WL+48.2 (TVP) WL+46.6
.-- " (TVP)
, ,"-" 'VU
(J....WL+20.6\ BL 22.9 ,
WL+46.0 1.~(TVP)
I WL + 23.0
U\ (TVP) , (TVP) "
118
1 BL 44.0'

U I-
(TVP)

WL-13.0 "

71 .i. PLACES, u
AFT SIDE)
VIEWM.M 2.6- -73 FWD SIDE

8
STA 634.0 (LOOKING FWD)
VIEW N.N
AV010936 STA 602.4 (LOOKING FWDI
Figure 8-73A. Interior markings, CH-47 (sheet 5 of 18)

8.196 .

Change 2

...
TB 748.93-2

.
'~OOLY] RFACE,
74

VJI
.

8 1.6 (TYP)

,,~7
".. 77
WL+40.3
(TYP)
-T=-
--
\''78
78
FWD 9.2
\ 60 D
~~H SURFACE,
SIDES)

.y
WL+6.0
(TYP)

81 2.2
74
75
76
77 r'=~OSED)
78
.
79
VIEW p.p 80
(LOOKING F=E ~?JTTHS~~~:)CE,
TVP FOR FR ITA 180.0 THR U 440.0)

WL-30.0

6.6

Ct. HELICOPTER

8 83
BL 12.0

VIEW T.T
WL-34.6

r~g:':G FWD) r~g:'-:G AFT)

STA
REFER TO PARAGRAPH
634.0
~22. 938
~
THAD ~~~,AND
S3448 THRU
84-13118 -

\
'"
~.J-" ..
STA
666.0
STA
694.0
6.0
STA
602.4 STA
602.4

~=~;:'G lOBO] VIEWV.V

8 AV010936

Figure 8- 73A. In tenor markinl8, CH-41 (


-, of J8)
.
.

Change 2 8-197

. .>
T8 746-93-2

.
STA STA
320.0 280.0

5.5 (TYPI
LH SIDE LH SIDE

8
--
C_-~~"l!..c~- (\----~
,
4.0 \ ..

--r--'
88
87 87

RH SIDE LH SIDE

DETAIL A

88

DETAIL B
(LOOKING OUTBDI

STA
493.0

STA
482.0
/
90
STA 8
~STA c=r502.4 WL+28.4

iII 484.0

I 14
II I

'!lltS
.

Ii:f '\
~~
WL+19.6

WUI6.D-
m I STA 91 3D
'11505.5
.

i'1=
I
II
.::-
I
I 93
~:.
- 14.5 -
95

F.~~
-,

~-'D:': DETAIL D
(LOOKING OUTBD)

94
STA 11
484.0
DETAIL C
)
AV010937

Figure 8-73A. Interior markings. CH-47 (sheet 7 of 18)


8
8-198 Change 2

.
TB 746-93.2

. ^,
""

8 45 STA 148.6 LH SIDE ONLY


STA 173.3. 220.6. 266:6.
302.6.342.3.381.6.420.3.
442.3 LH AND RH SIDE

S A
. 242.0
DETAIL G
11

DETAIL F DETAIL E
(TVP LH AND RH SIDESI (TVP LH AND RH SIDESI

8 DETAIL J
33

44

99

..
DETAIL H DETAIL I
(LOOKING OUTBDI
REFER TO PARAGRAPHS
7.19 THROUGH 7-22.

8 AV010938

Figure 8-73A. Interior markings, CH-47 (.heet 8 of 18)

Change 2 8-199 -

. ,:.,.
18748.93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WO RDING
.
æ
1. Left side of fuselage at station 106.5, WL 32.5.
3" white circle with 1" red cross.

8
2. Left side of fuselage at station 106.5, WL 45.2. N02CO NTROL
1/2" white letters. SYSTEM FILTER

3. Right side, sta 157, above door 1/2" white LEVELIN G BRACKET
letters.

4. Both sides, station 163.5, WL 27.6. 1" white MAX CO NCENTRATED FLOOR LOADING '

letters. FWD OF STA 160.0 NOT TO EXCEED


1000 LBS CONCENTRATED LOAD.
.

5. Both sides of fuselage centered on station 181,

~
303,425 at WL 35.0. 3" black and orange-yellow.
See Detail J, for type.

6. Both sides of fuselage. Station 249 and 348 at WL UT RECP


8.0. 1" white letters.

7. Both sides of fuselage at station 249 and 348 at


WL 6.0. 1/2" white letters. AMPS: 1 =
28VDC
15A 2 = 7.5A 3 = SA
8
8. Both sides of fuselage at station 317. WL 44.9. 115V,3PH,400CY, 15AMP
1/2" white letters.

9. Both sides of fuselage at station 317.0, WL 41.9.


MISSILE HEAT PLUG
1" white letters.

10. Right side of fuselage at station 335.0, WL 23.9. HOIST 0 PER STATION
1" white letters.

11. Arrow gloss white 1/2" X 3". See Detail C, E

12.
and F.

Right side of fuselage. Station 363.3, WL 37.1.


1" white letters.
HOIST 0 PER ATTACH.
.. . .

13. Right side of fuselage at station 506, WL 36.0. RAMP M ANUAL OVERRIDE
1/2" white letters.

AV010940
Figure 8-73A. Interior markings, C8.47 (sheet 9 of 18)
8
8-200 Change 2

.
T8 748-93-2

. CODE
NO. DI RECTIONS WORDING

14. See View (H;, and Det ail C, station 549.3,


WL 53.0; station 538.8 WL 8.5. 1/2" white letters ACCUMULATOR CHARGE
8 NOTE: 5 req'd on S/N 59-4983 thru 66-19028.
4 req'd on S/N 66-1902 9 and subsequent.
1400 PSI-AIR OR NJTROGEN

15. Station 525, WL 22.5. R ight side of fuselage. Finish half FILLER
of filler cap, light yellow ; the other half light blue. UTIliTY TANK
16. Right side of fuselage, s tation 550, WL 33.5. 1/2" UTIliTY RETURN FILTER
white letters. Eft'. on CH47 S/N 65-7978 and
subsequent.
~

17. Right side of fuselage, s tat ion 538.8, WL 8.5. 1/2" INITIAL 1800 PSI CHARGE
white letters. REQ'D FOR - 650 F OPERATION

18. Right side of fuselage, s tation 517.5, WL 36. UTIliTY PRESSURE FILTER
WL36.

Both sides of fuselage. Two places, station 220, 391


19.
and 460. WL -21.5. I" white letters. Arrow is I" X 3".
10000 LB TIE DOWN
HERE ONLY
I
3 places on heater dust on each side.

20. Both sides of fuselage. Centered on station 425. CARGO E


WL .21.5. 1/2" white Ie tters. Eff on S/N 64.13117 STA 425
thru 65-7977. CAP 15250 LBS.

8
S/N 56-7978 and subSequent. CAP 22875 LBS.

21. Both sides of fuselage, s tation 160, 225 and 438. ALL Tffi DOWN RINGS
WL -21.5. I" white lett ers. 500 LBS UNLESS NOTED

22. Both sides of fuselage. Station 306.8 WL -21.5 White CARGO D


letters. ST A 303
Erf SIN 64-13117 thru 65-7977. CAP 15250 LBS.
SIN 65-7978 and subsequent. .CAP 22875 LBS.

23. Both sides of fuselage a t 14 places at heater out- HEAT AND VENT
lets. 1st line I" letters. Remainder 1/2" letter,s LOOSEN SCREW TO ADJUST SLIDE
(white). OPEN . . CLOSED
24. Right side of fuselage 0n beam. BL 18 beam. I" white TO STOW SEAT-FOLD BACK FWD
,
letters. & SECURE WITH STRAP FOLD -

DOWN SEAT
r

25. Left side of fuselage at station 561. WL 33.4, 1/2" MIRROR STOWAGE
white letters.

26. Left side of fuselage sta tion 492, WL 28.4. First line, FUEL VALVE NO 1 ENGINE
1/2" letters. Second lin e, 1/4" letters, white.
+-OPEN CLOSE'"

8 AV010941
Figure 8-13A. Interior mørkilll8, CH-47 (10 of 18)

Change 2 8-200A
.

,.
TB 746-93.2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
27. Left side of fuselage. Station 198, WL .6.3. 1" white DO NOT COVER AIR INLET
letters.

28. Left side of fuselage. Station 106. WL 26.0. 1/4" white


letters, mount on 114S1610, BL 8.0 beam. Eff on SIN
TORQUE MTG BOLTS FOR
114CS101 and 114CSI03 TO
8
59-4983 thru 65-7989 -0
40 in.lbs.
+4

Eff on: SIN 65-7990 and subsequent. TORQUE MTG BOLTS FOR
114CSI0l and 114CS117 TO
-0
40 in.lbs.
+4

29. Left side of fuselage. Station 100.0, WL 45.2. 1/2" NO 1


white letters. SAS FILTER

30. Left side of fuselage, station 94.0, WL45.2. NO 2


1/2" white letters. SAS FILTER

31. Left side of fuselage. Station 85.0. WL 50.8. 1/2" NO 1 CONTROL


white letters. SYSTEM FILTER

32. Left side of fuselage. Station 106.0, WL 13.5. PITOT AND STATIC DRAINS

33. See Detail J. Station 184, on heater duct. 1 st line,


1" letters, remainder 1/2" letters, white, eff on
SIN 64-13117 thru 65-7977
CARGO C
STA 181
CAP 15250 LBS
8
Eff on SIN 65-7978 and subsequent CARGO C
STA 181
CAP 22875 LBS.

34. 1/2" wide red and white stripes, vertical on station


482 from wt -9.0 to WL -21.5. Eff on SIN 62-2114
and subsequent

35. Left side of fuselage centered on station 486 and ST A 486


WL -2.0. 1" white letters.

36. 3 places in fuselage. 1" white letters on red back. FIRE EXIT
ground. Station 492, WL -6.5, BL 37.0, WL 38.7,
View B-B.

-----
AV010942
Figure 8-73A. Interior markings, CH-47 (sheet 11 of 18)
8
8-200B Change 2

.
TB 746-93-2

. CODE
NO. DIR ECTIONS WORDING

37. Left side of fuselage, sta tion 537, WL + 3.5. 1/2" J-2 COMPASS FLUX VALVE
white letters. Eff on SIN 59.4982 thru 65-7977

8 Eff on SIN 65-7978 and subsequent COMPASS FLUX VALVE

38. Left side of fuselage, sta tion 537, WL 22.2. Ist EMERGENCY APU FLUID SHUTOFF
two lines 1/2", last line 1/4" white. VALVE

CLOSED) OPE~
.
39. Left side of fuselage, sta tion 334.0, WL -12.0. CRANK STOWAGE-
1" white letters. RESCUE HATCH &
RAMP MECH.
"

40. Centered on door, 1/2" white letters ACCESS-PITOT AND STATIC


DRAIN LINES

41. On floor, station 340 ap prox. Arrow 1/2" X 3.50


white on black, see View S-S.

42. Right side, sta 526, 1/2" white letters. FILLING


..
43. Right side, sta 526, 1/2" white letters. NORMAL

8 44. Centered on rear door, fi rst line 1", remainder 1 /2"


yellow, refer to View U- U and Detail H.
EMERGENCY EXIT
PULL STRAP OUT -
PUSH PANEL

45. Fig 8, Detail G, 1" whit e letters L.H. and


R.H. side, W.L.
station 173.3, 220.5, 26 5.5, 302.5, 342.3,381.5, 0
420.3, and 442.3.

46. On lower door, station 3 45, I" yellow letters. TURN LATCH TO UNLOCK & LOCK
OUTER HATCH-CAUTION-UNLOCK
BEFORE TURNING CRANK TO OPEN
HATCH

47. On lower door, station 3 22. 1" white letters and UNLOCK
arrow.

r"
~

.
48. View A.A, looking up, st ation 143 BL 11.0. 1/2" STATIC LINE DRAIN
white letters.

49. View A-A and D-D (100 king up), station 152 and 442. CRANE ACCESS
1/2" white letters.

8
50. View B-B, 1" white lette rs, sta 120.0, BL 38, WL STA 120.0
40.5, BL 28 WL 43.0.
AV010943
F',gure 8-73A. Interior markings, CH-47 (sheet 12 of 18)

Change 2 8-200C
.
-

TB 746-93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
51. View B-B, 1/4" white letters, BL 25, WL 49.0. TROOP WARNING SYSTEM

52.

53.
View B-B, 1/2" white letters, BL 15.5, WL 48.0.

View B-B 1" white letters station 120, BL 17,


RESCUE PULLEY ATTACH

UTTER POLE STORAGE


8
WL 3.9

54. View B-B. 1" white letters sta 120, BL 12.0 WL 45 .0. ANCHOR UNE ATTACH.
Eff on quantity of 1 ea SIN 65.7966-65-7977, Quan tity
of Z ea, SIN 65-7978 and sub. Also station 594 (see
View G-G).

55. View B.B, 1/4" white letters, station 95. BL 29.0, CABIN UGHT RELAYS
.

WL15.5 RED WHITE

56. View B-B, 1" white letters Sta 120, BL 17.2, WINCH CABLE STOWAGE "

WL-20.

57. View C..c (looking up). Center of helicopter, statio n RESCUE CABLE CUTTER -

320 and 338. 1/4" white letters. PULLEY ATTACH

58. View C.C (looking up), BL 8.4, station 337.0. 1/2' ,


CABLE CUTTER
white letters. PLUG

59. View D-D (looking up), 1/2" white letters, 4 places ACCESS
MIX BOX

60. View E.E, 1" white letters, 4 places.


MOUNTING BOLTS

STA 482.0
8
61. View F-F (looking up), 1/2" white top center of ACCESS-SYNCH SHAFT
fuselage, fwd of sta 534 on door. THOMAS CPLG.

62. View G-G (looking up). 1/2" white letters, 2 places. ACCESS XMSN
UNLATCH DROP PANEL

63. View G-G (looking up). 1/2" white letters. ACCESS. MAG PLUG

64. View G-G (looking up). 1" white letters, 2 places NO HANDHOLD
to be read from either side.
~

65. View G-G (looking up). 1/2" white letters, 2 XMSN OIL LEVEL SIGHT
places. GAGE VIEW PLATE
.

66. View H-H, 1/2" black letters. SEQUENCE VALVE

67. View I-I, 1" white letters, station 594.0, left STA 594.0
and right side.

AV010944
Figure 8.73A. Interior markinIS, CH-47 (sheet 13 of 18)
8
8-200D Change 2

.
TB 748-93.2

. CODE
NO. DlR ECTIONS WORDING
'.
68. View].], 1" yellow lett ers.

8 t DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE t


69. View K.K, 1" white lett ers, 4 places. STA. 575.0

70. View L-L, 1" white letters, 4 places. STA.554.0

71. View M.M, 1" white lett ers, 4 places. STA. 534.0

. 72. View N.N, 1" white lett ers, 4 places. STA. 502.4

73. View N.N, 1/2" white Ie tters. HOIST CONTROL .a.


~

74. View P-P, I" white lette rs, 4 places. STA.200.0

75. View P-P, 1" white lette rs, 4 places. STA.24O.0

76. View p.p, 1" white lette rs, 4 places. STA. 280.0

77. View p.p, 1" white lette rs, 4 places. STA. 320.1

78. View P-P, I" white lette rs, 4 places. STA. 360.0

8 79. View p.p, I" white lette rs, 4 places. STA. 400.0
~

80. View p.p, 1" white lette rs, 4 places. STA. 440.0

81. View p.p, 1" white lette rs, 3 places. STA. 160.0

View Q-Q, 1" white lett er stencil to be readable


1
82. PUSH TRIGGER .'
from centerline AlC wit h door closed. Mount to TURN HANDLE UP ..-

under surface of step. PUSH DOOR OUT

..

83. View R-R, I" black lett ers. CARGO HOOK CAP
16000 LB.
{';
84. View S-S, I" black lette rs. HOOK STOWAGE STRAP

85. View T-T (ref Fig 3). 1/2" white letters. (Sten- MAX WEIGHT 200 LBS
.
cil to be readable when rotated into work platform ON WORK PLATFORM
position).

86. View V.V, first line, 1/2 white, second line,


"
FUEL VALVE CROSS FEED
1/4" white, station 502. 4
.. CLOSE OPEN
..
e AV010946
F:Ipre 8.73A. Interior mllrld,.... CH-47 (ttlleet 14 or 18)

Chenge 2 8-200E
.
TB 746.93.2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
87. Detail A, First line, I yellow, Second line, 1/2"
EMERGENCY EXIT
yellow with arrow, 1/2" X 2 1/2" on black handles

88.
in cockpit. See arrow position in Detail A.

Detail B, I" yellow letters, left side between


-. TURN HANDLE
8
station 280 and 320. Right side between station FOR 9J
360 and 400, place stencil on sides of window.
as shown. Refer to paragraph 7-22.

RESCUEd]

89. Detail B, cut out corners, I" X 3" yellow as


shown in item 88. .

NOTE: Item 88 and 89 Eff on SIN 59-4983 thru


66-097
3~* -3

90. Detail C, Station 493, WL 28.4, first line FUEL VALVE NO.2 ENGINE
1/2" second line 1/4" white letters
"'CLOS~ OPEN'"
91. Detail C, Station 505, WL 19.6, first line, 1/2", DE FUEL VALve,....
second line 1/4" white letters.
CLOSE' OPEN
8
92. Two places aft of station 95, I" white letters. ACCESS PANELS HYDRAULIC
-

Stencil to be readable from centerline of acft.


LINES, TRANSFORMERS

93. Detail C. 1/2" black letters, station 491. Top UP STOP DN


line on one stringer bottom line on lower
stringer at WL O.
RAMP CONTROL

94. Detail C, I" black, station 486, WL -2.0. Arrow STA.486.0


1/2" X 3".
~
95. Detail D, 1/2" yellow letters. Refer to paragraph 7-22.
EMERGENCY EXIT
PULL STRAP OUT
PUSH PANEL

96. Detail E, I" white letters with ST A. 242.0


arrow. Arrow
located on Station 242.

~
A V01 0946
Figure B-73A. Interior markings, CH.47 (sheet 15 of IB)
8
8.200 F Change 2

.
.. -

T8 746-93.2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

97. Detail F, 1" wrote letters. Arrow located on STA 364.0


st ation 364.

8 98. D etail H, 1" wrote letters. Right side at fwd


TURN HANDLE UP
d oor. UFT DOOR

99. Detail I, View B-B, aft side, station 95.0, 1/4"


CABLE CUTTER
.

wrote I etters.

100. Detail I, and View B-B, aft side, station 95.0, HOIST CONTROL
.
1/4" w hite letters.

101. V'lew M -M, 1/2" white fwd side, station 534. HYDRAUUC RES. GAGE
.

.'
.

102. Y ell ow letters, 1/2~' station 440,BL 26 and LOCATION FOR


st alion 165.
MAINT CRANE
BASE PLATE

103. Y ellow dot, 1" station


138.5, 166.5,427 and
4 55, B L 26.
.;:
104. Corner markings, 1" X 3" station 133.86, 3"
174.36 , 424.25 and 464.75 BL 34.44 and BL
19.94,

8
8 places.

~3"
-1'''1-
Y ellow letters, 1" station 348, center
105. of A/C floor. ALTERNATE GROUND
T 0 be read facing fwd of acft on
upper door. EMERGENCY ESCAPE
UFT
Stripe I" wide across.cabin floor at station

D
106. 120,
2 42,3 64, and 486. Stripe to be
yellow.

Jo

107. C enter floor on


-
ramp, I" white letters. MAX WEIGHT 200 LBS.
ON WORK PLATFORM
~

108. White 1/2" letters, station 500 on floor. LI FT PLUG FOR MANUAL
CARGO DOOR CRANKING

8 AV010947
Figure 8-73A. Interior markings, CH-47 (sheet 16 of 18)
OPEN

Change 2 8-200G
. .
T8 746~93.2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
109. Yellow 1" letters, fwd edge of stencil on CRANK HERE TO OPEN
station 360, OB edge of stencil on BL 17.25. t AND CLOSE OUTER HATCH

~,.OPEN
8
RESCUE PULLEY ATTACH
110. White 1/2" letter, station 132.5, BL 24.5,
top of letters facing outboard.
~

I 112. At rear emer. exit, 1" black letters on 15"


.

yellow arrow. Pointing toward handle.


Eff on SIN 66-118 and subsequent. Refer to
paragraph 7-22.

113. Right side station 516, WL 53. 1/2" white BRAKE RETURN
letters. LINE FILTER
Eff on SIN 65-7978 and subsequent.

114. White 1/2" letters, station 525, WL 53 and WARNING FILTER MAINTENANCE
station 554, WL 29.5, eff on: Qty of 1
SIN 65-7978 thru 65-7994, Qty of 2 SIN
65-7995 & sub.
-
.
REQUIRED WHEN RED
INDICATOR IS EXTENDED. 8
115. White 1/2" letters, station 95, WL 21 above WARNING
114S1655 back-up panel. Eff on SIN 65-7990 & sub. INSTALL BACK-UP
PANEL BEFORE FLIGHT

116. First line, 1/2", lower line 1/8" white, FLOW REGULATORS
location, station 116, WL 12.0, adjacentto
flow regulator. L.S., eff on SIN 65-1995 & sub. ... ..
REGULATED FLOW DIRECTION

117. Typical for 8 windows. Both sides at station


220, 300, 380, 460, first line 1" letters, re-
mainder 1/2" yellow or reflective letters. 1/2" EMERGENCY EXIT
Xl" yellow stripe around window at 6 places
(positions
12,2,4,6,8, and 10 o'clock) Eff
t PULL STRAP OUT
PUSH WINDOW OUT

~I
on SIN 66-098 and subsequent. Refer to
paragraphs 7-19 through 7-22.

AV010948
Figure 8-73A. Interior markings, CH-47 (sheet 17 of 18)
8
8-200H Change 2

.
TB 746-93-2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

I1S. View N-N, both sides at station 502.33, WL 19.0, FUEL VALVE
WARNING UGHT
8 black letters lIS" (metal-cal) eff on SIN 66.19059
and subsequent.

119. View B-B, 5" white letters, station 120


center of mounting holes. XM24 GUN MTG
Eff on SIN 6S-S014 and subsequent.

SIN 66-118 and subsequent XM24 (---------) GUN MTG


'---------
I !2"
120. A two (2") wide lusterless red stripe across the
floor. Centered on station 160. I
I
I

AV010948
Figure 8-73A. InteriorrnørkinlB. CH-47 (.heat 18 of 18)

8
Change 2 8-200J/(8-200K blank)
.
.
8

8
.
8 8 8
88

~.

n
:r
..
::I
'Ii
...a ~
.

~
qo
t ..
..0
W
N .
0 ...,
001090 1
...a Figure 8-74. Exterior mørkiflØJ, CH-47 (sheet of 29)
-
~'--

~,~.,,;,;

co
N .l õf
c HINGE LINE (REF) ,
N ...
~
èS
.

~. ~p- ...
.
g I
.~"

!
ca
CD

.. .:
. ...,

...
,;;;""
~,
see DETAIL B
þ f/
AFT PYLON WORK PLATFORM
.
(VIEW LOOKING DOWN. LEFT t
LEFT SIDE VIEW SIDE SHOWN, RIGHT SIDE OPPOSITE

DETAIL B

&

I
l

,
;~,
;

;~.
"':,-' "-1j.',-
~'*'.
:.~"'~..".'..~'.<.
'~i\'~;i::- .'.'"

I
,

010204
ô.1:.,t!}'-
Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (sheet 2 '~~
of 29)

. 8 8 8 .
8 8
8- 8,
..
-'

. 14

~~ '"

<-"'-

IS
.:~-.

f RIGHT SlOE VIEW

-a
';" ...
.. .
001091 , ~,

~
,
i 3 N
Figure 8-74. E%tmor ""'!*ÎnIJ8, CH-41 (Blleet of 39)

.
..--<
co
N I
~
g ~"..~
III
.~ .....
'I
0-
.0
w

,;'"
"en ,~1?
":r 1>>'" f~
DETAIL~i.RIGHTSIDE SHDWN
ca ~. ..
CD
LEFT S.IDE DPPOSITE
...a

91 16 13

I ,

23461 : t:::I >


I :
I :
.J
L____-
.

IE]

:_:'.~
@'
ESEE'DET~LC
SEE;DETAIL SEE DETAIL G
~~
i'

RIGHT siæ VIEW


010205

~<.- ,

-'1
Figure 8-74. Exterior markings. CH-47 (slreøij,4of 29)

. 8 8 8 .
"

8 8 8
"

8- 4",.
,~ -
"

ì
~'"" .".f<
,
"

'-.

,<'

DETAIL H

"
Edge of Tunnel

.
r----NOTE
ALL MARKINGS AFT OF STATION 430
,:
"
(Rivet Line)
.
WILL BE STENCILS' EXCEPT LANDING GEAR,
" .
Bulktread I
.

STA 179.50
STA 430.00 Do Not
Pelnt
Do Not Paint
Over Screw

(")
:r'
I>>
;:,

'i
...
~
m

....
ST A440.00 Do Not
SEE DETAJL H
co TOP View Paint
N 010206 ~ ;
ffi N
Figure 8:74. Exterior mørkìttg5. CH-47 (sheetS of 29)

~:
ço
i -I
ID
:
~
,
n N
=r
!
em
N

47 18 IN. ON CENTER 47 18 IN. ON CENTER


48 24 IN. WIDE

/ @)

co "" co
8

LEAVE TIPS YELLOW


ALL ROTOR BLAOES

TOP VIEW

Çonspieuity Markings
Camouflag8d HeIIcOp&eI'I
010207

Figure 8-74. Exterior markings. CH-47 (sheet 6 of 29)

8 8 8
88
T8 756-93.2

.
8

-..

fI)
.J
.J
i
W
U

too.
.J
W
..
:I
II:- I
... too.
.J
:I
2 !i i
>
%
f
8
!::
J
It
W
0
I 1
J
1-.
L
0 '~ø
!:!
.J
W
&~
,.
%
z
..
'Do ~~ ~
I
0 GO
Z...
.. I
i:
WII,
-løc j
!

8
I
õ
. 1 8-2OIA
Change
TB 746-93-2

.
8

....

13

FRONT VIEW
010209

Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (sheet 8 of 29)


8
8-2068 Change 1
.
T.8746-93.2

.
8
(MAX) C:-I
L FACE AFT

DETAIL Þ
~
~

FORWARD PYLON WORK PLATFORM


(VIEW LOOKING DOWN. RIGHT
SIDE SHOWN, LEFT SIDE
.OPPOSITE)

WL-2.600

MAX WEIGHT-400 LBS.


ON WORK PLATFORM

I I I
!:

<:
-ltJ 3.6 IN.
DETAIL E
...
~
-

-"
ENGINE WOÃK PLATFORM
(VIEW LOOKING INBD
WITH PLATFORM IN OPEN ~
8
POSITION. RIGHT SIDE
SHOWN, LEFT SIDE OPPOSITE
010210

Figure 8-74. Exterior mørkingø, OH-47 (.heet 9 of 29)

. Change 1. 8.208C
"'_.0._.._-
T8746-93..2

+ ~ .
.. <;- -<+r
<;- -$-

(Ir
SUCTION PFiESSURE: SUCTION PAESSUAe' SUCTION' PFiESSUFIE
8
I I I
NO.1 SYSTEM NO.2 SYSTEM UTI LITY

VIEW LOOKING AT HYDRAULIC TEST PANEL


D~TAIL pi

STA 114.28
FCï=

DETAIL- G
RECEPTACLE PANEL

010211

Figure 8.14. Exterior markings, CH-41 (.heet 10 of 29)


8
8-206D' Change 1
.
TB 7~.".2

.
8 DETAIL I

..
-BLO.OO
--
-
L

8L 26.00

I
STA .78.00 ST A UO.OO STA 618.00

8
BL 26.00
I
I

"T
j'.
.-

I
I
STA 818.00

TOP VIEW

8 010212

Figure 8-14.
ITAIL PIPE AREA)

Exterior mørkinlll. CH-41 (.Nt 11 of 29)

Change 1 8-208E

.
""'"
co
N I1J
0 ....
.þo.
en
-n '"
.:0
w
.
N

r3OIN.~
CU~OHRERE
~ ,
n ~ I
:r
I>>
V <Ð 25 IN.
CH.47 PRIOR TO 67-18494
::s 25 x 30 IN.
CCI
CD I!::f~RG RESCUE J START AT STA 365.000
ON WL 5.000
N
.75 IN.--J j.- .75 IN.
-I

0 0 JQI

STA 440.00STA ~.50.STA 365.00


STEP MARKER STRIPE
.

~ ~~EF) STÂ~~03.50
33 IN.
.:.

13 IN.
~I.
-
;
(jJ 0 - &
CH-47 67-18494 SUBSEQUENT
----.;]lft
j: I 18,500 x 33 IN.
START AT STA 403.500
1.5 IN. 1185 IN ON WL 9.500
.1-
I .75 IN.-II-:-iU'
i:!J
(!j t:::I c::J
NOTE
0 19.5 iN. mer AIRCRAFT PRIOR TO 68-15812 WILL
=-Í- WLO HAVE EMERGENCY RESCUE CHANGEO TO THE
CONFIGURATION OF 68-15812 AND SUBSEQUENT
AT TIME OF COMPLETE PAINTING OP AIRCRAFT.
c EMERGENCY CUT OUT AREAS
'"
RIGHT SIDE VIEW
010213

Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (sheet 12 of 29)

8 8 .
ì'. "

-
8- _8
NOTE
PRIOR TO 68-15812 WILL
132 IN.-J HAVE EMERGENCY RESCUE CHANGED
38 ~
TO THE CONFIGURATION OF 68-15812
CUT HERE E:1"""T AND SUBSEQUENT AT TIME OF COMPLETE
CH-47 PRIOR TO 87-18494 U U
32 x 26 IN. ~ I PAINTING OF AIRCRAFT.
CENTER ON STA 300.00 I 25 IN.
~ ~ ~
f. I.!J1
"G '"",,: WL ..00
.75 IN. 5 IN. STA 420.00
+ir-- I .. .,
ST A 404.00
STA 221.30 I
I
I I

I I
.

I
Ii"

0 Ol
I
I
I

I I
I
.
I
. I
I ST A 440.00
ST A 300.00

161N

9
IfII i
C>>

:J 2!5IN. . CH-47 67-18494 & SUBSEQUENT


cø --f-- 2 PLACES. CENTER ON

.75 IN.
STA 221.300 AND 420.000
N IN.
--- ijttY~ I!r .7.5
WL 0.00
~ ill~ 31N.
-t
aJ
......
-
CIO
N EMERGENCY CUT OUT AREAS fP
0 IS
! LEFT SIDE VIEW N
010214
(sheet 13 of 29)
Figure 8-74. Exterior mDl'kings, CH-47
TB 746.93-2

Notes

1. Unless otherwise noted, all lettering is to be I-in.


.
2. A standard size arro,! wilt be used, when required, in
the following stencil

KT-' IN 8
-I
1.6 IN. 0.5

!-t-
I
IN. I ~
3 IN.

3. FOR NON~CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

Letters to be painted gloss yellow, shade No.


13538, on olive drab surfaces; and gloss black,
shade No. 17038, on white or high visibility sur-
faces unless otherwise noted

4. FOR CAMOUGLAGE HELICOPTER

Letters to be painted lusterless yellow, shade No.


33538, unleRs otherwise noted
8
"

~
.
, .

NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING


..---..-
-

1 Fixed portion of cowl between nacelle and vertical' NO STEP


fin. Bottom of letters facing fwd. On nonstructural
area of fwd rotor housing, right side. To be read-
while standing on work platform (inside only).
Also top of engine nacelle facing outbd

2 Adjacent to handle on right side. Lettering to be DEPHASE HANDLE INSIDE


I 1/2 in. lusterless black. Word WARNING should'
be lusterless yellow
WARNING MUST BE IN LOCKED
-

POSITION PRIOR TO START

3 Used with each set of steps, both sides of HAND HOLD


fuselage. Also, above handgrip, top and side of
rear pylon, both sides

4 Adjacent to access doors. To be read from INSTALL COVER


walkway BEFORE FliGHT

001092
Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, OH-47 (sheet 14 of 29) 8
8-206H Change 2

.
~

"
TS 748-93-2

CODE
. NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

5 Doth sides of fuselage above filler cap.


Lett ers to be 1/2 in. lusterless black
t
8 31N.
!
6 Doth sides of fuselage, 1/4-in. letters FUEL VENT

NOTE
.
CH-47, serial No. 68-15812 and subsequent,
sta 330. CH-47, serial No. 67-18494
thru
6 815811, sta 245 and 386. CH-47, serial
. No. 66-19098 thru 67-18493, sta 231 and 395.
CH-47, serial No. 67-18594 and subsequent,
s ta 189,243,387, and 442
.
7 Ri ght side top of fuselage, 2-in. below walk. NO STEP
way , positioned between bulkheads (riwt
line ) between sta 179.5 and sta 400. I-in.
lett ers to be read from walkway

8 Bo th sides of fuselage adjacent to step .STEP

8 NOTE
On CH-47B, serial No. 66-19098,
t he lower right side of the fuse-
STEP
PULL KNOB DOWN
lage has a hinge
type folding step. AND OUT TO
This stencil is applied on the door OPEN STEP
under the release knob. First
line is I-in., remainder is
112-in.

9 On AC power access door on right side in DANGER HIGH


lust erless black letters VOLTAGE

10 Aft of fwd entrance door on right side,


sta 162, WL 8, in lusterless black letten
EXIT
RELEASE
+
.

11 On emergency exit panel in fwd entrance door PUlL TAB


on right side forward of pull tab OUT PUSH
PANEL IN
..
12 Below lower flight compartment side window ~ DOOR JETIISON
in line with door jettison handle on right side

8
001093

Figure 8-74. Esterior mørIIineø, CH-47 (.heet 16 of 29)

1 8-206J
Çhange

0
TB 746-93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
13 Below door jettison handle on right side of DOOR JETIISON
fuselage, sta 93, WL-24, lusterless black +. PUSH TRIGGER

14
letters TURN HANDLE UP
8
Lower section of fwd entrance door on right
side aft of door handle in lusterless black
letters
+ PUSH TRIGGER
TURN HANDLE UP
PULL DOOR OUT

15 Upper section of fwd entrance door on right


side, aft of door release, in lusterless
black letters
+ PUSH TRIGGER TURN
HANDLE UP LIFT DOOR
UP

@ Tire slippage marks.


Refer to paragraph 7.27.

17 Below engine nacelles, both sides, aft of air ENGINE ACCESS


intake screen, sta 503, WL 52 FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER

@ Hydraulic test panel, tail of fuselage, right side.


1/4.in. letters.
HYD SYSTEM TEST PANEL

~
~ON<t'PR~RE~PR~RE 8
I ~RESßURE
~TION I S~CT~ON
NO.1 SYSTEM NO.2 SYSTEM UTILITY

@) Around emergency exit panels.


[-3IN.--1
FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

U
-,,-

On both sides of fuselage and on rear cargo door.


t ~--

Emer. exit outlined at each corner with corner 31N.


bands 1 in. wide and 3 in. long at each leg and
painted lusterless yellow, shade No. 33538
~
-I 1--1 IN.

20 Centered under cargo ramp, a~ove emergency EMERGENCY EXIT

001094
exit, sta

610'
PULL STRAP OUT
PUSH PANEL
Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (sheet 16 of 29
8
8.206 K Change 2

.
TB 7".93.2
.

CODE
. NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

21 Cen tered between upper and lower static ports. DO NOT PLUG OR DEFORM
Left and right side of fwd pylon. Lettering to HOLES WITHIN 3.0"

8 bel /4 in with two top lines above rivet line,


lower two lines below rivet line. On CH47A, do
not paint flush plate of static port
RADIUS MUST BE
SMOOTH AND CLEAN

22 Top center of engine nacelles between oil filler LUB OIL


aeee ss and oil quantity indicator access doors. MIL-L-23699, ABOVE -2SoF
Top of letters facing outbd, 1/2-in. letters. MIL-L-7808 ; BELOW -2SoF

~ Antiglare area fwd of windshield, furthermost


CUr\leis 30-in. fwd of windshield. Paint area
4
lusterless black

24 Ad'lJIcent to fwd edge of fwd emergency exit, left EXIT


.. side, sta 119, WL 6. Arrow should point to pull tab RELEASE

25 Left side, on bottom comer of emergency exit PULL TAB


.

aOOve pull tab OUT PUSH


PANEL IN

@ Top of fuselage, left side of tunnel, from sta


160 to sta 420. I-in. letters, lusterless black,
EDGE OF TUNNEL
top of letters facing outboard. Word STEP 4-in.
--. STA 160.00 t STA 180.00
out from tunnel on bulkhead, 14 places. Work NO
~ 6 IN.
t
.

8 STEP 6-in. out from tunnel between bulkheads (rivet


d:IJ.S
dUg.
d:i~S
lines)
10
IN.
~ 1
ON
~
I
.

-10 IN.

27 On top centerline to be read from walkway. CAUTION-DISCONNECT


ELECTRICAL WIRING
BEFORE REMOVING
.

ANTENNA HOUSING

28 Mt of second side window, both sides STATIC PORT

.
+-
'," .

29 Doth sides of fuselage. Mt side of filler cap on FUEL


left side and fwd side of filler cap on right side. MIL-T-5624

8
The early model helicopters have one tank on each JP4.
side of the center of the fuselage. Later
heli copters have three tanks, one fwd and one aft
of the center tank
001086
Figure 8-74. Exterior morkings, CH-47 (.heet 17 of 29)
. Change 1 ß.206L
.
!;~
~

!1:i
1B 746.93.2

CODE
NO.
~,
DIRECTIONS WORDING
3
.
_30' Cut out corners 3 x 3 x 1 in., yellow markings.
CH-47 prior to serial No. 68-15812, left side -LI
[j=3
r- .
IN.

'lJ
centered around window at sta 300 and right side
at sta 380. CH-47, serial No. 68-15812 and sub-
sequent, left side centered on sta 221.30 and 420,
3
-r--
CUT HERE
FOR 8
and right side at sta 416.50. See sheet 12 and 13 IN.

~ EMERGENCY RESCUE dJ
II (L.H. Side)
I-+-5.0
-- ~. 75 IN. -I IN.
~ EMERGENCY RESCUE
r:!] ;.

(R.H. Side)
"1-+-.75 IN. I,
1-+-.75 IN.
........
--
31 Top of fwd pylon aft of rain shield at sta 114. HAND HOLD
Top of letters facing inboard. Effective on CH-47,
serial No. 66-19098

8
FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER ONL V

Both sides of pylon. Bottom of letters on WL 97, U.S. ARMY (insert serial no.)
start at sta 518

Lettering 9.in. high, 6.in. wide, 1.5 in. stroke

~ FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER ONL V (insert serial no.)

Both sides of pylon on WL 118.00, start at sta 557


and extend aft. Lettering 6.in. lusterless black
-)
",33, Inside transmission oil filler access panel. LUB OIL
1/4.in. letters MIL- L-7808

34 \ Left side of pylon adjacent to kick in step panels STEP

35 Lower aft section of fuselage in line with towing


eye on tail gear, both sides, sta 514, WL-28
TOW
+
36 Left side fuselage, sta 95, WL-25 JACK POINT
UNDER +.,
001096 8
Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (sheet is of 29)

8-206M Change 1
.
----
-

T8 746-93-2

CODE
. NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

37 Both sides of fuselage, aft of lower step, FUSIACK


Ita 483, WL-28 PT AND

8 . MOORING
PT UNDER

+
FOR NON-cAMOUfLAGE HEll COPTER
@ MOlt fwd part of letter "A" on left side to be at ARMY
STA 300.00. Most fwd part of lett er "V" on right
side to be at STA 300.00. Top of I etten WL-12.
Letters to be 18 in. painted gloss b lack, shade No.
,~

17038 on white fuselaøe and gloss white, shade No.


17875 on olive drab fuselage
~

FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTE R

MOlt fwd part of letter "U" on left side to be at UNITED STATES ARMY
STA 280.00. MOlt fwd part of lett er "Y" on right
side to be at STA 280.00. Top of I etten will be on
WI. 12, IS.in. down from pod seam, 6-in. lusterless
black

39 Both sides fuselage at sta 241, WI..- 34 FUSIACK

8 POINT, AND
MOORING
POINT UNDER

+
40 Aft of external power access panel on left lide. 115/208 V
400 CYCLE A.C.

.
NOTE
CH-47 A, aft of access door at st a 174.
CH-47C, below acCess door at s ta 169

41 Above external power access panel, sta 169, on left EXT PWR
~

.
,side DC-AC
..
~
42 Fwd of external power access paneI on left side, 28 V.D.C
Ita 166. 1/2 in. letters

43 Below door jettison handle on left side, sta 93, DOOR JETTISON
WL24 PUSH TRIGGER
TURN HANDLE DOWN
+
8 010290

l1iIure 8-14.
E zterior
mtIl'kin,., CH-41 (Wet 19 of 29)

. Change 1
..
8-208N .

-
TB 746.93.2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
.
44 of fuselage aft of cabin window, sta 93,
Left side U.S. ARMY MODEL
WL 11.50. First two lines I-in, remaining lines U.S.A. SERIAL NO. (insert serial no.)

8
l/2-in.
Service this aircraft with
MIL-T-5624 grade No. JP-4
aviation fuel. If not available
refer to TB55.9150-200-25 for
alternate fuel

45 Below lower flight compartment side window in

..
DOOR JETTISON
line with door jettison handle on left side

FOR CAMOUFLAGED HELICOPTER ONLY

'46 The top surface of each blade, 24-in. inbd from the
\'- tips, and aft of the leading edge will be painted
lusterless white.
CAUTION: Spray all blades evenly, rebalance is not
necessary

i
FOR CAMOUFLAGED HELICOPTER ONLY
\

47" Forward and aft pylons (top only) will be painted


with an international orange strip, eighteen inches
wide on center. Do not extend over the radius of
the top. To be visible only from above

FOR CAMOUFLAGED HELICOPTER ONLY 8


48 Top surface of tunnel covers will be painted
lusterless white. 24-in. stripe applied between
walkway 2-in. black stripes

FOR CAMOUFLAGED HELICOPTER ONLY

49 (Not Shown) Authorized placement of unit insignia


.
is on nose access panel.

50 Above battery vent, left side of fuselage, sta 188. BATTERY VENT
1/4-in. letters. .

51 On battery access panel, left side of fuselage, BATTERY


sta 188,WL 16 INSIDE
'52'\ Black walkway material on indicated shaded areas
('53"'\Paint Code, 1/4-in. letters left side of fuselage, NCAD**WP1.P2- L3-Date .

sta 118.0, WL-28.0 WP.MIL-C-8514


'-.,-,
P.MIL-P. 7962

010291
**Paint Contractor will insert their code L-MIL.L-19538

Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (sheet 20 of 29)


8
8.206P Change 1
.
...

, TB 746.93.2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING :

54 Both sides of fwd pyl on fairing sta 100, WL.67.50


,
ACCESS
FWD RQTOR .

8 SYSTEM &
WORK PLATFORM

FOR NON-CAMOUF LAGE HE LlCOPTER

is> Left side of fuselage around emergency exit panel. 1/2IN. STRUCTURE
l.in. wide band, 1/2-i n. on stru cture, 1/2-in. on

r;=
SEAL
panel 1/2 IN.PANEL

~
56 Both sides of fwd pyl on, sta 123, WL 6.3.50 AIRCRAFT
UFT PTS
INSIDE
~

It .

57 Left side of fuselage, sta 162, above drain tube. TUNNEL DRAIN
1/4-in. letters

58 Both sides of fuselage , 2 places sta 226 and 355,


, COMPI DRAINS
WL-34.0. 1/2-in. lette rs UNDER
+
8 59 Both sides of fuselage ? sta 245 WL-18.0
, ACCESS
LANDING GEAR
SERVICE

60 Both sides of fuselage sta 241 WL-23.0. Centered


, ,
ACCESS FUEL -"

on forward landing gear access door SYSTEM INSP. .

61 On landing gear strut s. 1/4-in. letters. *Refer to TIRE


TM 55-1520-209-20, Chapter 1 Section II, table 1-2,
, PRESSURE
page 1-9 for affected aircraft an d tire pressure. *67PSI

NOTE **TIRE PRESSURE


*CH-47, serial No. 66-1909 8 thru 67-18493 PSI GRO WT.
67PSI 67 33000
.

77 40000
**CH-47, serial N o. 67-18494 and subsequent 88 44000
~
,
62 BOth sides of fuselage . CH-47 prior to serial No. FUEL
67-18494, 8 places at 266, 379, 395 and 416 DRAIN
.

sta
(s). CH-47 after serial
at Sta 195,235,261,
No. 67-1 8494, 14 places
268, 369 ,379,435 and 445
+ .

8 63 Both sides of fuselage , 2 places sta 261, and 355.


, Disconnect electrical plugs in
fuel cell access panel before
dropping tank.
010292
Figure 8-74 .
Exterior marking., CH-47 (.heet 21 of 29)

. Change 1 8-2060

'.!
"
TB 746-93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS

Left and right side of fuselage. A I-in. wide black


WORDING
.
(64
,.
band around f1l1er cap, 2-in. from filler cap.

~,
Paint band and cap black. I-in. band may be broken
in four sections for ease of application

CH47 prior to serial No. 67-18493, left side


8
sta 300, right side sta 332

CH47 serial No. 67-18493 and subsequent, left side


of fuselage at sta 207, 302, and 408, right side of
fuselage at sta 219, 331, and 420 "
65 Both sides of fuselage under antenna, sta 330.5, N0
HAND HOLD
WL 14.9

66 Both sides of fuselage centered on access plate, ACCESS FUEL


sta380 and 449 SYSTEM INSP

67 Left. and right aft work platform, centered on W ORK PLATFORM


platform at WL-2.50

68 Both sides of fuselage, fore and aft of work W ORK


platform above support point at sta 474.0 and
521.0, WL-6.0
PLATFORM
SUPPORT
PO INT
8
+ ~
69 Both sides of fuselage, sta 485, WL-34. 1/2-in.
letters as required per model helicopter
COMPT DRAINS
UNDER
+
70 Left side of fuselage, sta 546.50, WL IS AC CESS
APP EMERG ,

FLUID SHUT OFF

0Í) .~,....._",'"'
Left side of fuselage, sta 543, WL 50. First line
I-in. letters remaining letters 1/4-in., located
ENGINE
D RAINS
in front of each overboard drain tube. .S TARTER REliEF
VA LVE DRAIN
NOTE HYDRAUUC DRAIN
.Applicable on CH47, serial No. 67-18494 AF T XMXN DRIP PAN
and subsequent. ENGINE COMB CHAMB

010293
ENGINE BREATHER
ENGINE MANF 8
Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (aheet 22 of 29)

.
8-208R Change 1
.
Tat....2
.

. CODE
NO. D IRECTIONS WORDING
"
'.
"

72 Both Iidea of enaine c owling below screéned ACCESS ENGINE ~,


air intab, Ita 486, W L46.0 QUICK

8 73 Both Iidea of rear pylon, sta 471, WL 79


DISCONNECT

AIRCRAFI'
,;',C"
f
..

PTS f
UFT
"

+E .
0"

I"~

74 Both sidet of rear pylon, sta 457, WL 106.5, ACCESS XMSM


fwd of screened air intake OIL COOLER .
':

75 On CH-47, serial No. 65.7966 to 65-8025, ACCESS ENGINE GEAR


,.
left aide 0 f rear pylon , below screened area BOX CIUP DETECTORS
~

76 On outbo ard aide of # 1 engine and inboard ACCESS


aideof #2- enpne, aft of access door OIL QUANTITY
INDICATOR :
,

"

77 Left side 0 f pylon, sta 496, WL 95.50. 1/2-in. BLOWER FAN


letters LUBE POINT .-
MILG-23827

78 Left side 0 f pylon, Ita 505, WL 82.5 BLOWER FAN

8
.,
ACCESS
"

&; REMOVAL

79 Left side 0 f fuselage n ear top of rear pylon, ACCESS THRUST BE.uING
Ita 550, WL 128 &; WORK PLATFORM .' '.' ,

'.
";',

80 Both Iidea of fuselage under lettering, refer to HYD BOOST TANK


Code No. 79 -7'
.{' ,
,

81 Both Iidet of pylon ceotered on access door, ACCESS :t


Ita 564, WL 85.0 XMSN

82 Left side 0 f fuselage ab ove smaU access plate, ACCESS XMSN


Ita 557.0, WL75 OIL FILTER
~ ....",

83 Riabt side of f_sse under overboard drain, WATER DRAIN


Ita 107, WL 15 1/4-in letters . HEATER INLET
~

84 Riøbtside of fuselaae above access door, INPH


" Ita 114, WIA JACK
..
85 Riøbt side of fuseJase under phone jack plug,
, BLADE ,

Ita 112. WL.J2 TRACKING

8
.

Effective C H-47, serial No. 66.19098 thru


68-15828
010294 .-
28 of 29)
Fiøure 8-74. Estmor mar'''"", CH-47 (.laHt

. Chabge 1 8-2088

- ,
. T B 746.93.2

CODE
NO.

86
DIRECTIONS

Right side of fuselage, above overboard drain line,


WORDING
.
HEATER FUEL DRAIN
sta 101, WL-34.S 1/4-in. letters

87 Right side of fuselage on upper door, fwd


release handle, sta 127, WL-2.S
of LIFT DOOR UP
8
FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

,88
"
Right side of fuselage on top front door. Two
I-in. wide stripes around push-in panel, I-in. .. 1 IN.

fi
on panel on each side of seal. Do not paint seal SEAL
(RE F)
'

89 Right side of fwd pylon fairing sta 78., WL 66 XMSN OIL ..


FILLER INSIDE
90 Right side of fuselage on access door, sta 187, ACCESS
WL-1S
A.C. POWER
EQUIP
91 Right side of fuselage adjacent to each side of *STEP
step kick in door panel
,..

NOTE
Effective CH47, serial No. 19098 and
subsequent, the first two lower steps
on the right side of the pod have a
STEP
PULL KNOB DOWN
AND OUT TO
8
folding hinge type door. This marking OPEN STEP
goes on the door of the step below the
door knob. ý ~'
'"

(:~) Both sides of fuselage, step guide above each


step. 1/4-in. wide, 12.in., IS-in., or 27.in. O'--r
lengths. Lusterless yellow

~~t 15 IN. 27 IN.

93 Outboard side of each nose antenna mounting tube. NO PUSH


First line centered horizontally on tube, second KEEP OFF
line below center. l/2-in. letters

94 Right side of fuselage, aft small access plate, ACCESS


on larger access plate, sta 494.50 RAMP
CONTROL
DN-STOP.UP
9S Right side of fuselage above access plate, .'

8
INPH
sta 487.S0 JACK
010296
Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (sheet 24 of 29)
,

8-206T Change 1

.
TB 746.93.2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

96 Right side of fuselage on aft access panel near HYD SYSTEM


tail, sta 561, WL 15

8
TEST
PANEL

97 Right side of aft pylon, sta 491., WL 107 ACCESS


BLOWER
INSP

98 Both aft landing gear drag struts, 1/2.in. WARNING


red letters. Effective CH-47, serial No. DO NOT LOAD
63-7922 and subsequent GEAR WITH STATIC
't
LOCK ENGAGED

~ ~ Both aft landing gear drag links. Red arrow

100
l.in. x 3-in. Effective CH-47, serial No.
63-7922 and subsequent

Both aft landing gear on aft side of swivel lock


-+
WARNING REFER TO
-

actuator. 1/2-in. red letters. Stencil is MANUAL BEFORE


vertical on actuator. Effective CH-47, serial DISCONN HYD LINES
No. 63-7922 and subsequent

Right side of fuselage, near tail, first two

8 linesl.in. letters. Remainder of stencil 1/4-in.


Each line will be placed fwd of overboard drain
ENGINE
DRAINS

STARTER RELIEF
tube. #0
VALVE DRAIN
NOTE . 0 APP FUEL PUMP SEAL
*Shown for CH-47, serial No. 66-19032 .. 0 APP COMB CHAMB
and subsequent
'>'~.,,,-
':1,",,_.
0 HYDRAULIC DRAIN
**On CH-47 prior to serial No. 66-19032, 0 ENGINE COMB CHAMB
reverse first two lines 0 ENGINE BREATHER
#Applicable on CH-47, serial No. 67. 0 ENGINE MANF
18494 and subseqw~lt

Finish of door handle and emer door and cockpit ~.YEllOW


~

handles, both sides of helicopter. Paint handle


lusterless black, paint plunger lusterless yellow.
( J::j"
-
~BLACK '

HANDLE (REF)
~

103 On top of tunnel facing left of walkway area. NO STEP


Starting at sta 200, BL 6, right hand side,
and spaced 4O-in. apart.

104 Centered on top of fwd pylon at sta 134 NO STEP


8 010296

Figure 8-74. E:cterior markings, CH-47 (sheet 26 of 29)

. Change 1 8-206U
.

TB 746.93.2

CODE

J
.;,,~
NO. DIRBCTIONS WORDING .
105 Top of fuselage around all walkway areas, 2.in.
Úl black border

.
",,-j
-I-2m. 8
106 Top ~f fuselage, right side, fwd on access door, ACCESS
sta 152. Top of letters facing outboard. Also MAINT
right side aft, sta 443.5 on CH-47, se.rial No. DAVIT
66-19098 thru 67.18484
~

107 Top of fuselage, right side aft of walkway MAINT CRANE AZIMUTH PT.
z:nt, sta 175. Also aft right side, of REPLACE SCREW AFTER USING
'!'
uselage at'sta 416. 1/2.in. letters
,/
t?" Three places on top of fuselage tunnel, sta 180, ACCESS-DRIVE
303, and 384. Top of letters facing left SHAFT COUPUNG

'/ì~ Top center of both sides of fuselage, sta 317. A


'

'\. "~,,
" 2-in. lusterless black circle on the fitting
cover 0
-I 1- 2 IN.
8
110. Top center of both sides of fuselage at fitting. SPT PT
Stencil to be outbd of fitting, top of letters BLADE RACK
facing outbd

111 Top and bottom of left and right gear box access REMOVE
cover. Top of letters face aft GEI\R BOX
ACCESS

112 On leading edge of aft pylon, sta 452, WL 70 ROTOR DEPHASE


DEVICE INSIDE

113 Top of left and right engine pod drive shaft ACCESS
fairing. Top of letters facing aft DRIVE SHAFT

,
114 On top of left 'and right nacelle on access ACCESS
plate. Top of letters facing aft OIL FILTER

115 Two places on top of left and right nacelle. ACCESS


Aft of oil filler access and fwd of circular ENGINE HOIST

010297
hole in fairing. Top of letters face aft
8
Fipre 8.74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (sheet 26 of 29)

Change 1
. 8.20BV
.
TI 746-93.2
CODE
. NO. DIRECTIONS . WORDING
..

116 Top of left and right engine nacelle, fwd of NO STEP


tail pipe. Top of letters facing outboard, OR HAND HOLD

8 arrows to point aft

117 On top sides of fwd and aft rotor blade rain NO STEP
shield. Paint rain shield lusterless black
(overspray rain shield). Apply stencils 1200
apart, 3 places on each rain shield. This stencil
is located outboard of each rotor blade pitch ~

link cut-out hole


..
118 Fore and aft rotor blade rain shield, 3 pbces PHASING v'
positioned 1200 apart. 1/4-in. letters, (rivet ref)
~ lusterless yellow, paint rivet yellow. There are
3 round head rivets on the outboard side of
each
rain shield. These will be painted lusterless
yellow with the 1/4-in. stencil located above
the rivet

119 Bottom centerline of fuselage. One place on front MIRROR


lower section of nose area. Two places on nose SPT PT
at mirror support brackets. 1/2-in. letters.

8 120 Bottom of fuselage, right side, at sta 98.0.


1/2-in. letters
XMSN OIL DRAIN

121 Bottom of fusel. at drain lines. Stencil aft DRAlNt


of Ita 430. On CH-47 serial No. 66-19098 tbru OPEN
68-15831, 17 places. On CH47 serial No. 68-
15832 and subsequent, 26 places. Decals forward
of Station 430

122 Left side of fuse1IF, bottom of acft, sta 187. BATIERY DRAIN
1/2-in. letters

~ On aft loading ramp emergency escape panel.


1-1/2 in. lusterless yellow band around push

~
button
0
FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

l~ On aft loading ramp around emergency escape panel.


A I-in. wide stripe, one on door, one on panel.
6
STRIPE
SEAL

8 010298
Do not paint seal STRIPE

FWure 8~74. &cterlor rnørkinøø, CH-47 (BlaHt 27 of 29)

. Change 1 8-206W
T8 746.93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
.
125 On CH47 A, fwd, side of front pylon above static S.A.S.
port at WL 72.5, left and right side, front. UPPER
Top line 1/2-in. letters, second line 1/4-in.
letters 8
126 On CH47 A, fwd side of front pylon, below static S.A.S.
port, at base of faiMg, lèft and right side, LOWER
front. Top line 1/2-in., second line 1/4-in.
letters
.

127 Centered on nose panel, above door catch ACCESS

128 Left side of fuselage above drain line, 1/4-in. APP FUEL DRAIN
letters. CH-47A, sta 525, WL 7.0. CH-47C, sta
447 at bottom of access plate.

129 Effective CH47B and C, serial No. 67-18446 and DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE
-
"

subsequent that have' ARC-1 02 antenna installed DO NOT TOUCH ANTENNA WIRE
along left side of fuselage. 2 places above
antenna lead-in, at fwd end of fuselage, aft of
last standoff at end of fuselage

130 Effective CH47B and C, serial No. 67-18446 and NO HANDHOLD

.
subsequent, with ARC-102 antenna installed. 5
places besides antenna standoffs 8
131 CH47B and C, located on lower cockpit windshield. HIGH TEMP UPPER SAS DANGER
Decal curves around upper SAS part DO NOT PLUG OR DEFORM HOLES

132 CH47B and CH47C, located on lower cockpit wind- DO NOT PLUG OR DEFORM HOLES
shield. l)e,;al curves around lower SAS part HIGH TEMP LOWER SAS DANGER

133 Outboard side of fwd pylon work platform when MAX WEIGHT
platform is open. Decal facing aft 400 LBS

134 On left and right fwd pylon work platform. 5 NO STEP


places, facing outboard on outboard side, facing
aft on fwd and aft sides.

135 On aft work platform one facing fwd, one facing MAX WEIGHT
aft 400 LBS

136 On work platform. 6 places, 2 facing inboard, 2 NO STEP


facing outboard, 1 facing fwd, and 1 facing aft

137 Engine work platform area. On side of fuselage


when engine work platform is open. Between sta
MAX WEIGHT 400 LBS
ON WORK PLATFORM
-
8
'
502 and 518, WL 2.50
- ...

010299

8-206X Change 1
Figure 8-74. Exterior markings, CH-47 (sheet 28 of 29)
.
11
.
746.93.2
--
.

CODE
. NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

138 In electrical panel 115/VAC

8 139

140
In electrical panel

In electrical panel
INPH

BLADE
TCK .

141 In electrical panel PHASE


DET

142 Both sides of fuselage below aft side of jetti- CAUTION


sonable door. Word cau,tion is I-in., remain~r When installing door
of letters l/4-in. Refer to TM 55.1520-"*-20
***Insert-209-for CH-47 A Chapter IV. Sect n for
~
***Insert-227.for CH-47B and C proper install and adjustment

010300

!O

8
Figure 8-74. E:cterior marki,.,.. CH-47 (8heet 29 of 29)

. Change 1 8-206Y!(8.206Z blank)


.
8

..

8
.
"
,~ '.
- 8 8
8-
WL 72.00
"",' ./

"
ST A 340.00 ...

STilt. 300.00 , "

ST A 280.00 ".

STA 220.00 ... "

STilt. 1110.00 , "

STA 140.00"

STilt.
...00
"
STA 400.00
"
STA 360.00

I
....
...
.

-...
qo t
w
.
S Stati01lll diagram, CH-47 h)
-,

co
N -I
DJ
0
CO STA ....
~
35 772.0
.
0-
.0
W
Ñ
n
-

:J' DANGER
CD
~ KE~PAWAY>
=
CD
~ A
DETAIL

61N.

SEE
DETAIL A

STA. 136 LEFT SIDE VIEW

STA. 136 LKG. FWD

001097

Figure 8-75. Exterior markings, CH-54 (sheet 1 of 7)

8 .
8 8
>If

8 8 8
8-
STA 407
STA 2915

START WALKWAY 41N. FROM


G.. OF HELICOPTER EACH STRIP
5 IN. WIDE (LH AND RH)

STA 470 (APPROX)

n
::r
.,
~
a:II
CD I
ooA
00 1098

.....
UI
....
CD ~
N :0
Co)
CD t..J
.0 Figure 8-75. Exterior markings, CH-54 (.heet 2 of 7)
TB 746.93.'2

.
8
WL 216.4 RH
LOAD
LEVELLER
INSTALLATION

ANTI-
COLLISION
I
LIGHT

,I
85 IN.
~r
I
8
237 IN.

261.7 IN.

001099 FRONT VIEW

f, ,

Figure 8-75. Exterior markings, OH-54 (sheet 8 of 7)

"'~'"

8
.
8-210 Change 1
T8 7~93.2
CODE

. NO.
I
DIRECTIONS
Rear cockpit door by handle, uteri or and interior
WORDING

TO OPEN PUSH I TO OPEN PULL


AND
TURN.
(EXTERIOR)
AND TURN"
(INTERIOR,

8 2 Cockpit door by elDergency release band Ie ST A 73 EMERGENCY


YELLOW
LETTER)
EMERGENCY
WL 129 ri,ht and left side RELEASE EXIT
TURN
I PUSH

3 Cockpit door by bandle, interior, ri, ht and left side TO OPEN


.
TURN t
"
" Cockpit door by bandle, exterior, ri sht and left side TO OPEN
TURN
I
5 On left of fuselage near fwd filler c BP FUEL
STA 303 aDd aft filler cap STA 419 (apprOK) MIL.T.S624
JP-4
6 On left side of fuselage near auxili
ary filler cap FUEL

8
STA 439 MJL.T.S624
JP4 .
7 Rear door by emergency release han dIe on eKterior (EXTERIOR WI J04.50 BI 23
and interior bulkbead, STA 136. 2-i n. letters
EMERGENCY RELEASE TURN.t
INTERIOR EMERGENCY EXIT TURN.t
WI 147.50
8 On auxiliary power plant oil tank LUB OIL
YlL-L-23699
9 In pilot's compartment on canted bu lkbead WARNING. DO NOT MOVE
aft of pilots' seats I 1/2-in. lusterle 5S HEUCOPTER UNLESS CROSS
black letters BRACE is INSTALLED
10 On torque tUbe arms Nos. 2, 4, and 6 of main .
.
UFT
rotor bead 1/2-in. lusterless black I etters, tbree
places
-

11 Apply walkway urethane base coati ns


BFC91-991 or equal, black color 5 bade No.
-
37038 in accordance with manufact urer's
instructions. From walkway area st B. 353 to
sta. 729, from sta. 191. 5, a strip 1 a-in. wide

8 001100
transverse in tbe aft direction, and 00 pilots
compartment floor and steps forw" d of st.. 136.

Fipre 8-76. E xterior mørkinga, CH.U (sIa..t 4 of 7)

. Change 1 8-211
'~<!'I\

18 746-93-2
CODE

.
WOR DING
NO.
12 Apply 3-in. strip of walkway urethane base
coàting BFC-91-991 or equal in accordance
with manufacturer's instructions, color shade

13
14
No. 37038. left and rilÙ1t side.
Apply I-in. letters
FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT ONLY
8
(Not Shown) The top surface of the outboard twenty
four inches of each rotor blade, excluding the tip
cap, will be painted lusterless white.

15 FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT ONLY


The top surface of horizontal stabilizer wiIl be
painted international orange.

16 FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT ONLY


Authorized placement of unit insignia is on the
.
nose.
17 Both side~ above control rods at stations 205, NOSTEP
206 and 300, WL. 185 . NO H AND
HOL~
18 Inside of battery compartment door, right side
of aircraft, on window washer. Black letters
REMOVE CAP.TO
FILL RE SERVOIR
CAP 2 QTS.

19 Pitot tubes, both sides, top of cockpit.


NO HANDH OLD
Black letters
20 On cargo lashing reels below rocking
mechanisms, 4 places, black letters. ,,~
LO CKED
8
POS ITION

I 21 Left side main gear box near oil filter, left side
of pylon near intermediate gear box, and on
left side of pylon near tail gear box, black letters.
OIL
F SN 9150-180-6278
T M 55-9150-200-25

22 Left side of fuselage, Fwd and aft filter


MS 27606
caps, use grounding symbol per
23 2-in bloc k numbers on bottom side of fuselage, 1 3
Sta. 246 and Sta. 430, BL. 38. 1 and 2 on right
side, 3 and 4 on left side,black numbers. 2 4

24 On left and right side fwd main gear fairing,


Sta.405, WL. 1~4 and 160. I-in yellow NO STE P
orange letters. 4 places.

25 Left side main gear FUEL PR ESSURE


SERVICIN G POINT
FUE L

010216
JP4
Figure 8-75. Exterior markings. CH-54 (sheet 5 of 7)
8
Change 2
I

8-212

.
--

CODE
18 7 46-9~2
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

. 26 Near oil filter cap on left andrigh t


engines
OIL
CAP 1.0 GAL
MIL-L-23699

8 27 Apply stenc ils on left and right e ngine


brackets, armor plate, and top sid e of
helicopter. ~in black letters, 10 places

Sta. 208 BL. 35.00 Left sid e FIRE DETE CTOR


.

NO.2
Sta. 208 BL. 35.00 Right si de FIRE DETECTOR
NO.,I
Sta. 213 BL. 9.25 Left sid e FIRE DETECTOR
-

NO.4
Sta. 213BL. 9.25 Right s'ide FIRE DETECTOR
NO.5
.
Sta. 213 B'L. 36.40 Left sid e FIRE DE TECTOR
NO.3
Sta. 213 BL. 36.40 Right s'ide F IRE DETECTOR
NO.4
Sta. 254 BL. 35.00 Left sid e FIRE DETECTOR
NO.5.
Sta. 254 BL. 35.00 Right side FIRE DETECTOR
NO.3
Sta. 260 BL. 0.00 Left side FIRE DETECTOR

8 Sta. 260 BL. 0.00


.-. .------._---,-
Right s
-

ide
NO.1
FIRE DETECTOR
NO.2'

28 Below APV fire surveillance on t op side of FIRE DETECTOR


aircraft, Sta. 371, BL. 3.87 left si de. NO.2
On bracket attached to oil cooler FIRE DETECTOR
Sta. 384, WL. 231, right side NO.1
29 On fwd. fuselage, right side only, below EXT POWER 115 VOLTS AC
cockpit wi~ow, black letters EXT POWER 28 VOLTS DC
30 Apply static load markings to bottom STATIC LOAD
surface of aircraft where practical, 6 places 3000 LBS.
.

31 Apply static load markings to bottom STATIC LOAD


surface of aircraft, 8 places 5000 LBS.
.

32 Apply static load markings to bottom STATIC LOAD


surface of aircraft where practical, 8 places 7000 LBS.

33 Apply static load markings to bottom STATIC LOAD


surface of aircraft where pratical, 8 places 10,000 LBS.

8 34 Apply static load markings to botto m


surface of aircraft
STATIC LOAD
2000 LBS.
I
I
010217
Figure 8-75. Exterior markin,s. CH-54 (sheet
6 of 7) I
. ChaQØ8 1 8-213 .
T8746-93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
3S All lettering shall be of the modified vertical block
type. The width of the lettering shall be -Lt=[ID&~@~[Æ
approximately 2/3 of the height. The width of
the stroke shall be 1/6 of the height
1 7/8 fN.
8
,~..
~fËfË~~W&W

010218

I FipreS-76. Exterior mørkinf8, CH.64 (sheet 70( 7)


8
8-214 Change 1

.
T8
''''2
. 2 3 4 5

8 !
i I
I II I
tp
.

..
.

I'
-
=-= ..
1 ""'ITAm-.. II
T II
-J:o ~
'~(l1711 %
..;...
a1t'~. "

.:
.

'-1
II
"
-=- -t..-.
,.'''''
i~.

-----
-

~ -- ,--------;)J
"""jJ",.
P..
'ii'
-. ~.
,........J.?~
........rI.r.r~.f!ii,Þ,,".rII'"III'.rIWI"II"II""~I'.rIIII'III'II..,
-Tr~ ~
,(~.
I
" "
J
"
\......"/ ',"" ./ J ~
'" .

LEFT ,II DE

NOTE
Interior surfaeea. dark IUD gra,. shad.'DO. 88281, TTL-20
13

/:.,,1,.
~~u'J~-----~~~j?--------_.-.---------_.-
L.J' --~~
~
~
~
"
::;
/I ð -
e
t'
~
~
II
~ ~-=(I
Ii
1 AC STA AC STA ,r~ 'I
8 ~
,
~
I
248 436.6
~:l';-
f! ,....
~
~
þ
~ ~
~ '- -
g
- Ii; I!:t
.~---------_u..;.r.
-

s.... .rl.......J!>).);J~t:.............r.:1_...... ..f.~qrun.~


~";#/.I,...9'..'~ ..--... '

;;;,;~ '-;rrr}.1.9..
~
7:::~

TOP VIEW

tn (TVP'
.1Tñ~iñ~.~.~------.

1
.
.

'" .... ... 62" (Tvp..1


r tl"
18

*
..,."" ":"'r.'".t"""'"
ii!! n""'n-
S
.
..
:' 14 * :i:: ::
...
.
. ~i :::: æ

j
l-
.
.
-15
'r.
"
'"
'"
II
::
:~ f
U
L
::::
in!
!:i:
s
a 1"
::

j!!!
. "
.
'" :: S(TV"
~ .

..
'"
::
. ,
'
:: ::: ::
r. f,==:..:::::::::::,J."""":..,,,,;
-' ..
::..,..
:-.:
=::::~-----~I-----------"------=:1::::
=::..:
::::~
2 "

(TY"I~r-
..

:..':-. ~::: 1"(TYPt

8
;~:'\
FWD (ROTATED eo DEGREeSt
PRONT END VI EW DETAIL A
A V01 0860
FiflUN 8-16A. Jllterior marki..,.. 08.6.4 ulliW1'lØ' pod (meet 1 of 3)
2 8-214A
Change
.
T8 746-93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
1 Stencil interior of personnel doors adjacent CLOSED - TO OPEN
to handles, left and right side, black stripes
3/4 in. by 5 in. 2 places
OPEN ; PULL.J
TURN 8
2 Paint 2 in. band around inside periphery of
personnel doors, orange-yellow, shade No. 33538

3 Stencil interior adjacent to landing gear oil LDG GEAR


reservoirs. STA 224 and STA 444, WL 120, left and HYD RESERVOIR
right side, 4 places. 2 QTS CAPACITY
MIL-H-5606

4 Paint interior of emergency window frames dull


orange-yellow, shade No. 33538,4 places.

5 Stencil 1/2 in. yellow letters on black back- EMERGENCY EXIT


ground above windows, left and right side, 4 DITCHING USE ONLY
places. PUSH OUT WINDOW

6 Inside of fuselage between STA 324 and STA 344, HOWITZER WHEELS
WL 142, left and right side, 2 places MUST BE STOWED
OVER STA 304, STA
324 OR STA 344

8
7 Left hand side of fuselage frame, WL 142, 8 STA 224 STA 264
places STA 304 STA 324
ST A 344 STA 384
STA 424 STA 464
8 Left and right side of fuselage at STA 250, FIRST AID
STA 312, STA 390 and STA 470, WL 122. Forward
KIT
bulkhead at BL 42, WL 132, 9 places

9 Right side at STA 456 and left side at STA 232, FIRE EXTINGUISHER
WL 133, 1/2 in. red letters on white background

AV010951
FigureB-75A. Interior markings, CH-54 universal pod (sheet 2
of 3)
8
8-2148 Change 2

.
TB 746-93-2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

10 Right side at STA 219 and left side at STA 469, EMERGENCY AXE
WL 121,1 /2 in. yellow letters on black background
8 11 Left and r"Ight side near ramp door handles, black OPEN TO OPEN RAMP DOOR
stripes 1
.

m. by 7 in., 2 places ,
PUSH IN t TURN UP
,
LOCKED

12 Left and ri ght side adjacent to ramp handles, WARNING BEFORE OPERATING
WARNING will be 1 in. red letters, all others RAMP RELEASE HANDLE
",
1/2 in. on white background, 2 places STATION MAN OUTSIDE

13 Top of fu selage, right side of ST A 187, BL 17 ICS


~

14 Forward b ulkhead at BL 32 and WL 125 DATA CASE

15
EMERGENCY RELEASE
Forward b ulkhead adjacent to handles, left and
right side, 1/2 in. yellow letters on black
backgroun d
PULL'TURN
16 Paint insid e surface of ramp with urethane base
walkway c oating, grey shade No. 36231 (see detail A)

8 AV010952

Figure 8-75A. Interior markings, CH-54 universal pod (.heet 3 of 3)

8
Change 2 8-214C
.
TB 746-93-2

.
5
34Å_6 7 8
8
..~_. 17 IN.

2 CI 9

1
II

þ;. /
12 11

8
,
..

15
340.30'
REF

22.25
g

..-,

TOP VIEW

AV010953

Figure B-75B. Exterior markings, CH-54 universal pod (sheet 1 of 4)


8
8-214D Change 2

.
18 7"13-2

.
8

~
11

17 18

FRONT END VIIW 19


RAMP VIIW

8
STA
442
STA
21.

11

DETAIL.

8 AV0109154

Fi6uN 8-16B. Ezterlor mer."".. CH.U uniwr8øl pod


(.",201.4)
Changa 2 8-214E
.
T8 746-93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS I WORDING .
NOTE

1. All exterior surfaces will be painted to the following finish.


a. One coat wash primer per MIL-C-8514
b. One coat Expoxy Polyamide primer per MIL-P.23377 A
8
c. Two coats of acrylic lacquer per MIL-L-81352, see code No.1.

2. All stencil lettering will be 1/2 in. high, unless otherwise specified. Exterior
emergency handles and stencils will be orange-yellow, shade No. 33538, MIL-L-81352

3. Effective on personnel pods first and subsequent, apply serial numbers 67-18578
through 67.18599 on both sides of pod, use last five (5) digits only on aircraft.

1 FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


Paint exterior surface of pod as outlined
in NOTE 1. Finish coat for exterior of pod
will be olive drab acrylic lacquer, shade
No. 34087, MIL.L-81352
FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
Finish coat will be olive drab acrylic
lacquer, camouflage shade No. X34087,
MIL.L-81532
- LOCKED TO OPEN
2 Left and right side of personnel doors adjacent
to handles, 1/2 in. black letters and black
stripes 3/4 in. by 5 in. , PUSH"
TURN

3 Left of fuselage above external


forward side
OPEN

EXT POWER
8
power door, STA 210, WL 94, 1/2 in. black letters 115 VOLTS AC

4 Left forward side of fuselage above external power EXT POWER


door, STA 216, WL 94, 1/2 in. black letters 28 VOLTS DC

5 Left and right side of fuselage adjacent to handles, HAND HOLD


1/2 in. black letters, 12 places

6 Left and right side of fuselage directly below POD PICKUP


pickup and mooring points, STA 248 and STA 435.5, AND MOORING
WL 145, 1 in. black letters, 4 places POINTS
..
7 Left and right side of fuselage paint 1 in. by
31~1-1
3 in. stripes, orange-yellow shade

windows, 24 places
No. 33538, at
each corner of personnel doors and emergency
TU
31N. t
11N.
.1

A V01 0966
Figure 8-75B. Exterior markings, CR-54 universal pod (sheet 3 0{4)
8
8-214F Change 2

.
T8 746-93-2

CODE
. NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

8 Left and right side of fuselage, letters "U" UNITED STATES ARMY
and" Y" will be 17 in. from aft emergency window

8 frame and bottom of lettering on WL 113. Letters are


6 in. black, shade No. 37038, 2 places

TO OPEN RAMP DOOR


9 Left and right side of fuselage adjacent to door OPEN,
handl es, 1/2 in. black letters and 1 in. by 7 in.
black stripes, 2 places
4f/Þ PULL OUT
t TURN UP
LOCKED

10 Left and right side of fuselage on landing gear NO STEP


steeri ng rod, 1/2 in. black letters, 2 places
-

II Left and right side of fuselage near forward and aft ALIGN STRIPES BEFORE
wheel s, 1/2 in. black letters, 4 places (see detail TOWING
.
B)

12 Left and right side of fuselage near forward and TIRE PRESSURE
aft w heels, 1/2 in. black letters, 4 places 85.90 PSI

13 Left a nd right side of fuselage above each step, STEP


1/2 in black letters, 12 places
.

14 Left right side of fuselage 5 in. below


a nd (Serial Number)
"UN! TED STATES ARMY", code No.8, and 39 in.
from aft emergency eXit window frame. Numerals

8 15
are 6 in. black shade No. 37038, 2 places

Onto P of fuselage pod between sway brace and ATTACHMENT FOR TROOP
suppo rt cover, BL 45, 1/2 in. white letters, 4
TRANSPORT ONLY
places
..--
WEIGHT OF POD AND --.
CONTENTS NOT TO
EXCEED 14,400 LBS

16 Forw ard end of fuselage adjacent to electric HARNESS ASSY


harne ss connectors, 1/2 in. black letters, 2
places

17 Left a nd right side of forward bulkhead adjacent EMER


to handles, 1/2 in. yellow letters, arrow pointing REL
~
outbo ard, 2 places PUSH
TURN

18 Left and right side of ramp door above yellow


..
CAUTION DO NOT
stripe s (code No. 19), 1 in. yellow letters, 2
TURN TOW BAR
places BEYOND STRIPE
19 Paint 2 in. orange-yellow stripes on exterior of

8' ramp door as shown in drawing


AV010968
Figure 8-75B. Exterior marking., CH-54 univerBal pod (.heet 4

Change 2
of 4)
8-214G/(8-214H blank)
.
.
8

-e
.
8 8 8
8- ST A 325.00
MAINTAIN 3 IN. BORDER
AROUND STAR TOP VIEW

I (\
.1ift1$;~~:;:::" .0..:.0.-
ßf::::;::;::::::
~~\\I~~jI~Ij~~t~\~jt\~~~\~tI
!
:\~j~~~~\jj\\~i~~jj~jjj
~~n~~~~t~~1tROTOR WARNING YELLOW BAND
TAIL
~mm~~~tIt~~

ACROSS TOP AND BOTTOM OF NOTES


MAINTAIN 1/4 IN. BORDER FUSELAGE IN LINE WITH SIDE
AROUN~ WINDOWS OF FUSELAGE 1. High visibility paint will be applied to shaded areas.
2. The top surface of main rotor ÞIadeI of V.I.P., Jungle, Arctic, and
d8I8rt configurations will be painted as follows'
A. Starting at the blade tip, paint the first 116th of the ÞIad8 length
with glOll white lacquer.
S. Pelnt the second 116th length of blade with yellow-orange
COlor shade No. 13538.
C. Pelnt the thrld 116th length of blade with gloss white lacquer.
D. Pelnt the next 2/6th or 113rd of the blade length with lusterless
Þlack.
E. Paint the last 1/6th (hub end) yellow-orange, color shade No.
13538. Do not apply closer than 1/4 Inch to the doubler area.
1 3. Complete repainting requires rebalancing of rotor blades.

DO NOT PAINT
ANTENNÀ

".
,/
LEFT SIDE VIEW
~ , /.
ï
N
MAINTAIN 3-IN. BORDER ABOVE AND ...
m
91N. BELOW TAIL LETTERS AND NUMBERS AND
FORE AND A.FT OF TAIL ROTOR WARNING STENCIL.
APPLY BAND DOOR $
ACROSS BOTTOM
%: 000899 OF FUSELAGE FRAME
-
I
- -------"- UH-1C I N
ØI Figure 8-76. K'Ilh uisibility morkingB, GTCtic ønd iU1l8le øervice, UH-1B ønd
T8 746.93.2

3 4
CD .
.
2
8
1

INTERIOR TOP VIEW

8 SEE DETAIL A

5
1~ ~

~ ~LJ~
17 II
~L-It
16
~~I~ 15 12
13
14
11 SEE DETAIL B

INTERIOR LEFT SIDE VIEW


8
8 STUDS FOR MOUNTING KIT (REF)
PULL
+ ~
@ FIRST AID 11
9 KIT IN
-1/2
10

+ -+
A V01 0957
DETAIL A

Figure 8-77. Interior markings, UH-IB and UH-IC


DETAIL

(sheet 1
B

of 4)
8
8.216 Change 2

.
TB 746.93-2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

1. Decals are located on heater and defroster controls


in black letters as shown. Note two different con.

8 trol markings for the right side


C
REF.
INSTRUMENT
PEDESTAL

,.

., A. CLOSED 13/16 IN.)


B. CO.PILOT HEAT 11/8 IN.)
C. OPEN 13/16 IN.)
D. DEFROSTER LOWER 11/8 IN.I
E. UPPER (1/8 IN.)
F. LOWER 11/8 IN.)
G. CLOSED DEFROST 13/16 IN.)

2. Locate on access panel aft of release pedal, 1/2 MANUAL


in. yellow letters. CARGO

8
RELEASE

3. Decal for radio call number is constructed of


opaque dull black laminated plastic with white
core, thickness 0.062. Lettering "RADIO CALL" I~ 1.75
to be engraved 0.12 in height. Radio call -1.
number to be engraved per MIL.M.18012. For
field installation radio call number may be
T RA DI 0 CALL t
0.75 0.09
engraved or printed in white characters 0.188
1.
to 0.375 high. Cement plate to upper left
center of instrument panel with EC.847. I-
SPACE FOR INSERTING
RADIO CALL NUMBER

4. Paint collective down lock handle orange.


yellow shade No. 13538

5. Paint complete periphery door and door frame


orange-yellow. The band will be one inch on the
door and one inch on the fuselage door frame,
EMERGENCY EXIT
both sides. Stencil "EMERGENCY EXIT", 1 in.
.

black letters on fuselage portion of door frame

8 AV010968
Figure 8-77. Interior markings, UB-IB and UB.IC (sheet 2 of 4)

Change 2 8-216A

.
TB 746-93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
.
6. Both sides of aircraft above side windows of
HAND HOLD
crew doors and on cross-over bar in cabin roof

7.
recess, 1/2 in. yellow letters

Stencil sound proofing blanket and door post, STOWAGE


8
both sides of aircraft, 1/2 in. yellow letters.

8. Above and to rear of door handles PULL

9. Slightly below pull sign, refer to Code


No.8,
arrow pointing aft

10. ON both cargo door handles


..
UP TO LOCK

11. Locate on structure and sound proofing 1/2 in.


yellow letters. Stencil red cross, color shade
ANA 509 on white background, shade No. 17875.
IiIl~Sï AID)
Center between mounting studs on wall approxi- I(Dõ
.

mately 47.0 above top of floor, see detail B.

~
1STA 123.01

12. First Aid Kits mounted on door post will have


8
~~. I<ÞI
letters and cross located outside of studs due to
hole in structure. Stencil will be applied to sound
proofing and structure approximate 4.0 or 17.0 in. ~Dø) .

above floor, see code No. 11 and detail B


Iflu

13. Directly below door handles on both crew doors,


1 in. yellow letters
TURN
0\
emU
14. Directly in front of turn sign, refer to Code
No.
13. Yellow arrow, 3/8 in. wide on transparent back-

A V01 0959
ground, pointing to direction of rotation

Figure 8-77.
.,
Interior markings, UH-1B and UH-1C (sheet 3 of 4) ,8
8.2168 Change 2

.
T8 748.93-2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

15. Locate decal on end of instrument pedestal, 1/2 in. COMMUNICATION


yellow letters. JUNCI'ION BOX

8 CAUI'ION
HIGH VOLTAGE

16. Stencil both crew doors as shown, 1 in. yenow


letters and urow. Anow points to jettiaon
handle only.

..
CLM...
Ofa,YI .../
.

~ :~I.:~t<<~.:N<<:Y"
U:U:,'!t':-I'lJt~.-
w

17. Paint jettison handles yellow with .12 in. black


stripes spaced at .38 interval 45 deøreea. Both
lidos.

AV010880
.....".,.. UH-IS and UH-IC ("".t
4 of 4)
,.,,. 8-77. Interior

8. a.&ngø 2 ß.218C/(8.218D blank)

.
.
8

8
.
.

8 8 8
88

c
!

2&

~ AV010961 LEFT SIDE VIEW

".
N -4
m
....
8
qo
i.
N N
.... UH-1B and UH-1C (sheet 1 of 19)
..... Figure 8-78. Exterior markings.
CD
N .

....
CD -f
CD
~
CD
i
. .

~ N
.
.

i -,
N

58

RIGHT SIDE VIEW


AV010962 51

Figure 8-78. Exterior markings, UH-1B II1Id UH-1C (sheet 2 of 19)

. 8 8 8 .
18 746.93-2.

.
e

" Ii .
..
...
"6
..,
~

....
CD
I
~
....
~
.
w 1
> I:Q

.. ...
.- 0
l-
~

e f
j
-~

l!2
ab

I=:
,...
,... i
I!
. ~

.. ~

Iii
N

e ,...

I...,
10,
1>1
I~;

Change 2
. 1-218A
00
N ~
...a ACCESS 86 gJ
00 DOOR 87
88 .....
DJ (REF.) ~
0)
~
Co)
N
0
~
m
::s
CD
CD

85

,-

FORWARD

106

99
A V01 0964 LOOKING UP AT BOTTOM

Figure 8-78. Exterior markings, UH-IB and UH-IC (sheet 4 of 19)

8 8 8
88
TB 746.93-2

. PAINT 1.0 RING AROUND FILLER CAP


1.6 FROM CAP PAINT FILLER CAP & RING
LUSTERLESS BLACK SHADE NO
37038 PER FED-STD 696 8

8 GROUND
,RECEPTACLE

9 FUE.L CAP 242 GAL.

"REFUELING"

DETAIL A

SKIN LINE (REF)

~ 0.50
DETAIL B

!
8 0.60 TYP A
B
STARTER 'GENERATOR OIL-DRAIN
OIL TANK VENT

DETAIL C
C FUEL FILTER DRAIN
D ENGINE FUEL DRAIN
E OIL TANK.TRANS. OIL &
'I
LL
W
FILTER SCUPPER DRAIN
3.50
II: F FUEL CELL VENT
0

~O G OIL COOLER DRAIN


-:::
H ENG. FUEL DECK DRAIN
J HEATER
SUllYDRAIN

0 UX FUEL PUMP
SEAL DRAIN CHARACTERS TO BE 36 POINT
TEMPO HEAVY CONDENSED
LODLOW. COLOR ORANGE
01 FUE L CONNECT I YELLOW SHADE FED STD 595

<t HELICOPTER ALL LINES 0.03 IN THICK. COLOR ORANGE


YELLOW SHADE 13638 FED STD 695

8
DETAIL D

DETAIL E
A V01 0986 I

Figure 8.78. Exterior markings, UH-1B and UH-1C (sheet 5 of 19)


Change 2
. 8.218C
T8 74f;'-93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
,
.
1. Authorized placement of unit insignia is on nose
I compartment access panel.

12. Left side of helicopter with arrow pointing aft.


Arrow should not extend beyond word "EXTIN.
/\
i
-'

~ HAND FIRE
EXTINGUISHER
-
GUISHER". Yellow 1/2 in. letters and arrow (see
INSIDE
code No. 49 for alternate location)
..+
)3. Under cockpit and cabin door handles. Both sides of
helicopter. Arrow is 1 1/2 in. long with 1/4 in.
shaft and 1/2 in. arrow head. Arrow should be on
side of word to show travel of handle.
~ TURN
~~
'V
l
.J 4.. Locate under word "TURN", below both crew door
handles, see code 1 in. letters
No.3, PULL

~5. Both sides of cabin between doors. Midway be-


tween cockpit and cabin door handles. I-I /2-in.
arrow pointing toward handles. 1 in. letters EXIT RELEASE'
~
TURN

II' .

,
J.. 6. Locate below "TURN", 1 in. letters,
arrows same size as those for code No.3.
<~=~ SLIDE
..... >
"-
j
7. On each side and top of fiberglass duct NO STEP
8. UH-IC. Paint 1.0 in. ring around fùler cap

,
and 1.5 in. from cap. Also paint cap. Non-
camouflage aircraft will have a red ring and
cap, camouflage aircraft black, see detail A.
@

AV010see

Figure 8.78. Exterior markings, UH.IB and UH.IC (sheet 6 of19)


8
8-218D Change 2

.
TB
7--"2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

It. un.lC. Locate below fuel filler cap, code No.8, CAP. 242 U.S. GALS
~. firlt two lines are 1 in. letters, others 1/2 in.

8
USE JP-4 MIL-T -5624
size, see detail A IF NOT AVAILABLE REFER
TO TM SS-91 S0-200-2S FOR
RNATE FUEL
. Both aides eqine air scoop HAND HOLD
11. Paint a vertical stripe above center of upper

~I
.

forward kick.in doors

.,
~. /

'IN.-II-
1 i Both sides of aircraft on upper kick-in doors, ACCESS FOR FIRE
17 4 places
EXTINGUISHER
STEP

13. Paint a vertical stripe above center of upper


aft kick-in doors

~I
8 'IN.-II- "

(1.. un-IC. Paint a 2.25 radius black circle around


"-
terminal. "GROUND HERE" and "GROUND

@,
SYMBOL" will be located either side of circle

15. Paint a 2 in. wide stripe over top of cowlin& to


show turbine wheel location at WL 92.75, 10 1/2 in.
forward from rear cowling.
[]
-I
\~~
!-2IN.

.. Locate on access door left side of exhaust fairing .


DRIVE SHAFT <J
.
and drive shaft cover, 3 places ACCESS

17. Locate below access door, code No. 16. ELBCTRICAL DISCONNECT
\1 ACCESS

AV01OH7

48 Fipre 8.18. B:rterlor"""''''''' UH.IB""" UH.IC ("""'t , o( 19)

Ch8nge 2 'N18E
.
T8746.93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
"
18. Locate below access door and code No. 16 and 17 TAIL BOOM MOD
PLATE INSIDE

) 19. Locate on access doors, both sides of aircraft DIRECTION- CONTROL


PULLEY ACCESS
8
" 20. Locate inside of drive shaft covers above INSTALL SHAFT CLAMP
couplings. Letters 1/2 in. orange yellow. INDEXED 900 TO EACH OTHER
TORQUE TO 30-35 IN-LB

"
21. Left side of 420 gear box cover REMOVE TO SERVICE WITH
MIL-L-23699 OIL ABOVE -25OF
MIL-L-7808 OIL BELOW -25OF

j 22. Left side of drive shaft cover DRIVE SHAFT


ACCESS

,/23. Locate parallel to ground below TAIL ROTOR - TAIL ROTOR


TIE DOWN loop TIE DOWN: -

-
-

\
-

24.' .
Radio call numbers are -17 1/2 in. above tail 12345
skid fairing and parallel to the ground; 6 in.
--
high, both sides
~-

ì
25: NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT ARMY
B.oth sides 6 in. yellow letters centered
of tail,
horizontally 2 in. above radio call numbers. Left
side of letter "A" is 1/4 in. from tail drive shaft
cover
"'

\.. ,.;
/

8
--

'_\
-26" Paint tail skid lusterless yellow on gloss olive drab
aircraft. Fluorescent or Hi-Viz on artic or jungle
marked helicopters, lusterless black on camouflaged
-

\,
~7. Both sides of tail boom fairing NO PUSH
Ý28. Loca.te both sides of tail boom and as _close FOR AIR TRANSPORT
to fitting as possible TIE DOWN ONLY -

29. F OR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


33-in. yellow band around tail boom. Front of
yellow band is29.5 in. aft of center line of DANGER
elevator horn. Do not paint antenna. Tail rotor Þ
\j warning on yellow band. Both sides of boom. KEEP AWAY
Letters are 2-in. black. Arrow is red, 22-in. long
with I-in. wide shaft, see detail B

~V010968

Figure 8-78. Exterior markings, UH-1B and UH-1C (sheet"8 of 19)


8
8-218F Change 2

~.
TB 74fJ.;93-2

. CODE
.

NO. DIRECTIONS. WORDING

\~
-

FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


0 Lusterless red arrow 3.in. wide, 21.75 in. long in-

8 cluding 4 x 4-1/2in. arrow head. Locate arrow


4.in. above parallel with centerline of antenna
extending 8.5 in. past fwd end of antenna mount.
Word DANGER is 2 x 1-1/2 in. lusterless black
with 1/2-in. stroke and space.

..

..
31 J High temperature paint area. This area will be
painted with MIL-P-14105
,

32. FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


18-in. white le~ters. Top oflettering 1-1/2 in. .

JL
.

~ below and parallel to skin line on tail boom 9 in. ~ .

~L1-9 ~
aft of aft ~dge of national star insignia on left
.

T
ARMY.
---(SKIN LINE)
and right side. The national star insignia is a 20 dia. IN. .

basic blue circle (see code No. 75), centered 39 in. 1-1/2 IN. .

aft of boom joint and 1 1/2 in. below skin line,


see detail C

l' FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


Most forward part of "U" on left side to be at
UNITED STATES ARMY

tail boom STA 39.00. Forward part of "Y" on fight.


side to be at STA 39.00. Letters black, 6

8 .j4.
and 1 in. below skin line.

Left and right side of tail boom below


in. high

COWLING LATCH
latch point

35. Locate on both sides of aircraft forward of


mooring points, 4 required
')--
TI E DOWN RI NG
MOORING LOAD ON RING NOT TO EXCEED
(
1000 LBS VERTICALL V
500 LBS LATERALLV
500 LBS FWD/AFT

/ 36. Left and right" side of aircraft above mooring MOOR


points and aft of code No. 35
Þ'

.
~ Left and right side of aircraft below "MOOR"
code No. 36,3 or 4 places
JACKING POINT

38.; Locate on left bottom edge of tail boom with


.

JACK HERE
v arrow forward to jack point .
8 AV010969
Figure 8-78. Exterior markings, UH-1B and UH-1C (sheet 9 of 19)

Change 2 8-218G

.
TB 746-93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIO NS

Locate on access door, 3 in. fro m back of


WORDING .
'j39. com- BATTERY ACCESS
partment and 6 1/2 in. from to p of door.

Jù. Locate on external power recep tac1e door 28V


D.C.
8
V 41. Locate adjacent to access door, code No. 40
EXTERNAL
ELECTRICAL
-''', CONNECtION
(-42.'1
Locate directly above front and rear cross
tubes both sides of aircraft CROSS TUBE

MOORING LOAD
NOT TO EXCEED

-FWD-
2800 LBS VERT DN
5000 LBS FORE & AFT

-AFT-
3500 LBS VERT DN
\ 5000 LBS FORE & AFT

~3. UH.IC. Left side of aircraft, aft of cargo U.S. ARMY UH.IC
.....
door, approximately 4 in. above floor line. First U.S.A. SERIAL NO.
two lines 1 in. letters and numerals, all others (INSERT SERIAL NO.)
1/2 in.
are

i
SERVICE THIS HELICOPTER
WITH MIL-T.S624 GRADE
JP4 AVIATION FUEL
8
I
I IF NOT AVAILABLE REFER TO
TBSS-91 SQ.200.2S

44. Left and right side of fuselage. L ower panel at CARGO HOOK
'" rear of cabin door opening. l.in. letters
MAX. LOAD
I
4000 Ibs.

'~. Locate both sides of aircraft ab ove


J" jack points, 3 required
JACK HERE
J

AV010970
Figure 8- 78. Ex terior markings, UH-1B and UH-1C (sheet
10 of 19)
8
8-218H Change 2

.
TB 748-93-2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

a. U.S. ARMY UH-1B


46. Left side of helicopter aft of cabin door.
U.S.A. SERIAL NO.
l First three lines are 7/8 :I: 1/8 in. letters.

8 Remainder are 1/2 in. letters.


a. For UH-IB aircraft
(INSERT SERIAL NO.)
SERVICE THIS AIRCRAFT WITH
MIL-T-5624 GRADE JP-4
AVIATION FUEL.
b. For UH-IC aircraft b. U.S. ARMYUH-1C
U.S.A. SERIAL NO.
(INSERT SERIAL NO.)
SERVICE THIS AIRCRAFT WITH
MIL-T -5624 GRADE JP-4
AVIATION FUEL.
~ UHIB. Left and right hand side of aircraft, STATIC PORT
U 1/4 in. letters.
~

DO NOT PLUG
OR DEFORM HOLES

J. 48. Center of radio compartment door below antiglare RADIO ACCESS

8 /
paint

íJ9 > Letters are 1/2 in. and arrow should not extend
./ beyond word extinguisher
a. Armor Seat Aircraft. Locate at lower HAND FIRE
position, arrow forward EXTINGUISHER
b. Fire extinguisher mounted at aft end INSIDE
of instrument pedestal. Locate decal
right side below code No.5 with
...
arrow pointing aft.

FOR NON.cAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


@.
UH-IB and UH-IC. Paint a 1.0 in. red ring around
filler cap, 1.5 in. from cap, also paint cap.
FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT
@
Paint ring and cap lusterless black

$J
,/
.
UH- JBand UH-l C stencil 1/2 in. below fuel CAP. 165 U.S. GALS
1>-
~
v'. 7/\14 1'1
,
J.
filler cap. First two lines 1 in., last two
lines 1/2 in. letters.
USE JP-4 MIL-T-5624
v'
IF NOT AVAILABLE REFER TO
TB 55-9150-200-25 FOR ALTERNATE
Note: CAP. 242 U.S. GALS for UH-IC
FUEL

8 ----..----.---..
.-
--.---...
AV010971

Figure 8-78. Exterior mørleinlll. UH-IB and UH-lC (alae.t 11 of 19)

2 8-218J
OIønge
.
TB 746-93-2

CODE
NO.
-
DIRECTIONS WORDING .
.
52, OO-IB. Ground receptacle. Refer to code No.
14 for detail.

i3.
I
Paint 1.0 in. wide stripe 19.5 in. long
above center of kick-in doors. Both sides of --I !-1IN. 8
aircraft
CrT
OiIN.
Paint 1.0 in wide stripe 12.5 in. long above ...1
.

center of kick-in doors.. Both sides of aircraft


1-1 IN.

(JI 12.5 IN.

~--L
~5. '
Locate engine oil cooler decal, part number
,

204-070-544-1,9 in. above baggage compartment


floor on right side of bulkhead at ST A 173.0
.;
56. Locate on right rear access door aft of HEATER ACCESS
step stripe and centered on door

57; Located at sta 173 on right side of helicopter


which has had heater exhausts relocated to this
position. 8
FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

A 2-in. white circle 2 in. from pipe. Letters


will be 1 in. red

FOR CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER

A 4 in. olive drab circle around pipe with


lusterless black letters

AV010972
Figure 8.78. Exterior markings, UH-IB and UH-IC (sheet 12 of 19)
8
8.218K Change 2

.
T8 146-93-2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

~. a. Right side of tail boom, aft of elevator. a. MAX. ELEV. NOSE DOWN RIVET P

t
8
1/4 in. letters. "RIVET P", lIS-in.
letters. Arrow length of word "RIVET P".
Paint rivet head yellow

b. Right side of tail boom, aft of elevator.


1/4-in.letters. "RIVET S", lIS-in.
letters. Arrow 1/4 in. long, I/S.in, shaft,
b. FULL AFT èYcuc STICK .RIVET
~
S

pointing down. Paint rivet head yellow

c. Right side of tail boom aft of elevator. c. FULL FWD CYCUC STICK RIVET R

1/4-in.letters. "RIVET R", lIS-in. Þ


letters. Arrow length of word "RIVET R". 0
Paint rivet head yellow

Right side of tail boom on 420 gear box cover REMOVE TO SERVICE WITH
':'

". MIL-L-23699 OIL ABOVE -2So F


MIL.L.7808 OIL BEWW .2SoF

6). Right side of aircraft directly below 900 SERVICE GEAR BOX
/ gear box and 4 in. above ARMY. MIL.L.23699 ABOVE -2SoF
MIL-L-7808 BEWW -2SoF

(6t':) Right side of fuselage, 1/8-in.letters, center


.

around switch

8 J2. Paint 1.0 in. wide stripe lOin. long above 11N.
center of kick-in doors. Both sides of aircraft
T
IN.
63. Locate right aft lower corner of cowl door ENGINE OIL TANK INSIDE
MIL-L.23699 ABOVE -2SoF
MIL-L-7808 BEWW .2SoF

\
Ô Locate on access door, right transmission cowl OIL DIPSTICK
ACCESS
":

8 AV010973
Figure 8-78. E:xterior markings, UH-1B and UH-1C (sheet 13 of 19)

Change 2
.

8-218L

.
TB 746-93.2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
65. a. Locate inside right transmission cowl a. NO STEP
J on oil tank. Stencil NO STEP on top of
reservoir, 1/2 in. yellow letters.

b. On side of tank adjacent to filler b. OIL RESERVOIR


8
cap stencil service instructions 1/2 in. MIL-L-23699 ABOVE -25OF
yellow letters MIL-L-7808 BELOW -25OF
c. TANK "'SIN RED BAR 11 PLACE)
c. Replace decal on engine oil reservoir
ASSY -

when marred and unreadable. Paint 1/16 in.


red bar on sight glass to indicate full
,/
I
"...
(~' I
---- 1
DÕÑÕ'T-:l
FILL ABOVE I
-

mark
.L4- T~INT I '
..... 3.26 I
I '
.26

I ~I L GA~-Il
U.S,:
')
--1.60
\
-

.
L~~bLJ I
~.....
l:[1L_~--J J
I
õ.ã2--,
U.S. I

- -

66. Paint 1.0 in. wide stripe 12 in. long above

"
center of kick-in doors. Both sides of air-
craft
iff" 8
ûï'
j 67. Locate below right top forward kick-in OIL LEVEL ACCESS
door and edge of cowl

68. UH-1C. Locate on top aft edge of access HYDRAUliC ACCUMULATOR


door. 1 in. edge distance

69. Locate inside cowl on reservoir HYDRAUliC RESERVOIR

70. UH-1B. Locate at bot!om'óf sight gauge

\
.-
(7L On top of each homing antenna housing
and pitot tube at nose of aircraft. Top of NO PUSH
lettering facing inboard.

.AV010974
Figure 8-78. Exterior markings, UH-1B and UH-1C (sheet 14 of 19)
8
8-218M Change 2

.
,

T8 746-93-2

. CODE
NO'j DIRECTIONS WORDING

.,;. Paint s urface forward of windshield anti-

8 73.
b
glare. lack shade No. 37038, Gloss aircraft only

Paint st eps of forward end. of skid tubes


with w alkway coating. Both sides

74. Stencil top center of both skid tubes, top TOW


..J of lett e rs facing inboard, 3 in. aft of
step b y towing eyebolt

FOR N ON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


~
J5.
a . Top of fuselage. A 20 in.
dia basic blue circle centered
~ on top of fuselage. Bars on
each side of national star insignia
will be 1/4 in. aft of top windows
eQ3
b .
Bottom of fuselage. A 20 in. dia
basic blue circle centered on bottom
of fuselage between antenna and fwd
gear cross tube

c . Left and right side of boom. A 20 in.


dia basic blue circle, centered 39 in.

8 i
aft of boom joint and 1-1/2 in. below
boom skin lint

;'6. Five pia ces on top of cabin. Top of letters


NO STEP
facin, away from walkway area, outbd and fwd.

77. Walkw a y area on top of fuselage. 2 in.


black b order. Fwd crossline is 1/4 in. alt of
anteon a housing. Do not coat area with walk-
way ma terial

js. On left and right side of work deck to show


locati 0 n of steps while standing on work deck.
glossy orange-yellow shade 13538 -LJ-
I
~..~
'1; 31..

II..
.

T ~
,.
:N.~
79': Paint I /2 in. dot on upper and lower sur.
face 0 f blade and blade grip. Color insignia
white, shade No. 17875. Paint dots on opposite
blade a nd grip insignia red, shade No. ANA 509.
Check existing color code before painting

8 AV010976
Figure 8-78. Exterior markifl68, UH.1B fJIId UH.1C (Bheet 16 of 19)

Change 2 8-218N
.

-
...... .... -
.
TB 746-93.2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
80. Stencil top outboard edges of synchronized
elevator, 4 places
NO PUSH

81. FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


Paint top surface of elevator with high visibil-
8
ity paint shade red or white

FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


Paint top surface international orange

82. Left and right side of aft tail boom. Do not


paint center 2 in. of element. Centered horizon-
tally on outbd side of antenna "NO PUSH" NO PUSH

83. Paint 1/2 in. dots on tail rotor blade grip,


pitch link and cross head. Color insignia white,
shade No. 17875. Paint dots on opposite grip,
link and crosshead insignia red, shade No.
ANA 509. Check existing color code before
8
painting.

WHITE

84. Paint outboard one-sixth of upper surface of


each blade with lusterless white paint. Do not
paint blade cap.

AV010976
Figure 8-78. Exterior markings, UH-1B and UH-1C (sheet 16 of 19)
8
8-218P Change 2

.
!
/"\...., T8 746.93.2
;:- '/
./\,)

... COIlE
NI. DIRECTIONS WORDING

Locate on access door, see detail E for PROVISIONS FOR AUX


5.

8 r.
I,. decal data for drains and vent

Decal size is 1-7/8 x 6 in. transparent back-


F~ DISCONNECTS

FUEL CELL CAVITY


ground with 1/2 in. letters. One located on DRAIN and VENT
right side aft of drain and two on left side
outbd of drain. Top letters are inbd
/

size is 1.7/8 x 3-7/8 in. 1/2 in. letters FUEL CELL DRAIN
,r.. Decal centered 1-1/2 in. outbd of fuel cell drain with
top of letters inbd. 0.38 in. spacing between
.. lines

88. Bottom fuselage on fuel pump access panels, FUEL PUMP ACCESS
both sides and SUMP DRAIN

Top of letters facing inbd. Located fwd of


Þ AUX FUEL CELL VENT
vent. 0.38 in. spacing between lines. 1/2 in.
letters

90.- ~cal size is 1 x 5 in. Transparent background BATTERY VENT


with 1/2 in letters. Located on LH side, top of
letters inbd and centered 3 in. fwd of bottom
vent

8 9~ Decal size is 2
ground with
x 5-3/8 in. transparent back.

1/2 in letters centered 3 in. below


AUX FUEL PUMP SEAL DRAIN

drain. 0.38 in. spacing between lines


\

~ Decal size 1 in. x 5 in. transparent back. G OIL COOLER DRAIN


ground with 1/2 in. letters. Located outbd
of drains, top of letters facing inbd.
,

~ Decal size is 1 in. x 8 in., 1/2 in. letters F FUEL CELL VENT
ON transparent background. Locate fwd of vent
.

and aligned. Top of letters facing inbd.

J HEATER SUPPLY DRAIN


~ Decal size 1 in. x 10 1/2 in., 1/2 in. letters
on transparent background. Locate below large
decal, code No. 86.
\
.<

'::]6. Decal size 1 in. x 9 in., 1/2 in. letters on C FUEL FILTER DRAIN
transparent background. Locate outbd of drain
and centered, top of letters facing inbd.

8 AVÓ10977
Figure 8-78. Exterior mørkings, UH.1B ønd UH-1C (sheet 17 of 19)

Change 2 ~218Q
.
TB 746.93.2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
96. Decal size is 5x 8
in. with 1/2 in. letters on
transparent background. Drain index letters
A thru H beside drains located
fuselage. See detail
D.
at bottom of
8
97) Decal size 1 in. x 9 in. with 1/2 in. letters D ENGINE FUEL DRAIN
on transparent background. Locate aft of drain,
top of letters facing inbd.

\,98. Decal size 2 in. x 10 in. with 1/2 in. letters E OIL
TANK-TRANS OIL
on transparent background. Locate fwd of drains, & FILTER SCUPPER
DRAIN
top of letters facing inbd.

~ Decal size 1 in. x 5 in. with 1/2 in. letters B OIL TANK VENT
on transparent background. Locate aft of vent,
top of letters facing inbd.

100. Decal size 2 in. x 10 in. with 1/2 in. letters A STARTER GENERATOR
'"
on transparent background. Locate aft of drain,
OIL.DRAIN
top of letters facing inbd.

101. Decal size 1 in. x 11 in. with 1/2 in. letters on H ENG FUEL DECK DRAIN
.
transparent background. Locate inbd
of drains,
top of letters facing inbd.

1(t2.
"
Decal size is 1 in. x 5 in. transparent
background with 1/2
TAIL PIPE DRAIN
8
in. letters. Located
outbd of drain with tops of letters facing
inbd.
"
"

liQ. Decal size is 2-3/8 x 7-5/8 in. transparent HEATER FUEL CONTROL
background with 1/2 in. letters.
0.38
spacing BOX DRAIN
between lines. Located outbd of drain with tops
of letters facing fwd
",
"004.
Decal sizeis 1-7/8 x 4-1/2
in. transparent back- HEATER FUEL PUMP DRAIN
ground with 1/2 in. letters. 0.38 spacing between
.

lines. Located aft of drain with tops of letters inbd

-'-m. Decal size is 1 x 4-5/8 in. transparent background HEATER DRAIN


with 1/2 in. letters. Center of caption aft and
against drains with top
of letters inbd

~ Decal size 1 in. x 13 in. with 1/2 in. letters on


FUEL CROSSOVER TRAP
transparent background. Locate outbd of drain,
DRAIN
top of letters inbd.
AV010978
Figure 8-78. Exterior markinIB, UH-IB and UH.1C (sheet 18
of 19)
8
8.218R Change 2

.
"
TB 748-83.2

. DIRECTIONS WORDING

1 .
Decallize is 1-7/8 x 1(). 7/8 in. transparent HYDRAUUC RESERVOIR

8 bac:kpound with 1/2 in. letters on RH aide fwd


of aollOver tube. Top of letters inbd
SCUPPER
DRAIN
&; PUMP CASE

AV01087t
Filure 8.78. Bsterior....."'" UH-JB and UH.JC (Mat J9 of J9)

8
ChInge 2 8-21.
.
TB 746.93.2

.
8

-Ef-
BLO <t..
HELICOPTER- - -

BL 14.0
BL 16.30

BL 36.0

BL 47.0

WL 92.76
8
WL B1.09
WL 76.0 WL 71.26

WL 61.0

FLOOR WL 22.0
WL 18.34
WL 12.0

STA 0 STA 7.60 STA 74.26 BOOM STA 17.60


STA 23.0
(REF)
001113 ST A 63.38 STA 123.0 ::iTA 196.0

I Figure 8-79. Station diagram, UH-IB (sheet 1 of 3)


8
8.220 Change 2

.
TB 748.13.2

.
8

BL
0.0-

BL56.15-
8
WL 54.0- . WL:56.20
' STA 227.0
HORIZ G. BOOM \ STA 206.17
WL39.13- \
,
STA 143.28
\ ST A 194.30
\ STA 122.33 STA 185.18
\
STA 101.38
WL 18.34-
\ STA 80.44

STA
(REF)
\
1øb.O STA
ST}38.55
17.60

BOOM ST A 0.0

001114

Figure 8-79. Støtion diogrøm, UH-IB (wet 2 of 2) I


Change 2 8.220A
.
. . .

þ
CD < .....
N ~ CD
N
0 Ii! ~
CD CD
D CD
21
N

n
::r
III
:s
a:a -
- BLO - -
<iHELICOPTER
N
BL 14.0
BL 16.30
~
s::
-Ef-
ìit
BL 35.0
I!D

BL 47.0
~
CIJ
B'
- FS -
FUSELAGE STATIONS
Õ -

:s
as BODY STATION
WL-WATER LINE
Q. BL -
BUTTOCK LINE
f
~
WL 92.75
~
...
~ WL 8U19
WL 76.0 WL 71.25
...
:r
III
III
-

...
0 WL51.0
....
~ WL 38.0

FLOOR WL 22.0
WL 18.34
WL 12.0

FS 23.0 FS 74.25 as 17.60


FSO (REF)
FS 63.38 FS 123.0 FS 195.0

. ~ 8 8 .
.~
TB 748-93-2

.
8

SL ..16

wI.:
64.0- ,
\ IS 206.17
I \ IS 194.30
WL \ IS 143.28
39.13- \ IS 122.33 ". 186.18
\ IS 101.38

8 WL 18.34-1
.\ \ IS
~66 IS 80.44
FS. FUSELAGE STATION
IS. IODY STATION
FS 196.0 IS 17.80 WL WATER LINE
.

(REF) 8L BUTTOCK LINE


.

IS 0.0
AV010181'

(aIaeet 2 of 2)
Figure B.19A. SCallon dI"""m. UH.1C

,8
. ChIngI 2 8-22OC/(8-220D bl.nk}

.J
.
8

8./
.
,~ '.
r 8 8 8
I
8- )>
<
g
I
r.I

ANTIGLARE YELLOW
ON GLOSS
AI RCRAFT
ONLY

#I
MAINTAIN
3 IN. BORDER
NOTE: TOP VIEW
HIGH VISIBI LlTY WI LL
BE APPLIED TO SHADED
AREAS.

MAINTAIN
3 IN. BORDER

-
1/4 IN. BORDER 45.0
AROUND WINDOWS- 29.5 IN. '"'1
r- IN. æ:~
rrr
C') I
i
::J ELEV Ct.
HORN
'iN REF.

ANTIGLARE
-I
OJ
FRONT VIEW ON GLOSS LEFT SIDE VIEW .....
AI RCRAFT ;
qD ONLY
N U)
N I ~
~
Figure 8-80. High l1isibility mørkings, arctic and jungle service, UH-ID and UH-IH
.,.
,
T8 746.93.2

.
8
3
3

FRONT VIEW

8
15

LEFT SIDE VIEW

Jr-

I. <::::0

AV010983
5
8
Change 2
8.222
.
TB 7.93.2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

1. Locate on sound proofing and on panel XI't8\l OIL


under sound proofing. Color yellow shade

8 No. 13538, 1/2 in. letters


LEVEL LIGHT
0 (Switch) .

2. Locate on cross bar in cabin roof and over HAND HOLD


both doors. Letters 1/2 in. yellow, 4 required

3. Locate on both sides of structural panels on forward STRUCTURAL PANEL


sideof pylon, Ita 129.00 1/2 in. black letters, REQUIRED GROUND
4 required RUN AND FUGHT

1
4. Decals on heat and defroster controls are
marked as shown with black letters. Letter
4
~, size indicated in parenthesis.
2

1. OPEN (3/18 In.)


Z. co.PlLOT HEAT (1/8 In.)
3. CLOSED (3/18 In.)
4. ON DEFROST OFF (1/8 'Rot
II .

8 5. Paint complete periphery of door and door EMERGENCY EXIT


frame yellow. Band will be 1.0 in. on frame.
Stencil "DfERGENCY EXIT" on forward inside
edge of door frames in 1.0 black letters
both sides

6. Stencil on sound proofmg and on structure between


fust kit mounting studs, both sides of helicopter.
Letters 1/2 in. yellow, cross will be red lbade No. FIRST AID
11136 on white background, shade No. 17875. KIT
1/2 IN.

1/2 IN.

8 AV010184
Figure 8-81. Interior m.rl"lIf8, UH-ID ønØ UN-IH (.heet 3 of 6)

Change 2 8-223
.
18746.93.2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
7. Locate on stowage doors both sides of helicopter, STOWAGE
1/2 in. yellow letters, 4 required

8. Paint and stencil both cargo door handles as


shown. PULL and SLIDE will be 1 in. yellow letters.
BLACK STRIPES
0.12 IN WIDE, 0.38
8
IN. SPACING AT
Arrow is yellow 1.5 in. long with 1/2 in. arrow 45 ANGLE.
head, 1/4 in. shaft

BAND AROUND
RECESSED AREA
0.50 TO 0.75 IN.
WIDE
PAINT HANDLE, RECESSED
AREA AND SPACING
BETWEEN BLACK DIAGONAL
LINES YELLOW.

9. Cargo door window frames will have the complete


periphery from outside edge of panel to inside
edge, including stud buttons painted yellow.

~h
Paint window emergency mechanism dull black with
3/8 in. yellow oblique (450) stripes, 1/8 in.
spacing on inboard surface of handle. Arrow head
is 1 in. on a 1/2 in. by 3
EXIT is
in. shaft, EMERGENCY
1/2 in. lettering. 4 places.
8
~lpULLIIEMERGENCYEXIT I

t
BLACK ARROW & LETTERING ON YELLOW
BACKGROUND

10. Locate on both sides of small aft front and STRUCTURAL PANEL
back panels, 1/2 in. black letters, 8 required REQUIRED GROUND
RUN AND FLIGHT

11. Locate above both cargo door release handles


and aft of cabin door handles on structure and
sound-proofing. Letters 1 in. black, 4 required
EXIT
RELEASE

A V01 0985
Figure 8-81. Interior markings, UH-1D and UH-1H (sheet 3 of 6)
8
8.224 Change 2

.
TB 141-93-2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTION S WORDING

12. Locate inside at cabin door handl es, 1/2 in.


black letters, arrow, 1/4 in. shaft, 1
in. long
8 with 1/2 in. arrow head
TURN.

13. Locate on end of center pedestal in 1/2 in. COMMUNICATION


yellow letters. JUNCTION BOX
CAUTION
IDGH VOLTAGE

14. Stencil inside both cabin doors as shown. Arrow


should point to jettison handle, Ie ttering and
..
arrows are orange-yellow 1 in. lett ers.

" ~
u~~~~:!;~
,~~.

15. Paint jettison handles yellow with .12 in. black


stripes spaced at .38 interval 45 d egrees.
Both sides.

16. Paint collective down lock handle yellow,


shade No. 13538

17. a. Locate on access panels in 1/2 in. TRANSMISSION


.. black letters. OIL LEVEL ACCESS

b. Locate on soundproofing f1
ap over
~
access cover, 1/2 in. yellow letters

8 AV010986
Figure 8-81. lnte rior markings, UH-ID and UH-IH (sheet 4 of 5)

Chan..- 2 8-225

.
18 748-93.2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
18. Locate 0.062 inch opaque dull black laminated 1 3/4 IN. I 1--1..

T
plastic on top left center of instrument
panel with EC.847 cement. Radio call number
to be engraved per MIL.M.18012. RADIO CALL
0.12

=f T
0.09

8
For field installation radio call number may be
engraved or printed in white characters 0.188
to 0.375 in. high
3/1 (INSERT NUMBERS)

A V01 0987
Figure 8-81. Interior markings, UH.ID and UH-IH (sheet 5 of 5)

8
8.226 Change 2

.
" (. ,~ ..
8 - 8
8-

4
2
31

ANTENNA
DO NOT
PAINT

11

n
LEFT SIDE VIEW
.
:r
:I
'I
N
=
AV010188

oø t
N
N
~ Figure 8-82. Exterior """*Ï11118. UH-ID and UH-IH (ø1aeet 1 of 18) ,N
co
N -I
a:I
N
.....
co
~
.

RIGHT ,- 22IN.FOR-3 ~
SIDE I
n ARROW (
-
r IN 4.25
N
~3
.

:r
II)
:s
H<A) 31N--j
CC
CD

N
tN. IQ)~ ~ [D IE: ~~tI;~;t

22- IN. FOR-1


DETAIL A NON CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT

44 SEE DETAIL A

ï f~
79 11 67

A V01 0989

Figure 8-82. Exterior markings, UH-1D and UH-1H (sheet 2 of 18)

8 8 8
.-

88
'.f r. IJ'
.,
-
8- _8
19
40
41

18
f
30 65
24
ANTENNA
DO NOT
PAINT

n 31 1061
f AIGHTSIDE VIEW
~

'iN
-t
m

t
~ AV010990 B
~ N
Figure 8-82. Exterior markings, UH-ID and UH-IH (sheet 3 of 18)
:t:
....
UJ
~
i
(')
!
ï
~
N

24

35

24
DETAlL'r
RIGHT SIDE VIEW

AV010991

Figure 8-82. Exterior 1IUlI'kings, UH-IDørul UH-IH (sheet 4 of 18)

,
- .. ~
rø 7"'':2

..8
CD
-
CD
-
.....
GO
....

II)

!::.
\ .1
.....
::Q

\ ....
!
1
I 1::1
....
I
! !

8
:;
~ I
...

J
~
i
I!S
=

".

It

I
8 !
2 8-231
Chi...
.
T8746-93-2

.
8
FRONT VI EW

31

37

8
i
,

C-
NOTE
THE AREA DESIGNATED ABOVE
WILL BE FINAL COATED WITH
MIL.P.14105 PAINT, HEAT RESISTING.
THIS MATERIAL WILL BE THE SAME
SHADE AS THE REMAINDER OF THE
AIRFRAME.

A V01 0993
LEFT SIDE VIEW

Figure 8.82. Exterior markings, UH.ID and UH.IH (sheet 6 of 18)


8
8-232 Change 2

.
-,

TB 748-93.2

.
8 13 14
11 18

AFT <i
~

13 14

8 0.50 TYP
12
15 SEE DETAIL D

J i-... 0.50

$r
STARTER GENERATOR
OIL-DRAIN
f B
C
OIL TANK VENT
FUEL FILTER DRAIN
-

L
AUX FUEL
PUMP SEAL DRAIN
D M SCUPPER DRAIN
ENGINE FUEL DRAIN
E N CELL DRAIN 2.50
OIL TANK-TRANS. OIL &
FILTER SCUPPER DRAIN CELL VENT
F
G
FUEL CELL VENT
OIL COOLER DRAIN
4.00 --1
DETAIL D
H ENG. FUEL DECK DRAIN
l
J TAIL PIPE DRAIN 0.50
..

~
~- -
-
~0.20
1+0.50
CHARACTERS TO BE 1/2
IN.

ALL LINES 0.03 IN THICK.

8 A V01 0994 '


DETAIL C

Figure 8-82. Exterior markings, UH-ID and


,
UH-IH (sheet 7 of 18)

. Change 2 8-233
T8 746.93.2

CODE
I DIRECTIONS
WORDING
.
NO.
I
Both sides of aircraft. A circular 3/8 in.

8
1.

".
I

broken band. Inside dia is 2.1/4 in. I

I
I
I
2. Both sides of aircraft. 1/4.in. letters
DO NOT PLUG
,.I'
OR DEFORM HOLES
located above.broken circle
I

STATIC PORT
3. Both sides of aircraft. 1/4.in. letters
located below broken circle

JETTISON HANDLE INSIDE


4. Both sides of aircraft. Fwd side of cockpit
door. 1/2.in. letters, non-camouflage yellow,
VIP white

5. Both sides of aircraft. Under cockpit door


TURN,
handle. 1.in. letters with arrows. Arrows to PULL
point down.
.

JACK HERE
6. Both sides of aircraft, 1/2.in. letters. Fwd
of front skid cross-tube at fitting with arrow. .
sides
Also, aft end of fuselage, both

A V01 09915
and UH-1H (sheet 8 of 18)
8
Figure 8-82. Exterior markings, UH-1D

8.234 Change 2
.
TB 741-13.2

. CODE
NO. DIREC TIONS
WORDING
7. Both sides of aircraft. Fwd 0 f front
skin MOOR
croll-tube aft of fitting. Also, aft end of

8 8.
fu.Ja.. both sides
Left side of aircraft. Between doors in
u.s. ARMY (insert model UH.1D,
fu.lage. Top four lines are 1 .in. letters.
Remainder are 1/2.in. letters.
UH.IH.)
U.s.A. SERIAL
NO. (INSERT SERIAL NO.)
SERVICB THIS AIRCRAFT
WITH MIL-T.S624 GRADE
JP'" AVIATION FUEL
"

IF NOT AVAILABLE REFER TO


TB5S.915o-2QO.2S FOR
ALTERNATE FUEL
..

9. Left aide of aircraft under c ode


No.8 NCAD..WPI.P2.L3.date
1/4-in. letters .~ontractor t 0 insert
WP-MlL-C-8S 14
his code. -On aircraft that d 0 not
P-MIL-P.7962.
have the primer stripped, insert the word
L-MIL-P.19S37 or 19538
epoxy in lieu of MIL-P.7962

NOTE

The lacquer code w'ill depend on

8 the type of fmish, MIL-P.19S37


for gloss or MIL-P.l 9538 for
camouf1aøe. .

10. Both sides of aircraft. Under


main cabin door
handle. l.in. letters with arro ws
TURN'
..
SLIDE

11. Both sides of aircraft, below cabin door and


CARGO HOOK

12.
aft of hook opening in lower
letters.
I 1/4-.in.
skin,

Both sides of aircraft. On ea ch fuselage


MAX
4000
LOAD
LBS. I
kick. STEP
~
in step. 1/2.in. letters. Also, two kick.in
steps fwd of
riFt cabin door
13. Both sides of fuselaøe. On to p fwd
!' kick.in ACCESS FOR FIRE
step, above word "STEP". 1 /
2-in. black letters EXTINGUISHING
on red door. BJack letters on
camouflage, yellow
non-camouflap aircraft

8 AV010816

1'i6ure 8-8:1. Eztmor morkïnøø. UH.ID ond UH.IH (wet 9 of 18)

. Chlnge 2 8.236
T8746.93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
14. On external power door. Left side of fuselage. 28V

15.
1/2-in. letters

Both sides of fuselage. 4-in. back from boom


D.C.

UNITED STATES ARMY


8
joint. Top of 6-in. letters are 8-in. down from
top skin seam. Camouflage configuration only.
VIP aircraft color white shade No. 17875

16. Left side of aft tail boom. On access plate.

On forward base of pylon. 1/2-in. letters REMOVE TO SERVICE WITH


Check existing stencil before Stripping MIL-L-23699 OIL ABOVE -25OF
MIL-L-7808 OIL BELOW -25OF

17. Aft of fitting on fwd center pylon. l/4-in. TAIL ROTOR


letters TIE DOWN

18. On fiberglas tail cone tip. Both sides. l/2-in. NO PUSH


letters. Also top of elevator. Four places
(Radio call numbers)
19. Both sides ofvertical fin. 6-in. numerals.

20. Right side of fuselage aft of cockpit door and


fwd cabin door lower side of center post with HAND FIRE
armored seats installed. Arrow to point aft when
extinguisher is installed on cargo floor between
pilots seats.
EXTINGUISHER
INSIDE .. 8
21. One inch black ring 2 in. from and around fuel
filler cap. Red or white on gloss OD, Black on
Camouflage
0
Insert fuel capacity for aircraft: CAP. U.s. GAL.
220 U.S. Gals USE MIL-J-5624
a. UH-lD/H
b. UH-1H 209 U.S. Gals (Crash- GRADE JP-4
worthy fuel system) .' IF NOT AVAILABLE REFER TO
and numerals 1/2 ih. TB55-9150-200-25 FOR
All letters
ALTERNATE FUEL

22. Right side of fuselage around fuel


grounding point.
~ ï 11N.
1"'1' 1/8

1/4"~ G
R H

-12=== 0 E

:1~ IL1/4
U R
N E
D

3/4

AV010997

Figure 8-82. Exterior markings, UH.ID and UH-IH (sheet 10 of 18)


8
8-236 Change 2
.

..,:
þ TB 746.93.2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

23. Right side of aircraft, above and forward of ENGINE OIL TANK INSIDE

8 kick-in door. Check existing stencil before


stripping
MIL-L-23699 OIL ABOVE .25OF
MIL-L-7808 OIL BEWW -25OF

24. Right side of tail boom, aft of elevator.


See detail B.

RIVET P
1/4-inch letters. "RIVET P", 1/4-in. letters
MAX. ELEV. NOSE DOWN ~
Arrow length of word "RIVET P". Paint rivet
head yellow

~
1/4-in. letters. "RIVET S", 1/4-in. letters
Arrow 1/2-in. long, 1/8-in. shaft, pointing down.
Paint rivet head yellow
FULL AFT CYCLIC STICK
RIVET S
I
RIVET R
1/4-in. letters. "RIVET R", 1/4-in. letters. FULL FWD CYCLIC
Arrow length of word "RIVET R". Paint rivet STICK'"
head yellow

25. Both sides of main rotor fairing. 1/2-in. letters TRANSMISSION OIL ACCESS

26. Top right of pylon. 1/2 in. letters. Check SERVICE GEAR BOX WITH
existing stencil before stripping MIL-L-23699 OIL ABOVE -250 F

8 27. Tail Rotor Warning -


Camouflage aircraft.
MIL-L-7808 OIL BELOW -2SoF

21N
LusterleSs red arrow 3-in. wide, 21.75 in. long II' 21.76 IN.
including 4 x 4-1/2 in. arrow head. Locate
arrow 4-in. above parallel with centerline of
t I
DANGER
antenna extending 8.5 in. past fwd end of antenna
mount. Word DANGER is 2 x 1-1/2 in. Lusterless
black with I/2-in. stroke and space. See detail A'
Y-I
for non-camouflage aircraft.

28. Apply "NO STEP" three places on each side facing NO STEP
away from walkway area. Also on top of radio
antenna and two air scoops. Do not paint antenna.

29. Right aft side of 42 degree gear box cover GEAR BOX
ACCESS

30. Do not paint element centered on mounting horn


located on each side of boom, stencil NO PUSH,
NO PUSH
1/2 in. letters on bend of antenna tubing, 4
required

8 AV010998
Figure 8-82. EJCterior mlJrkings. UH-ID and UH-IH (.heet 11 of 18)

Change 2
. 8-237
18 746.93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
.
I 31. Antiglare area fwd of windshield, and landing
gear skids and crosstubes are painted lusterless
black. Gloss aircraft only 8
32. FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT
Paint outboard one-sixth of upper surface of
each blade with lusterless white paint. Do not
paint blade cap

33. FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT


The top surface of synchronized elevator will be
painted international orange starting I-in. above
the centerline of the leading edge. Shade 12197,
MIL-L.19537.

34. FOR CAMOUFLAGED AIRCRAFT


(Not Shown) Authorized placement of unit
insignia is on the nose access panel

Check location of the battery in the helicopter


.

before applying stencil. I-in. letters. Battery


will either be located in the nose section, or
in the aft battery compartment.

35. FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT BATTERY ACCESS


Decal size is 1.00 x 5.81 in. transparent
background with 1/2 inch orange-yellow letters.
Located on RH. side, 3 in. from back of com-
8
partment door and 6-1/2 inch from top of door.
Also locate on nose door below RADIO ACCESS
decal.

FOR CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


RH. Side of fuselage 3 in. from back of com-
partment door and 6-1/2 inches from top of
door. 1/2 inch lusterless black letters.
Also locate on nose door below RADIO
ACCESS decal.

36. Nose of aircraft on access door RADIO ACCESS

37. Two places on nose of helicopter at battery BATTERY VENT


vents and two places below aft battery
compartment

38. FOR NON-cAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


(Not Shown) A 20.in. dia basic blue circle. Each (National Star Insignia)
side of tail boom. Fwd top of star bar is 2-in. aft

. AV010999
of boom joint and 6.5 in. down from skin seam. Aft
top of star bar is 8.5 in. down from skin line
8
Figure 8-82. Exterior markings, UH-ID and UH-IH (sheet 12 of 18)

8-238 Change 2
.
T8 746.93-2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

39. FOR NON.cAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT

8 (Not Shown) Left and right side of fuselage on main


cabin door. 18-in. letters centered on main cabin
door. White on gloss OD. Black on white
ARMY

40. FOR NON.CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFI'


(Not Shown) Left and right side of tail. 6-in. ARMY
letters. Yellow on gloss olive drab. Black on
white. Bottom of letters is 19.5 in. above
horizontal line centered through taillight

41. FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


Left and right side of tail. 2-in. below 00000
ARMY. 6-in. letters. Same color as ARMY on
tail
~

42. FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


Paint tail skid lusterless yellow on gloss olive
drab aircraft. Fluorescent or Hi-Viz on artic or
jungle marked aircraft

43. FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


33.in. yellow band around tail boom. Front of
yellow band is 29.5 in. aft of center line of
elevator horn. Do not paint antenna, see detail A

8 44. FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT


Tail rotor warning on yellow band. Both sides of
DANGER
.
boom. Letters are 2.in. black. Arrow is red, KEEP AWAY
22-in. long with I-in. wide shaft, see detail A

45. Locate inside top cover adjacent to tail rotor INSTALL SHAFT CLAMPS
drive shaft clamps. Letters will be 1/2 in. yellow, INDEXED 900 TO EACH OTHER
2 required TORQUE TO 30-35 IN.-LB.

46. Left side of boom, 2 places, and I place left


DRIVE SHAFT
side of pylon on drive shaft cover ACCESS

47. Left fwd side of tail rotor drive shaft housing MOD PLATE INSIDE

48. Left and right side of fwd tail boom, aft of COWL
mounting hole LATCH
.
.. 49. Both sides of aircraft above kick-in doors.
Yellow stripe I x 16
in., black on camouflage
aircraft

8 AV011000
FillUre 8-82. Exterior markings, UH-ID and UH-IH ('Met 13 of 18)

. Change 1 8-238
TB 746-93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
.
50. Both sides of aircraft above kick-in doors.
Yellow stripe 1 x 12 in, black on camouflage

51.
aircraft

Right side of aircraft aft of lower. step stripe HEATER ACCESS


8.
52. Left and right side of aircraft on access door DRIVE SHAFT
ACCESS

53. Left side of aircraft below access door (code No. ELECTRICAL
52.) DISCONNECT
ACCESS -

54. a. Both side of aircraft on cowling HAND HOLD


below hand hold location. ~

b. Inside engine cowling on forward


bulkhead, locate near grab handle,
both sides.

c. Locate below grab handle, above


right forward steps

55. Both sides of aircraft below row of rivets


under cabin doors 1/2-in. letters with arrows.
Arrows to be centered on exact fuselage
STA 80t
STA lOOt
STA 120t
o~t~
T TO.87 8
station. First arrow, Station 80, is 6-1/4 in.
aftof fwd cabin door frame. Other station
STA 14Ot.
STA 160. L
~
markings are 20-in. apart 1/8
-I
56. FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE AIRCRAFT (National Star Insignia)
Top and bottom of fuselage. A 15-in dia. basic
blue circle located on top as shown and on
bottom spaced between antenna and gear cross
tube. Do not paint antenna

57. Left side of aircraft above external power


EXTERNAL,
connection door 1/2-in. letter with arrow POWER
-

58. On upper center of tube above tow ring, TOW


1/2 in. yellow letters.
.

AV011001
8
Figure 8-82. Exterior markings, UH-l D and UH-IH (sheet 14 of 18)

Change 2
8-240
.

.~
TB 746-93.2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

59. High temperature paint area. This area will be


painted with a silicone resin based enamel on

8 all aircraft. This area includes:

a. Engine exhaust pipe fairing

b. Fwd area of tail rotor drive shaft


cover aft to cover seam

c. Top fwd skin panels of tail boom


to skin seam

60. Inboard and outboard sides of FM homing antenna


NO PUSH
mounts

!
61. Top of fuselage. Walkway area is painted luster-
Extend lusterless black paint 2-in.
less black.
beyond walkway area

62. a. Stencil engine oil tank with 1/2 in. yellow


letters as shown. NO STEP is located on
top of reservoir, and OIL RESERVOIR is
located near top of tank and centered
behind filler neck. All other markings
are as indicated.

b. Paint 1/16 in. yellow lines on OIL


RESERVOIR sight gauges as shown.

..

e AV011 002
Figure 8-82. Exterior markings, UB-ID and UB-IB (,heet 16 of 18)

Change 2 8-240A

.
T8 746-93.2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
63. Locate aft of reservoir sight gauge on right HYDRAUUC RESERVOIR INSIDE
side pylon cover
WHEN FLUID LEVEL IS VISIBLE

64. Stencil above stowable hand hold handle,


FILL TO OVERFLOW

HAND HOLD
8
both sides tail boom

65. Paint yellow arrows on both sides of engine


work deck paintipg to yellow step stripes i3IN.-!1IN.!-
see code No. 49
'$1 ~
66. Stencil inside upper engine cowl both sides CLOSE THIS
to read correctly when cowl is in open position COWL FIRST

67. Locate decal below CROSS TUBE mooring load


TIE DOWN RING
decal (code No. 64) and adjacent to mooring MOORING LOAD ON RING NOT TO EXCEED
points 4 required
1000 LBS VERTICALL V
600 LBS LATERALL V
500 LBS FWD/AFT

68. UH-lD AIRCRAFT ONLY


Locate decal on aft side of station 166.00 INSTALL
WARNING 8
bulkhead above the 204-060-499 bracket 204.Q60494-1 FITTING IN TURBO
FAN INLET HOUSING AND 205.060494.1
FITTING IN BLEED AIR
HEATER VALVE OUTLET WITH
T53-L-9A OR T53-L-ll ENGINE
INSTALLATION.

69. Bottom left side of fuselage, top of OIL TANK VENT


letters to aircraft centerline

70. Bottom left side of fuselage, top of HEATER DRAIN


letters to aircraft centerline

AV011003
Figure 8-82. Exterior markings, UH-ID and UH-IH (sheet 16 of 18)
8
8-2408 Change 2

j
TB 748-93-2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

71. Bottom sides of access panel aft of rear STRUCTURAL PANEL


croa tube REQUIRED GROUND

8 72. Bottom of fuselage, left and right side,


RUN AND FLIGHT

FUEL CELL DRAIN


top of letters to aircraft centerline, 6
reQ11ired

73. Bottom of fuselage, left and right side, FUEL CELL CAVITY
top of letters to aircraft centerline, 4 DRAIN & VENT
required

74. Locate on panel, both sides, top. of letters FUEL PUMP ACCESS
to aircraft centerline and SUMP DRAIN

!: 75. Bottom of fuselage above auxiliary AUX FUEL


fuel drain and vents, both sides,see detail L -

PUMP SEAL DRAIN


Place dews letters adjacent to auxiliary M -
SCUPPER SEAL DRAIN
fuel syatem fittings as shown in detail D, N -
CELL DRAIN
color yellow non-camouflage, black camouflage 0 -
CELL VENT
aircraft

76. Bottom of fuselage, left side, top of letters HYD PUMP DRAIN
to aircraft centerline

77. Bottom of fuselage, left side, top of letters

8 78.
to aircraft centerline

Bottom of fuselage, left and right side, top of letters


HYD RESERVOIR
SCUPPER DRAIN

FWD SUMP DRAIN


to aircraft centerline

79. Bottom left side of fuselage, top of letters to HEATER FUEL PUMP DRAIN
aircraft centerline

80. Locate decal right bottom side of fuselage above


multiple drain and vents. With mounted decal
locate 1/2 in. letters "'A" through
'fAI STARTER GENERATOR OIL-DRAIN
"r
drain and vent locations, see detail C
at
IEIT OIL TANK VENT
-

C FUEL FILTER DRAIN


D ENGINE FUEL DRAIN
~ OIL TANK.TRANS. OIL II
FILTER SCUPPER DRAIN
IF FUEL CELL VENT
G OIL COOLER DRAIN
H ENG. FUEL DECK DRAIN ~
~
" J TAIL PIPE DRAIN

8 AV011004
Figure 8-82. Ezterior markings, UH-1D and UH-1H (.heel 11 of 18)

Change 2 8-2400
.

l~
~ ,
TB 746-93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
81. Tail rotor control markingS will be with 1/2 in.
dots located in conspicuous place on each part.
Colors gloss red shade 11136 and gloss white No. 17875
per FED STD 595. One side shown - opposite side 8
of assembly will have 1/2 in. white dots in the
same location

CROSS TUBE
82. Locate decal on both sides of fuselage directly
MOORING LOAD
above front and rear cross tubes.
NOT TO EXCEED
..FWD
2600 LBS VERT ON
5000 LBS FORE & AFT

AFT
3500 LBS VERT ON
5000 LBS FORE & AFT 8
AV011005
Figure 8-82. Exterior markings, UH-ID and UH.IH (sheet 18 of 18)

8
8.240D Change 2

.
TB 746-93.2

.
8

ST A 396.62

ST A 238.sll ST A 276.90
STA 339.63

lAO STA 83.38


STA 243.89
~ ST A STA 168.0
STA 23.0 STA 129.0
.7.60
STA 71.625 STA 163.0
STA 102.0
STA 92.0

8 BL~--- ~ HELICOPTER-- -

--BLO.O
1060\
BL 36.0
.
~ .

BL 17.76

. BL 50.0 u.~Ð

479.398
383.64
23.0 449.699
~

8 AV011008

Figure 8-82A. Station diagram, UH-ID and UH.IH

Change 2 8-240E/(8.240F blank)

.
.
8

8
.
T8 746.93-2
CODE
. NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
55 Bottom of fuselage OIL TANK AND
SCUPPER DRAIN

8 56 Bottom of fuselage STARTER GENERATOR


OIL DRAIN

57 Bottom of fuaelage ENGINE FUEL DRAIN

58 Bottom of fuse1aøe FUEL CELL VENT


59 Bottom of fuse1aøe TAIL PIPE DRAIN

60 Bottom of fuaeIaae OIL TANK VENT

61 Bottom of fuaelaøe. 3 places OIL COOLER DRAIN

62 Bottom of fuaeIaae DECK DRAIN

63 Bottom of fuIelaøe HEATER DRAIN

64 Bottom of fuselage. 10 places FUEL CELL CAVITY


DRAIN AND VENT
65 Bottom of fuselage FUEL FILTER DRAIN

8 66

67
Bottom of fuselage

Bottom of fuseIaøe. 2 places, on access door.


XMSN OIL DRAIN

FUEL PUMP ACCESS


Alao each side of fuselage with arrow poinÜD8 AND SUMP DRAIN
downward

68 Bottom of fuse1aae HYDRAUUC PUMP DRAIN

69 Bottom of fuselage, 2 places AUX FUEL PUMP SEAL DRAIN


70 Bc>>ttom of fUle"'. 2 places AUX FUEL SCUPPER DRAIN
71 Bottom of fuselage. 2 places AUX FUEL CELL VENT

72 Bottom of fuselage. 2 places AUX FUEL CELL VENT


73 Bottom of fuselage AUX FUEL CELL&; PUMP DRAIN
;
74 Bottom of fuse1qe HYDRAUUC RESERVOIR
SCUPPER DRAIN

75 Bottom of fuselap (YUH-ID) FUEL CELL DRAIN

8 76

010304
Bottom of fu8eIaøe HEATER FUEL PUMP DRAIN

""""8-81. &clerior marki",., UH-ID ønd UH-IH (Sheet 180116)

. Chi. 1 8-24OCt

l
Ch
T8746.93.2
CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

FUEL PUMP DRAIN


.
77 Bottom of fuselage (YUH-1D)

78 Bottom of fuselage (YUH-1D) AUX FUEL PUMP DRAIN

79 Bottom of fuselage, 2 places, also each side of


fuselage with arrow pointing down
FWD SUMP DRAIN 8
80 Bottom of fuselage FUEL CELL VENT

81 Both sides of helicopter below row of rivets STA 80 t


under cabin doors 1/2-in. letters with arrows. STA 100 .
Arrows to be centered on exact fuselage station. STA 120 .
First arrow, Station 80, is 6-1/4 in. aft of STA 140 .
fwd cabin door frame. Other station markings are STA 160 .
20-in. apart

82 FOR NON-CAMOUFLAGE HELICOPTER Top and (National Star Insignia)


bottom of fuselage; A IS-in. dia. basic blue circle
located on top as shown and on bottom spaced
between antenna and gear cross tube. Do not
paint antenna

83 Left side of helicopter above elect connection EXTERNAL


door 1/2-in. letter with arrow POWER +.
84 On upper center of tube above tow ring. White TOW

85
letters

Left side of helicopter under model and fuel NCAD**WPI.P2-L3-date


8
designator. 1/4-in. letters **Cpntractor to WP-MIL-C-8514
insert his code. *On helicopter that does not P-MIL-P.7962*
have the primer stripped, insert the work epoxy L-MIL-P-19537 or 19538
in lieu of MIL-P-7962

NOTE

The lacquer code will depend on


the type of finish, MIL-P-19537
for gloss or MIL-P-19538 for
camouflage.

86 High temperature paint area. This area will be


painted with a silicone resin based enamel on all
UH-ID helicopters. This area includes:

a. Engine exhaust pipe fairing

b. Fwd area of tail rotor drive shaft


cover aft to cover seam

010306

Figure 8-81. Exterior markings, UH-ID and UH-IH (Sheet 14 of 15)


8
8-240H Change 1
.
f

TB 746.9~.~

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

c. Top fw d skin panels of tail boom


to skin seam

8 87 Forward and aft outboard side of antenna horn. NO PUSH

Both sides of tail boom. Also inboard and outboard


sideof antenna brackets on nose

88 On access plate top right of fuselage ENGINE OIL


TANK INSIDE
89 I-in. black ring around fuel filler cap.
~

Red or Gl oss OD or White.


Black on Camouflage
0
.~
90 Top of fiuselage. Walkway area is painted
lusterless b lack, Extend lusterless black paint
2-in. beyo nd walkway area
.

8 010306

~
Figure 8-81. Exterior markings. UH-ID and UH-IH (Sheet 16 of 15)

. Change 1 8-24OJ
TB 746.93.2

.
8
ST A 454.20

I
STAO ST A 166.0
STA 63.38 STA 102.0
STA 760 ST A 23.0
-. ST A 71.625 ST A 92.0 ST A 129.0 ST A 163.0

8
(
OF MAST

ST A 479.398

1st..,
1.1 I ST A 243.89
STA 285.61

STA 23.0 STA 102.0 STA 163.0


STA-7.60

001122
STA 63.38 STA 92.0

ST A 71.625
STA 129.0 STA 166.0

4t
Figure 8-82. Stations diagram, UH-ID
.
8-240K Change 1
T8 7~93..2
I
.

.
8
I

::

Õ'
....
~
I! ....
....
-
-
I
Ç)
....

8 ..
f
1!
j
!
I! ;.

8
I
. ..
0

~1
..
8-241
.
m ...
alii
~ ....
N
..00..b
Coo)
.
to.)

n
::r
I>>
:I
ca
CD

....

31

RIGHT SIDE VIEW

Figure 8-83. Exterior markings, AH-1G (sheet 2 of 10)


010233 .

8 8 8
ù
..
-
8- _8

Ct HELICOPTER

FRONT VIEW
BL 10.00

DETAIL B DETAIL A

TOP VIEW

n
~
.
~

'i
......

-I
lID
...
ço ~
.

..0
w
~ 010234
Figure 8-83. Exterior markings, AH-1G (.heet 3 of 10) Ñ
18746.93.2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
8
1 Locate between edge of wing and synthetic walk- NO STEP
way. Locate two outer markings in line with inner
markings. Forward markings to read from forward
looking aft. Aft markings to read aft looking
forward. Use 1/2-in. black letters
8
2 Aft edge of cross tubes. 1/2-in. black letters NO STEP

3 Locate bottom side. 1/2-in. black letters CAUTION


DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL WIRING
BEFORE REMOVING WINGS

4 Top, 2-in. in from edges and tip. 1/2-in. black NO PUSH


letters

5 1/2-in. black letters BATTERY VENT


"-

6 Locate aft of handle, Pilot's and Gunner's canopy


door. Arrows to be black 1-1/2 in. long with
+ CLOSE

1/4-in. shaft and 1/2-in. arrow head. I-in. black


letters
+ OPEN

7 Locate top forward gunner's left hand armor HAND FIRE


plate. I-in. letters. White letters on gray EXTINGUISHER
background INSIDE

8 Paint orange-yellow to mark complete periphery


of escape exit inside. I-in. band on door pilot's
8
and gunner's escape exits

9 l/2-in. black letters, both sides HYD RESERVOIR INSIDE

10 1/2-in. black letters, both sides ACCESS FOR FIRE


EXTINGUISHER

11 Locate inside of top cover (B.L.O.) approx. INSTALL SHAFT CLAMPS


adjacent to shaft clamps. 1/2-in. white INDEXED 900 TO EACH OTHER
letters TORQUE EVENLY ABOVE NUT FRICTION
TORQUE
TEE BOLT TYPE 20-25 IN. LB.
THRU BOLT TYPE 30-35 IN. LB.
TAP O.D. OF CLAMP LIGHTLY AND
'

RETORQUE

12 1/2-in. black letters DRIVESHAFT ACCESS ~


13 1/2-in. black letters RADIO ACCESS

010236 8
Figure 8-83. Exterior markings, AH-1G,(sheet 4 of 10)

-8
8.244 Change 1
T8 7.t6-93.2
CODE

e NO.

14
DIRECTIONS WORDING

Both aide of tailboom 4.in. down from top of


Ikin aeam. Word DANGER in black on lusterless
L25IN..
<
..

8
red arrow. Letters 1.1/2 in~ high x 1-in.
wide with l/4-in. spacing between each letter. DAM3EB--i
Characters to be 1/4.in. thick. Arrow 11.35 in.
10111 with 2.in. wide shaft.
1008 by 3.00 in. wide
Arrowhead 2.60 in.
1-~.75IN.
15 1/2.in. black letten with l/4-in. spacing
i REMOVE TO SERVICE WI1H MIL.L-23699
between top and bottom of each line OIL ABOVE .32OC AMBIENT
.
TEMPERATURE
,
MIL-L-7808 OIL BELOW .32OC AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE
16 Locate parallel to ground below tail rotor tie TAIL ROTOR
down loop. l/4-in. black letters
TIE DOWN
>
17 Both aides, use 6-in. blac~letters (Radio call numbers)
18 Paint tail skid b1aèk

19 Both si~ of fuselage; Most forward letter


UNITED STATES ARMY
(U.left side, Y.right side) 2.1/2 in. aft of tail
boom joint. Top of letters are 9-in. down from
and parallel to top of skin seam. 6.in.
"

. high by
4-in. wide black letters. Distance between
~tters 1.in. Distance between words 4-in.

8' 20 ).ocate adjacent to and aft of tie down. Forward


lQ1d aft tie-down
fittings. Use 1/4.in. black letters
TIEDOWN
ALLOWABLE LOAD
2000 LBS
21 1/2-in. black letters, 1/4.in. spacing between
EXTERNAL
lines POWER
22 Left and right.outbd pylon fairings. 1/2-in. black GROUND SAFETY
letters, 1/8-in. spacing between lines piN ACCESS
23 Left and rIøbt outbd and inbd pylon fairings. HOOK MANUAL
5/8-in. black letters
RELEASE ACCESS
Aa-J6" serial No. 68.15000 thru 68.15052

24 Use 1.in. black letters with l/2.in. spacing


U.S. ARMY
. 1
between lines AH.1G
U.S. ARMY SERIAL
II" .
NO.
25 Use 1/2-in. black letters with l/2-in. spacing SERVICE TIDS AIRCRAFT WITH
between lines MIL-T-5624 GRADE. JP-4 AVIATION

8 010238
FUEL. IF NOT A v AILABJ.E REFER
TO TB 55.9150-200-25 FOR
ALTERNATE FUEL
Figure 8-83. .terlor rruJrleings, AH-IG (that 6 of 10)

e.
.

Chlngë'"' 8-245

Ìiìo...
1" '-"""""'.
TB 146-93.2 :

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
.
26 1/2-in. black letters, both sides of fuselage AMMUNITION COMPARTMENT ACCESS

TOW
27

28
1/2-in. black letters. Apply to both skids

1/2-in. black letters BATTERY ACCESS 8


29 1/2-in. black letters SERVICE GEAR BOX WITH MIL-L-23699 OIL
ABOVE -32OC AMBIENT TEMP
MIL-L-7808 OIL BELOW -32OC
AMBIENT TEMP

30 Right side of tail boom, aft of elevator 3/8-in. MAX. ELEV. NOSE DowN'.RIVET P
letters. "RIVET P", 3/16-in. letters. Arrow
length of word "RIVET P." Paint rivet
head yellow
....
FULL AFT CYCLIC STICK RIVET S
31 Right side of tail boom aft of elevator. 3/8-in.
letters. "RIVET S" 3/16 in. letters. Arrow
1/2-in. long, 1/8-in. shaft, pointing down.
Paint rivet head yellow
~
FULL FWD CYCLIC STICK RIVET R
32 Right side of tail boom, aft of elevator 3/8-in.
letters, "RIVET R", 3/16-in. letters. Arrow
length of word "RIVET R" Paint rivet head
~
yellow

33 Both sides of fuselage 1 /2-in. black letters


.
CAUTION
DISCONNECT ELECTRICAL WIRING
BEFORE REMOVING TAIL BOOM
8
STRUCTURAL PANEL
34 Locate on oil cooler door both sides of
fuselage 1/2-in. black letters with 1/4-in. REQUIRED GROUND
spacing between lines RUN AND FLIGHT

35 Locate on oil tank next to sight glass.


MINIMUM OIL LEVEL
1/2-in., orange yellow letters

36 1/2-in. black letters ENGINE OIL MIL-L.23699 OIL ABOVE


-32OC AMBIENT TEMP .

MIL-L- 7808 OIL BELOW -32OC


AMBIENT TEMP

37 1/2-in. black letters ENGINE OIL FILLER


CAP ACCESS

PYLON ACCESS DOOR


38 Locate both sides of fuselage bottom of pylon
fairing door. 1/2-in. black letters
.

BE CLOSED
HYD RES OOORMUST
39 Locate on RH hydraulic compartment door, one on
outside surlace and one upside down on inside
surface. 1/4-in. black letters
WHEN OPENING OR CLOSING CANOPY
8
010237 Figure 8-83. Exterior markings, AH-1G (sheet 6 of 10)

8-246 Change 1
.

-
TB 746-93.2:

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
I
40 Paint filler cap, and 1.0 in. wide ring with 6.5
in. I.D. around filler cap, black

e 41 Paint 2-1/2 in. ring around ground jack plug, color


lusterless black, locate1/2 in. black letters
G
R H
forward of plug. 0 E
U R
N E
D

42 Locate under fuel filler ca p. 1/2-in. black CAP. 270 U.S. GAL
letters FILL TO FORM F LIMITS
.

USE MIL-T-5624
GRADE JP-4

~ 43 Locate below fuel cap. Ma rkings to be black


standard NATO symbol fo r refueling

44 Locate below ground jack plug. Markings to be


black standard NATO symbol for grounding
receptacle

45 Locate on Pilot's armor pa nel. 1/2-in white letters HAND HOLD


46 Paint Pilot's and Gunner's jettison handles with

e alternating strips of .12 in. wide gloss black


and .38 in. wide orange-ye llow .

47 Inside forward of pilot's d oor handle and on EMERGENCY JETTISON ~ROCEDURES


armor plate above gunner' s door handle. 1/4-in. 1. ROTATE DOOR HANDLE UP
orange.yellow letters 2. ROTATE JETTISON HANDLE INBOARD
3. PUSH DOOR OUT

48 Both sides of fuselage. Pai nt a black 3/8-in.


wide broken band with a 2-3/4 in. outside diameter
around static part "
.

!:
49 Both sides of fuselage above circle at static
port. 1/4-in. black letters
.

DO NOT PLUG
,,,
OR DEFORM HOLES

50 Both sides of fuselage, ab ove circle at STATIC PORT


static port, 1/4-in. black I etters

8
51 Above transmission oil levellight, 1/2-in. XMSN OIL
black letters LEVEL LIGHT
.

010238
Figure 8-83. Exterior markings. AH-1G (.heet 7 of 10)
..

. Change 1 8-247
18 746-93-2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING .
52 Locate top of oil cooler duct panell/4-in. BEFORE REMOVING THIS 'PANEL
black letters THE FUSELAGE AFT JACK POINT
MUST BE SUPPORTED REFER TO: -

TM 55-1520-221-20 MAINT. MANUAL 8


53 Bottom of fuselage. 1/2-in. black letters OIL COOLER
COMPARTMENT DRAIN

54 Bottom of fuselage. 1/2-in. black letters FUEL CELL CAVITY


DRAIN & VENT

55 Bottom of fuselage. 1/2-in. black letters FUEL CELL VENT

56 Bottom of fuselage. 1/2.in. black letters HYD RESERVOIR


SCUPPER DRAIN

57 Bottom of fuselage. 1/2-in. black letters HYD PUMP DRAIN

58 Bottom of fuselage, 1/2-in. black letters XMSN OIL DRAIN

59 Bottom of fuselage. 1/2-in. black letters FUEL CELL


DRAIN

60 Bottom of fuselage. 1/2.in. black letters HYD DECK DRAIN

61 Bottom of fuselage. 1/2-in. black letters FUEL PUMP


DRAIN 8
~ 1/2 IN.
62 Bottom of fuselage. 1/2-in. black letters. --I
Arrow 1.2 in. long with 1/4-in. shaft and 1/2-
in. arrowhead
STARTER GEN
PAD DRAIN
t
.
63 Bottom of fuselage. 1/2-in. black letters DRAIN
Arrow 3.30 in. long with 1/4-in. shaft and FUEL FILTER
1/2.in. arrowhead ENGINE DECK
ENG TAIL PIPE
ENG FUEL CONTROL
ENG COMB CHAMBER
-1 1/4 IN.

64 Locate top of ammo floor. Use 1/4.in. black letters LEVEL HERE

65 Locate on sound proofing behind Pilot's seat, FIRST AID


centered between kit mounting studs. 1/2.in. KIT
letters and 2.00 in. white square. 1-1/2 in. x
1-1/2-in. red cross, five 1/2-in. squares
arranged in a symmetrical cross centered on 2-in.

010239i
white background and below letters

Fi,ure 8-83. Exterior markings, AH.1G (sheet 8 'of 10)


8
8-248 Change 1
.
.

TB 746-93.2

CODE

. NO. DIRECTIONS

Left inside of gunner's armament control panel.


-.
WORDING

66 WARNING
White letters on RED backøround. First line DO NOT OPERATE TURRET
1/4-in. letters. Last three lines 3/16-in. letters

8
WITH EITHER HYD SYSTEM
PRESS LOW

67 On inside surf:ace of panel assy adjacent to NUMBER 1


fwd ørenad~ dispenser. 1/~-in. orange.yellow
letters

68 On inside surf:ace of panel assy adjacent to aft NUMBER 2


ørenade dispenaer. 1/2.in. orange-yellow
letters
-

69 To be located midway up and on the forward edge


of the door frarne. 1/2-in. black letters. ~ FWD
Arrow 1. in. 10ng with 1/8-in. shaft and 1/4-in.
...
arrowhead, color black
"
.

70 Locate above and centered between Mini-Gun(s) WARNING


andlor ørenade launcher(s). White letters on black GUN WIlL FIRE IF
backøround. F irst line I-in. letters, last two ROTATED BY HAND
linea 1/2.in. Ie tters

71 FOR CAMO UFLAGED HELICOPTER ONLY


Paint outboard one-sixth of upper surface of each
blade with Iusterless white paint. Do not paint

8 72
blade cap

FOR CAMO UFLAGED HELICOPTER ONLY


Entire top surface of synchronized elevator will
be painted int ernational orange

73 FOR CAMO UFLAGED HELICOPTER ONLY


Authorized placement of unit insignia is on the
the nose.aeee IS panel

74 .

Locate risht Slde of transmission pylon support Service Transmission with


case. Use 1/2.'m. black letters MIL-L-23699 Oil Above .32OC Ambient Temp
MIL-L-7808 Oil Below .32OC Ambient Temp

75 Both sides fuselage


. DRAIN FUEL
SUMP DAILY

76 Left outbd and inbd pylon 2/3-in. black HOOK MANUAL


~

letters
f~g.
RELEASE ACCESS
AH-lG, serial No. 67-15786 thru 67-15869

77 Right outbd and inbd pylon fairing. 2/3-in. black HOOK MANUAL

8 0102.-0
,
letters.
AH-IG, serial No. 67-15786 thru 67.15869
RELEASE ACCESS

Figure 8-83. Exterior mørkm,., AH-1G (8laeet 9 of 10)

. ..change 1 &249
18 746.93.2 .

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
.
78 Loc~ted on door on centerline of fuselage FUEL SUMP
DRAIN ACCESS

79 A 1/2-in. diameter red dot on pitch horn and on


upper and lower surface of blade and grip and
attaching linkage
8
80 A 1/2-in. diameter white dot on pitch horn and on
upper and lower surface of blade and grip and
attaching linkage

81 Synthetic walkway
.

82 Located right side aft of pilot's seat 1/2-in. NO


lusterless black letters HAND. ~
HOLD

83 A 1/2-in. diameter red dot on the tail rotor grip,


attaching linkage and crosshead

_I~1/2.IN.
0
84 A 1/2.in. diameter white dot on the tail rotor
grip, attaching linkage and crosshead

010301
-J -

I-- 1/2 IN. 8

I Figure 8-83. Exterior markings, AH-IG (sheet 10 of 1 0)


8
8.250 Change 1
.
T8746.93.2

.
8

TOP VIEW

HIGH VISI"LlTY MARKINGS


NOTES: -

1. HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED 4. FIN. APPLY A HORIZONTAL BAND AROUND
THE FIN, EXTENDING UPWARD TO THE TIP OF

8
TO SHADED AREAS
THE VERTICAL FIN
LOWER COWL AS-
2. NOSE. COAT THE ENTIRE
SEMBL Y INCLUDING THE ACCESS DOORS S. WINGS. APPLY A BAND AROUND THE WINGS
AND NOSE CAP BEGINNING AT A LINE 112 IN. OUTBD OF
STA 190 AND EXTENDING TO THE WING TIPS.
3. FUSELAGE. APPLY A BAND AROUND THE
FUSELAGE BEGINNING AT A CIRCUMFER. 6. STABILIZER. APPLY A BAND AROUND THE
ENTIAL LINE PERPENDICULAR TO THE CEN- STABILIZERS
TER LINE AT STA 184 AND EXTENDING TO
7. SEE FIGURE 10 FOR MARKINGS, NATIONAL
THE END OF THE FUSELAGE STAR INSIGNIA, AND LETTERING SPECIFI-
CA TlONS

~
STA 184

RIGHT SIDE VIEW


001123

8 Figure 8-84. Arctic and jungle service and hi'" visibility mørkin,.. TO-l

. Change 1 8-260A/(8-2&08 blank)


.
8

8
.
'

TI746.93.2

. 204 IN

PAINT 80TH
BLADES SAME'

8
GLDlS WHITE

TOP VIEW

8 SID. VIEW

HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS


NOT.I:
1. ,HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED AS FOLLOM.
A. COAT THE ENTII'IE CAIIN APIEA AND
NO BOADEA AEQUIAED
Y
~'L
A. V.PlTICAL STPlIP OF TA'..

B. COAT ENTIAE DUAL FUEL TANK AND SHIELD INITALLATION. APPLY A


HOI'IIZONTAL'STAIP OF TAPE (ON OUTSIDE ONLY) IETWEEN TANK STPllpS.
LOWEPI POATION OF TAPE TO 8E EVEN WITH TO' OF SHIELD
.

C. COAT OMNI ANTENNA PANEL ASSEMILY (OUTSIDE ONLY). DO NOT PAINT


ANTENNA. A'PLY A STPllp OF TAPE

.,.
D. COAT ENTIAE VEATICALSTABILIZEA
E. .THE TAIL PlOTOPl DI'IIVE EXTENSION TUBE AND PlOTOI'I GUAPID WILL NOT
BE COATED WITH HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT

2. DO NOT APPLY HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT TO DOOI'I FAPIME. LANDING SKIDS,


OPE PlATING MECHANISM. LIQUID LINES, AlA SCOOPS, FUEL TANK. OPI BPIACKETS.
3. EXTEPlIOPl MAPIKING AS SPECIFIED IN FIGUAE 8-48 HAS NOT BEEN CHANGED.
AESTENCILING IN BLACK AND MASKING OF NATIONAL INSIGNIA MAY IE AIQUIPIID.
... OTHEPI HIGH VISIBILITY MAAKtNGS WILL BE PlEMOVED

8
.

8. SIE FIGUAE..... FOI'I MAAKINGS, NATIONAL STAPIINSIGNIA, AND LETTEPIING


SPECIFICATIONS.

001124
Pi,.".. 8-86. Hi;' uiBibiUt)I ".",.,dn.,. TN-18T

'. Change , ..261


CD
.
N .-1
0'1 NOTE: .'"
N
....
HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT .þ.
WILL BE APPLIED TO 0-
SHADED AREAS. .:0
Co)
~

~ - - - "'''''''''''''''''' ...
----=---- .'.".'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'~.".'.'.'.'.
:-----
6 FT 6-1/2 IN. MAX
(LANDING GEAR
FULL Y COMPRESSED)

14 FT liN.
27 FT 9-1/2 IN.

'L:i FT 41N.
28 FT 3 IN.

8 FT 2-5/8 IN.
110
IN. 12 FT 6 IN.
I
6 FT 7-112 IN.
-

I
1
1FT 91N.
J

.7FT2IN.

RED ARROW ON
YELLOW BAND
BACKGROUND

8 FT 3 IN.
21 FT 10-3/4 IN. II
22 FT 4 IN.

00112S

Figure 8-86. High VISibility markings TH-55

. 8 -
.'
8
aD
I
N
ell
Ø>
tll
STA41.3~ Wl67.50
~~A~
55 UNITED
~ APPROX FS 462
3 INS. AFT OF TAil qOTOfI
WARNING MA~KEft
I FS 186.25
FS 138.70
NOTE
High visibility paint will be applied to shaded .
areas. These areas are defined follows:
a. Fuselage: Beginning at F.8. 33 (F.8. 28 for helicopters without plexiglass nose) and W. L. 55 (W. L. 54 for helicopters without plexiglass
nose) and runDing (diag.
onally along the fuselage parallel to the canopy ~iIl and the pilot's and
gunners canopy fuselage intersection on the left side and the gunner's canopy and fuselage intersection
and the pilot's sill on the right side) aft to F.s. 138.70 completely across bottom of fuselage at
F.8. 138.70 (edge of ammo compartment), except the rotating turret.
b. Complete tailpipe fairing.
c. All Tail Rotor Drive Shaft covers including 420 gearbox cover and tail rotor tunnel cover.
d. Entire Vertical Fin, except for a three inch border above and below radio call letters and numbers.
e. Tail boom 3 inches AFT of Tail Rotor Wlirning Marker (approximately F.8. 462).
f. Complete forward and aft pylon covers. Tops of pylon covers may be painted at the descretion of theater
commander.
éj
í
Figure 8-89. High visibility marldngs, TH-IG
,
8 f\ f"
.'
0
0 STA-18.000 STA 228.000
;;; 222.000
CO
. ST A-ll.000 -STA
STA 00.000
-STA 205.500
=t
ST A 198.000
STA 12.000 Z
(;) -STA 191.000
8 ST A 25.250
STA 175.837
STA 175.294
ST A 38.250 --
-
STA 162.563
STA 49.000
ST A 58.500
-STA 148.875
- ST A 136. 188
-
STA 129.750
.- ST A 123.182
STA122.750 ST A 122.500
STA 113.172
STA 108.281 STA 109.305
~ - ST A 103.641
STA 94.864
-- STA 95.463
STA 94.094
STA 83.547
STA 80.047 STA 80.340
STA 131.000
~
!'O -STA 73.000 I
-- e..
~ -STA 66.000 E~
STA 59.000
STA 53.000
-STA 47.000
i
~
STA 170.000 39.375
STA 35.3()ISTA
8 -STA 179.000 -- -- STA 31.750 ~
STA 23.681 i
-STA 186.000 I
;Jg ."
"1'1
nl gg
c: )> ~
;Jg I
lit
m -I
'" 00
'"0 'G
.-
:I>
)> ~.
;Jg )>
;Jg
(;)
m
~
'"
j;!
go.
......
-STA 247.830 ~
STA 72.500
- STA 257.606
, r ~--
~ '"
-- -STA 66.550
t: STA 268.610 j;!
- )>
ST A 272.000
:z: Is!
.! g:
~ ~ ! 46.000
Ñ
-- -STA
- ST A 35.750
< 0 L:-
r ==-
'" Z'"j;! '"
....
,.. .... L_- -STA 25.500
::! :I>
)>
go.
n Is!
8 ;..,
:I>
.- g :- -STA 15.250
is lit --
0 .- -STA8.125
lit -- -STA3.995
.... III r
:I> ;~ -- -.STAOO.OOO
III !:
N ~
m
8 !:
N ""
,.. ~ ~~ ~ r
-~-p
'" 0 ;Jg
!"m m
íi>;:J
,.. ......r
:s)> )> j;!~
(;') ;Jg
6 ~ va Æ-I
0 '"
-I )> '"0
)> ;Jg )>
. ~ ;Jg
8-255
.
8
. .
..

8
"-1-
TOP VIEW

NOTE:
HIGH VISIVILITY PAINT WILL
BE APPLIED TO SHApED AREAS

LEFT SIDE VIEW

8
. 00 1126

Figure 8-87. Exterior marldngs, T-4Z (sheet


1 of Z)
8-253

:1...r..: ""
CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
I

2
Above and below rear baggage compartment door
Unde'rside of fuselage at rear of cabin
section
LEVEL POINT
JACK HERE
.
3 Underside of each wing stud, inbd of the gauge JACK PAD

8
4 On left side of fuselage
AIRCRAFT MODEL- U.S. ARMY T-42
SERIAL # U.S. ARMY SERIAL
5 On upper right inbd wing DANGER
NO.-
6 White letterÌllg on 3 in. red strip WARNING PROP
7 On upper portion of wing. 4 tanks, each FUEL
individually filled MIL-G-5572
100/130
8 On inbd right and left upper wings NO STEP
"
9 On both sides of nose DO NOT PUSH
10 On main and tail wing flaps NO PUSH
11 Left and right of each engine cowling MAGNETO DISCONNECT ~

12 Baggage load AFT BAGGAGE 400 LBS.


13 On left,above rear side window EMERGENCY RESCUE
14 On each engine cowling OIL
MIL-L-22851
15 Left side of fuselage OPERATION INFORMATION
16 Right side of fuselage below window FIRE EXTINGUISHER
17

18
Center of main cabin floor

Tire Pressure : *Nose wheels 65 psi


EMERGENCY LANDING GEAR
/ATTACHING PARTS/SCREW
*
PSI
8
*Main wheels 50 psi
19 Underside of each wing and on tail bumper TIE DOWN
20 Under access plate on the lower outbd of left 24 VOLT
nace lIe
21 Underside at front section INSTR ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
22 Nose baggage loading limit NOSE BAGGAGE LOADING LIMIT
23 Nose baggage compartment RH BATTERY INSIDE
fuselage section.
A

Figure 8-87. Exterior markings, T-42 (sheet 2 oi 2)

8
001127

8-254
.

~ ~
r
,

~ TB 746-93.2

. CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

I Left side of fuse lage. On OD paint aft of top U.S. ARMY T-41B

8 2
engine cowI. I-in yellow letters
.
U.S.A. SERIAL NO.
(Insert Serial No.)

Left side of fuse lage, below model designator. Service this aircraft with
1/2-in. y ellow Ie tt ers MIL-G.5572 Grade 115/145
aviation fuel. If not
available use Grade 100/130

3 Left side of fuse lage, below fuel specification. NCAD**WP#-P#.L#-DA TE


1/4-in. ye llow Ie tters. Paint Code. **Paint WP-MIL-C-8514
.- Contract or will in sert their initials after P.MIL-P.8585
NCAD L-TT-L.32

4 Left side of nose wheel and outbd side of main


t
wheels. T ire slippage mark. A 1 x 2 in. red
.
. stripe 2-i n. on w heel, I-in. on tire

5 Nose wh eel tire pressure on side of nose gear TP 26 PSI


fork. Pia ce stencil on side where valve stem
is installe d. 1/2-i
n. letters

6 Top of Ie ft engin e cowling at oil filler access OIL MHS-24A


door. I-i n. below or outbd of access door. SAE 50 ABOVE +40op
1/2-in. y ellow Ie tters

8 7 Light ap plication of lusterles& black shade


SAE 40 BELOW +40op
TB 55-9150-200-25

370380 n back s ide of blades only. Paint 4-in.


yellow ti ponfw d side of tips only

8 Both side s of fus elage, 2-in. above step. 1/2-in. STEP


yellow Ie tters. Pat'nt step with nonskid material

9 Both side s of cab in door, centered between door PIRE EXTINGUISHER


glass and OD. En d of first line is 2.75
in. fwd LOCATED INSIDE
of door opening handle. 1/2-in. black letters

10 Both side s on ca bin doors, centered on door PULL


~
opening handle. 1 /2-in. black letters

11 Left side s of fuselage on OD. Below aft side BATIERY LOCATION


~ cabin w'mdows I _in. letters APT OP BAGGAGE
COMPARTMENT

12 Both side s of fuse lage at"sta 117.25. 1/2-in. STATIC


yellow Ie tters, ar row 1/2 x 1.50 in. Bottom SOURCE

8
of arrow is 3.50 in. above center of static
port +
010310

Figure 8-86A. Exterior markings, T-41B (Sheet 6 of 7)

. Change 1 8.252E

",..
18 746.93.2

CODE
NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING
.
13 Both sides of fuselage. A 15-in. dia basic (National Star Insignia)
blue circle center vertically. Bottom of
top star frame in line with ODlwhite seam 8
14 Both sides of dorsal fin and rudder. Top of NO PUSH
elevators, elevator tab and elevator tips.
1/2-in. black on white, yellow on OD.

15 Both sides of centered fin and rudder. Top U.S. ARMY


of letters 24-in. down from top of fin. 6-in.
black letters

16 Both sides of fin and rudder, centered 4-in. (Radio Call Numbers)
below U.S. ARMY. 8-in. black numbers. Use
last five digits of aircraft serial number

17 Antiglare. area. Top of engine cowling.


Lusterless black from fwd of windshield
.

to speed ring cowl

18 Top of cowl fwd of windshield, between HANDGRIP


handgrip and windshield. Top of letters
facing aft. 1/2-in. yellow letters

@f
19 Top of each wing at fuel filler caps. I-in.
wide red band around filler cap. Inside
dia. of band is 3 1/4 in. from center of
filler cap
0 6.50 IN.
t
8
20 Top of each wing fwd of fuel filler caps. FUEL
1/2-in. yellow letters facing aft MIL-G-5572
115/145

21 Top of left wing, bottom of right wing. A (National Star Insignia)


25-in. dia basic blue circle. Centered 35-in.
inboard of wing station 190.0. Point of star
facing fwd

22 Top of right wing, bottom of left wing. U.S. ARMY


25-in. yellow letters. 3.75 in. inboard of
wing station 190

23 .

Top of fuselage at 4 lifting eyes. 1/2-in. LIFT ...

black letters fating outboard. Locate


stencil on the inboard side of the lifting
eye

24 On leading edge of each wing strut, above

8
STEP
and below step. 1/2-in. yellow letters. ,

010311

Figure 8-86A. Exterior markings,T-41B (Sheet 6 of 7)

8-252F Change 1 .
TB 746.93.2

CODE
. NO. DIRECTIONS WORDING

25 On lower end of wing struts. Upper side 0523606.17 (L.H.)


near fuselage. l/2-in. yellow letters. Part 0523606-18 (R.H.)

8 26
number facing fwd

Underside inboard of each wing, 2-in. aft CAUTION: DiscONNECT ELECTRICAL


of centerline of front spar rivets, 1 1/2 in WIRING BEFORE REMOVING WING.
outbd of gap fairing strip. 1/2-in. yellow letters,
top of letters facing inbd

27 On top of left and right main landing gear STEP


strut on each side of step. Top of letters
facing fwd. 1/2-in. yellow
:

28 On top of left and right main landing gear TP 24 PSI


strut, lower end near wheel. Top of letters
.~ face aft 1/2-in. letters.

29 Gloss white, shade 17875. Applied to the


rudder, vertical fin, dorsal fin, and the
upper portion of the fuselage. The dividing
line is centered on the crankshaft to the
horizontal row of rivets immediately below
the stabilizer

30 Fluorescent red, shade 633. Applied to the

8 entire speed cowl; the lower engine cowling,


starting at the lower side of the top cowling
around to the opposite side; the upper
portion of the vertical fin, both sides, from
the top to a line 20-in. down from the top;
the entire horizontal stabilizer; and each
outer wing panel from sta 190.00 to the tip

010312

8
Figure 8-86A. Exterior markings, T-41B (Sheet 7 of 7)

. Change 1 8-252G
18746-93.2.

.
ST A 23.62
I STA 39.0.0
I

I
I
II
STA 57.12

I
ISTA 71.37
I STA 85.87
8
I I I
I STA 100.50
I : STA 118.00
I
I I STA 136.00
I
I STA 154.00
I STA 172.00
I

I I STA 190.00

i !
I ..

STA
O'OOl
r
STA 3.37
STA 16.66 ST A 65.33 STA 142.00
I I
.

. I I

'I I
'1
"
:'
I: ..
'1
'.
:.

I ..
I
I
I I
I
I I
I I STA 124.00 ST A 178.00 ST A 228.68
ST A 90.00
I
44.00.1
8
STA STA 80.00
STA 56.70

Figure 8-86B. Stations diagram, T-41B


010230

8-252H Change 1
.

~
.
T~ 746...,.1

.
8 c
Ii;

a
,..
I'i

~ z @7)~. t::'
i cog ~

~~
IÓ CI)
..
I
i:Q
~

8
~ f
~ OJ
.
~
lip
., GO

8 I
@
..
a

. Ch8nge 1 8-2&2C
TB 746.93.2

III
II.
W
I;;
8
.J
:;(
I-
w
Q
w
w
I/)

t:::'

....
c
~
....
CII
CII

~
'-
~
=== :r3 ....
II.
W II
~
.1;; '"
! ~
w
Q
==
w
~
~
> E

8
...
... c
! 'E
IX ....
u. ~
~
00

~
~

CD
... ØI
0
M
0
0
8
8.252D Change 1 .

,.
CD
N ...
.~ ,.
at
i:
.0
Coot
.
N
n
if
i STA
- STA 218.00
I
I
SEE DETAIL A
iiJ
Strl!
DETAIL A
ITOP VIEW>>
BOTTOM VIEW
010307
Figure 8-86A. &terior markings, T-41B (Sheet 2 of 7)
..
8 It :-
8 .
8
8- - 8
" .. h "
4
29 14
STA 147.00
I
I
n
~
ED
:J
ca
CD
LEFT SIDE VIEW
...a
'....
m
co ~
N 0\.
G1 010225 .
N '"
w
)> 1 of 7) ~
Figure 8-86A Exterior markings, T-41B(Sheet
LEFT SIDE VIEW

HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS

NOrES: TAPE
1. HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT AND TAPE WILL BE APPLIED AS FOLLOWS:

A. COAT THE CARGO DOORS

B. COAT THE ENGINE ACCESS DOORS

C. COAT THE VERTICAL STABILIZER.


FRONT VIEW
D. COAT THE ENGINE FAIRING AND INLET ASSEMBLY.

E. COAT THE TAILBOOM STABILIZER STRAT


(") -------- BE
:r ----- -.----.------
2. EXTERIOR MARKINGS REQUIRED FIGURE 8-37 WILL, IF NECESSARY
II) RESTENCILED IN BLACK
:J
BE REMOVED AND THE
'i 3. ANY OTHER EXISTING HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS WILL
...a
COMPONENT RETURNED TO BASIC COLOR
~
4. SEE FIGURE 8-37 FOR MARKINGS, NATIONAL STAR INSIGNIA, AND LETTERING D:I
SPECIFICATIONS ....
.þ..
0-
qo .0
w
N 010242
~
~ Figure 8-90. High visibility markings, OH-6 used for training
T8 746-93-2

ST A 206
STA 168
I I
,

I
I

TOP VIEW

STA 121
I
i

HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS

NOTES:

1. HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT AND TAPE WILL BE APPLIED AS


FOLLOWS:
A. COAT THE CREW AND PASSENGER DOORS. NO BORDER
B. APPLY A STRIP OF TAPE, 5 x
84 IN., TO BOTH SIDES OF THE
TAIL BOOM FIN
C. COAT THE FORE AND AFT FAIRINGS. CAUTION: DO NOT PAINT
ANTENNAS
2. EXTERIOR MARKINGS REQUIRED BY FIGURE WILL IF NECESSARY BE
RESTORED IN BLACK .

3. ANY OTHER EXISTING HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS WILL BE REMOVED


AND THE COMPONENT RETURNED TO BASIC COLOR
.
r
4. SEE FIGURES-51 FOR MARKINGS, NATIONAL STAR
INSIGNIA. AND
LETTERING SPECIFICATIONS

010243
Figure 8-91. High lJisi~ility markings, OH-58 used for
training

8-258 Change 1
--.
--.- ----"'--- ~------~ ------"---'--. ---~----~-"~----- -- -- -----
--

)
\..
!

TOP VIEW

= c::::::o
-
,
, 1::::11:
""'---0----
.. ==;0 -
0=0 : ~ ~
lUJlì~mìr~[Þ)~ìr &
ìr[~ &~[MJV
=0 I
,
,
'
- 0 0 , '
'
I
~~~~~ I I
, ,
CI ~~ .. ,
c=t
ð:
=

RIGHT SIDE VIEW


HIGH VISIBILITY
NOTES:

1. HIGH VISIBILITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED AS FOLLDWS: 3. ANY OTHER EXISTING HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS WILL BE REMOVED AND THE
n COMPONENT RETURNED TO BASIC COLOR
~
A. COAT THE NOSE DOOR
:r
I>> 4. SEE FIGURE 8-67 FOR MARKINGS, NATIONSL STAR INSIGNIA, AND LETTERING
::::I B. COAT TRANSMISSION OIL COOLER FAIRING SPECI FICA TI ONS
'2
C. COAT ONLY THE TOP ÄND TIPS OF THE STABILIZER
...a
2. EXTERIOR MARKINGS REQUIRED BY FIGURE 8-ô7 WILL BE
NECESSARY IN BLACK RESTENCILED -I
OJ
....
~
0..
CC) .:0
N ~
U'I to.)
cø 010244 Figure 8-92. High visibility mørkin/IB, CH-34 used for training
- .
-

--- -------._--- .-.----------,-'- ------- ---


------------ ~~.
.....

ço
N -I

Ø)
0 ......
~
.0
w.
N
12345
(")
:r
I>>
:I ST A (80
.~~

0 0 0 0 0
UNITED STATES ARMY

LEFT SIDE VIEW

HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS


NOTES:

1. HIG.HVISIBILITY PAINT AND TAPE WILL BE APPLIED AS FOLLOWS: 2. .EXTERIOR MARKINGS REQUIRED BY FIGURE 8-74 WILL, IF NECESSARY,
BE RESTENCILED IN BLACK
A. COAT ENTIRE AREA OF BOTH FORWARD PYLON WORK PLATFORM
3. ANY OTHER EXISTING HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS WILL BE REMOVED
B. COAT ENTIRE AREA OF THE TUNNEL COVER INSTALLATION AND THE COMPONENT RETURNED TO BASIC COLOR
C. COAT BOTH DOOR ASSEMBLIES 4. SEE FIGURE 8-74 FOR MARKINGS, NATIONAL STAR INSIGNIA, AND
LETTERING SPECIFICATIONS
D. COAT FORWARD FAIRING. ASSEMBLY
E. COAT THAT PORTION OF THE AFT WORK PLATFORM :SO AS
TO CONTINUE HORIZONTALLY THAT LINE FORMED BY
EXTENDINÇ; THE BOTTOM OF THE FORWARD FAIRING
ASSEMBL Y
-F. ON-THE-CH:.4"7BOÑLV-;-ÃPPLV A VERTICAL STRIP OF TAPE ON THE
AFT PYLON FAIRING ASSEMBLY, CLEAR APP EXHAUST BY t INCHES

"
010246
Figure 8-93. High uisibility markings, CH-47 used for training

'

; /"
-._~--
------~-----------~- .~ --~~----- ~.--_.--~---------- ---------.--..------

.'-. ./

TOP VIEW

ST)6891
ST A 729

LEFT SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW

HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS

NOTES:

1. HIGH VISIBLIITY PAINT WILL BE APPLIED AS FOLLOWS: 2. E.XTERIOR MARKINGS REQUIRED BY FIGURE 8-75 WILL IF NEC-
ESSARY BE RESTENCILeD IN BLACK
A. COAT AREA OF NOSE DOOR ASSEMBLY WILL BE
3. ANY OTHER EXISTING HIGH VISIBILITY MARKINGS
B. COAT ENTIRE AREA OF THE COVER AND THAT PART OF THE REMOVED AND THE COMPONENT.ReTURNED TO BASIC
COCKPIT EXTENDING HORIZONTIALLY ALONG THE TOP OF COLOR
THE COVER TO THE 4TH ROW OF RIVETS
4. SEE FIGURE 8-75 FOR MARKINGS.NATIONAL STAR INSIGNIA, AND
-c.-CÓAT COMPLETE- LANDING GEAR-FAIFIING ASSEMBLIES FOR LETTERING SPECIFICATIONS
AND AFT

qø D. COAT BOTH SIDES OF FUSELAGE BETWEEN STATION 689 AND


STATION 729
~
- -
E. COAT PYLON FAIRING ASSEMBLY -..
-. --
F. COAT TOP, TIP AND LEADING EDGE OF STABILIZER
~
~

n
--- ~
::r 0-
II) .0
:s Co) .
,
'8 ~,
- 010246 Figure 8-94. High wibilit,y markings, CH-54 used for training
~
qo
N OJ
en "-I
N ~
.0
w
N
n
:T
CIJ
36 IN. 36 IN.
~
'8 PAINT BOTH
1--72IN.1 -r--~ 36 IN.
....
BLADES SAME

i i
:-J .
f.

LUSTERL"'"
LGLOSS
BLACKJ WHITE

TOP VIEW

FRONT VIEW

~ -

LEFT SIDE VIEW

010247
Figure 8-95. High uisibili!y TfUJrkings, pH-IA and UH-IB used for training

)
"-
-

(,

44 IN.
1/6 BLADE
,LENGTH
44 IN.
1/6 BLADE
LENGTH

LUSTERLESS
BLACK

FLUORESCENT TOP VIEW


RED-ORANGE
PAINT,

(")
:T
I>>
=
A~M"'-==-
S"fATES
UNI"fED
'i
-a

FLUORESCENT
00 RED-QRANGE
N TAPE
en LEFT SIDE VIEW
w FRONT VIEW
-
-t
ØI
f ...,
~
~ .:0
w
cr 010248
iii". ;..,
=
71:' Figure 8-96. High uisibility mørkintlB, UH-ID and UH-IH used for training
-

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen